Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Perficient

Perficient

prft · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker prft
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Perficient
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark one)
☑ Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended

☐ Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

December 31, 2021

Commission file number 001-15169

PERFICIENT, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

No.

74-2853258

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

555 Maryville University Drive, Suite 600
Saint Louis, Missouri 63141
(Address of principal executive offices)
(314) 529-3600
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value

Trading Symbol(s)
PRFT

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☑
 No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
No ☑
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  ☑     No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). 
Yes  ☑   No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company”
Act.
in 
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

the 
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

Exchange 

12b-2 

Rule 

☐
☐

☑
☐
☐

of 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or
issued its audit report. ☑
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ☐  No  ☑

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Company was approximately $2,592,196,635 based on the last reported sale
price of the Company’s common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market on June 30, 2021.
As of February 15, 2022, there were 34,571,494 shares of common stock outstanding.
Portions of the definitive proxy statement to be used in connection with the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission no later than May 2, 2022, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I

Business.
Risk Factors.
Unresolved Staff Comments.
Properties.
Legal Proceedings.
Mine Safety Disclosures.

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
[Reserved]
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
Controls and Procedures.
Other Information.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspection

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Executive Compensation.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
Form 10-K Summary.

PART IV

2
7
19
19
19
19

20
20
21
30
32
66
66
66
66

67
68
68
68
68

69
69

 
 
 
PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain  statements  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  this  Form  10-K  (“Form  10-K”)  are  not  purely  historical  statements,  discuss  future
expectations, contain projections of results of operations or financial condition, or state other forward-looking information. Those statements are subject to
known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties,  and  other  factors  that  could  cause  the  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  contemplated  by  the
statements. The “forward-looking” information is based on various factors and was derived using numerous assumptions. In some cases, you can identify
these  so-called  forward-looking  statements  by  words  like  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “expects,”  “plans,”  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “predicts,”
“potential,”  or  “continue”  or  the  negative  of  those  words  and  other  comparable  words.  You  should  be  aware  that  those  statements  only  reflect  our
predictions and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual events or results may differ substantially. Important factors that could cause our actual results
to be materially different from the forward-looking statements include (but are not limited to) the following, many of which are, or may be, amplified by
the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic:

(1) the impact of the general economy and economic and political uncertainty on our business;
(2) the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business;
(3) risks associated with potential changes to federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, and policies;
(4) risks associated with the operation of our business generally, including:

a. client demand for our services and solutions;
b. effectively competing in a highly competitive market;
c. risks from international operations including fluctuations in exchange rates;
d. adapting to changes in technologies and offerings;
e. obtaining favorable pricing to reflect services provided;
f. risk of loss of one or more significant software vendors;
g. maintaining a balance of our supply of skills and resources with client demand;
h. changes to immigration policies;
i. protecting our clients’ and our data and information;
j. changes to tax levels, audits, investigations, tax laws or their interpretation;
k. making appropriate estimates and assumptions in connection with preparing our consolidated financial statements; and
l. maintaining effective internal controls;

(5) risks associated with managing growth organically and through acquisitions;
(6) risks associated with servicing our debt, the potential impact on the value of our common stock from the conditional conversion features of our debt

and the associated convertible note hedge transactions;

(7) legal liabilities, including intellectual property protection and infringement or the disclosure of personally identifiable information; and
(8) the risks detailed from time to time within our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

This  discussion  is  not  exhaustive,  but  is  designed  to  highlight  important  factors  that  may  impact  our  forward-looking  statements.  Because  the
factors referred to above, as well as the statements included under the heading “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including documents
incorporated  by  reference  therein  and  herein,  could  cause  actual  results  or  outcomes  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in  any  forward-looking
statement made by us or on our behalf, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance, or achievements. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual Report on Form
10-K to conform such statements to actual results.

All forward-looking statements, express or implied, included in this report and the documents we incorporate by reference and that are attributable
to Perficient, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “us,” “Perficient,” or the “Company”) are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary
statement.  This  cautionary  statement  should  also  be  considered  in  connection  with  any  subsequent  written  or  oral  forward-looking  statements  that  the
Company or any persons acting on our behalf may issue.

1

 
 
 
 
Item 1.

Business.

Overview

Perficient  is  a  global  digital  consultancy  transforming  how  the  world’s  biggest  brands  connect  with  customers  and  grow  their  businesses.  Our
work  enables  clients  to  deliver  experiences  that  surpass  customer  expectations;  become  more  human-centered,  authentic,  and  trusted;  innovate  through
digital technologies; outpace competition; grow and strengthen relationships with customers, suppliers, and partners; and reduce costs.

To articulate the full scope of our capabilities to clients and prospects, we go to market with six primary service categories:

Strategy and Consulting;

•
• Data and Intelligence;
•
•
•
• Optimized Global Delivery.

Platforms and Technology;
Customer Experience and Digital Marketing;
Innovation and Product Development; and

Together,  these  service  categories  showcase  our  full  end-to-end  digital  solutions.  Individually,  each  demonstrates  our  specialized  capabilities.
Within  each  category,  and  collectively,  we  deliver  a  deep  and  broad  portfolio  of  solutions  that  enable  our  clients  to  operate  a  real-time  enterprise  that
dynamically  adapts  business  processes  and  the  systems  that  support  them  to  meet  the  changing  demands  of  a  global,  digital-driven,  and  competitive
marketplace.

Our experience in developing and delivering solutions for our clients gives us domain expertise that differentiates our firm. We use project teams
that  deliver  high-value,  measurable  results  by  working  collaboratively  with  clients  and  their  partners  through  a  user-centered,  technology-based,  and
business-driven solutions methodology. We believe this approach enhances return on investment for our clients by reducing the time and risk associated
with designing and implementing technology solutions.

We serve our Global 2000 and other large enterprise clients from locations in multiple markets throughout North America and through domestic,
nearshore, and offshore delivery centers and by leveraging an experienced sales team that is connected through a common service portfolio, sales process,
and  performance  management  system.  Our  sales  process  utilizes  project  pursuit  teams  that  include  those  colleagues  best  suited  to  address  a  particular
prospective client’s needs. Our primary target client base includes companies in North America with annual revenues in excess of one billion dollars. We
believe  this  market  segment  can  generate  the  repeat  business  that  is  a  fundamental  part  of  our  growth  plan.  We  primarily  pursue  solution  opportunities
where our domain expertise and delivery track record give us a competitive advantage.

In 2021, we continued to implement a strategy focused on:

•
•

•
•

expanding our relationships with existing and new clients;
strengthening  our  multishore  delivery  capabilities  with  the  strategic  acquisition  in  October  of  nearshore  software  development  firm  Izmul  S.A.
(“Overactive”), based in Uruguay and with additional locations in Argentina, Colombia, and Chile, and the September acquisition of Talos LLC,
Talos Digital LLC, Talos Digital SAS and TCOMM SAS (collectively, “Talos”), a commerce solution provider based in Colombia;
delivering solutions via our offshore and nearshore capabilities in our legacy business in Latin America, India, China, and Eastern Europe; and
leveraging our existing (and pursuing new) strategic alliances by targeting leading business advisory companies and technology providers.

Our multishore, fully integrated global delivery approach continues to be a key driver of growth and a compelling differentiator in the market.
This was evidenced in 2021 by our acquisitions of Overactive and Talos that considerably bolstered the Company's nearshore delivery capacity, enhanced
our digital capabilities, and further expanded our footprint in Latin America.

2

In October, we announced the acquisition of Overactive, a software development firm based in Montevideo, Uruguay, with additional delivery
locations in Argentina, Colombia, and Chile. The largest acquisition in the Company’s history brought approximately 700 skilled software development
professionals  to  the  firm  and  nearly  doubled  the  capacity  and  capabilities  of  our  Latin  American  resources.  In  September,  we  acquired  Talos,  an  SAP
Commerce-specialized solution provider based in Colombia, South America. Like Overactive, the acquisition bolstered our nearshore delivery capacity,
while also enhancing our commerce capabilities.

Approximately 97%, 98%, and 98% of our revenues were derived from clients in the United States during the years ended December 31, 2021,
2020, and 2019, respectively. Excluding intercompany balances, approximately 72% and 83% of our total assets were located in the United States as of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, with the remainder located in Latin America, India, Canada, China and Europe.

Our Solutions

We  provide  services  primarily  to  the  healthcare,  financial  services  (including  banking  and  insurance),  manufacturing,  automotive,  consumer

markets, telecommunications, energy and utilities, and life sciences markets.

We  help  clients  gain  competitive  advantage  by  using  digital  technology  to:  make  their  businesses  more  responsive  to  market  opportunities;
strengthen relationships with customers, suppliers, and partners; improve productivity; and reduce information technology costs. Through our end-to-end
digital  offerings,  we  drive  alignment  and  balance  between  our  clients’  brand  customer  experiences  and  their  business  operations.  Through  our  digital
consulting services, we partner with our clients to bring faster speed-to-market capabilities and stronger, more compelling experiences for consumers.

Our solutions enable clients to, among other things:

•

•
•

•

•
•

•

give managers and executives the information they need to make quality business decisions and dynamically adapt their business processes and
systems to respond to client demands, market opportunities, or business problems;
improve the quality and lower the cost of customer acquisition and care through web-based customer self-service and provisioning;
reduce  supply  chain  costs  and  improve  logistics  by  flexibly  and  quickly  integrating  processes  and  systems  and  making  relevant  real-time
information and applications available online to suppliers, partners, and distributors;
increase  the  effectiveness  and  value  of  legacy  enterprise  technology  infrastructure  investments  by  enabling  faster  application  development  and
deployment, increased flexibility, and lower management costs;
deliver compelling and engaging customer experiences, helping brands acquire and retain their customers; and
enhance  employee  productivity  through  better  information  flow  and  collaboration  capabilities  and  by  automating  routine  processes  to  facilitate
focus on unique problems and opportunities.

We deliver a robust portfolio of solution offerings that are grouped under six primary solution areas:

Strategy  and  Consulting.  We  create  strategic  visioning  and  roadmaps  that  empower  our  clients  to  compete  more  effectively  and  operate  more
efficiently to outpace their competition. We do this by providing solutions in digital strategy, technology strategy, management consulting, and
organizational change management.

•

• Data and Intelligence. We empower clients to understand and navigate their vast amounts of digital data in order to make smarter, more-informed
business  solutions  and  navigate  the  digital  data  ecosystem  with  offerings  in:  analytics,  artificial  intelligence  and  machine  learning,  big  data,
business intelligence, and a custom product portfolio.
Platforms and Technology. We help our clients integrate and optimize systems and processes, and leverage the right tools to enhance productivity,
reduce costs, and improve digital experiences. We do this by providing expertise across a broad spectrum of solutions and services that includes:
blockchain, cloud, commerce, corporate performance management, customer relationship management, content management systems, customer
experience  platforms,  custom  application  development,  DevOps,  enterprise  resource  planning,  integration  and  APIs,  intelligent  automation,
Internet of Things, mobile, portals and collaboration, supply chain, product information management, and order management systems.

3

•

•

Customer Experience and Digital Marketing. We create meaningful connections across every touchpoint to help our clients acquire, engage, and
retain  customers  by  providing  compelling  and  engaging  customer  experiences  and  targeting  customers  with  powerful  messaging.  Our  services
include: analytics, content architecture, conversion rate optimization, creative design, email marketing, journey sciences, paid media, paid search,
marketing automation research, SEO services, and social media.
Innovation  and  Product  Development.  Our  customized  solutions  are  uniquely  tailored  to  each  client  to  help  them  launch  new  business  lines,
capitalize  with  new  products,  and  enter  new  markets.  These  solutions  include  product  development  services,  and  a  robust  suite  of  proprietary
products.

• Optimized Global Delivery. Our clients face pressures to innovate quickly while reducing costs to deliver transformative solutions. We help clients

scale large, complex projects and manage costs through our fully owned and operated offshore, domestic, and nearshore delivery centers.

We have developed intellectual property assets, applications, utilities, and products that enable our clients to reduce time to delivery and total cost
of ownership. In addition, we sell certain internally developed software packages. These foundational tools include configurable Solution Accelerators and
Industry  Tools  that  can  be  customized  to  solve  specific  enterprise  challenges.  Our  Solution  Accelerators  increase  the  velocity  of  solution  development
across  key  horizontal  disciplines  including  content  management,  integration  and  APIs,  business  process  management,  enterprise  search,  and  tax
compliance.  Our  Industry  Tools  enable  enterprises  to  address  industry-specific  business  process  and  workflow  challenges.  We  offer  these  tools  for  the
healthcare,  energy  and  utilities,  financial  services,  and  retail  markets.  Our  strong  network  of  partnerships  and  cross-platform  capabilities  enable  us  to
develop and deliver accelerators across a wide spectrum of solution areas and vendor platforms.

In addition to our technology solution services and intellectual property assets, we offer education and mentoring services. We conduct IBM, Oracle,

and OneStream-certified training, where we provide both a customized and established curriculum of courses and other education services.

Competitive Strengths

We believe our competitive strengths include:

• Domain Expertise. We have developed significant domain expertise in a core set of technology solutions and software platforms. These solutions
include custom applications, management consulting, analytics, commerce, content management, business integration, portals and collaboration,
customer relationship management, business process management, and platform implementations. The platforms with which we have significant
domain expertise and on which these solutions are built include IBM, Red Hat, Adobe, Microsoft, Oracle, Salesforce, MuleSoft, and Sitecore.

•

Industry Expertise. We serve many of the world’s largest and most-respected brands with extensive business process experience across a variety of
markets. These include healthcare (including pharma and life sciences), financial services (including banking and insurance), consumer markets
(including retail and consumer goods), manufacturing, automotive and transportation, telecommunications, and energy and utilities.

• Delivery Model and Methodology. Our significant domain expertise enables us to provide high-value solutions through project teams that deliver
measurable results by working collaboratively with clients through a user-centered, technology-based, and business-driven solutions methodology.
Our  methodology  includes  our  proven  execution  process  map  that  allows  for  repeatable,  high-quality  services  delivery.  The  methodology
leverages  the  thought  leadership  of  our  senior  strategists  and  practitioners  to  support  the  client  project  team  and  focuses  on  transforming  our
clients’ business processes to provide enhanced customer value and operating efficiency. As a result, we are able to offer our clients the dedicated
attention that small firms usually provide, combined with the delivery and project management that a larger firm offers.

4

•

•

•

“Instant Insights” Platform. We leverage our “Instant Insights” platform to capture and react to customer feedback throughout project lifecycles,
at scale. Instant Insights automates the solicitation and capturing of confidential customer feedback and disseminates it to the proper leadership
and executive teams. This proprietary process and tool enables us to quickly address client concerns and strengthen the customer relationship in
the process.

Client  Relationships.  We  have  built  a  track  record  of  quality  solutions  and  client  satisfaction  through  the  timely,  efficient,  and  successful
completion  of  numerous  projects.  As  a  result,  we  have  established  long-term  relationships  with  many  clients  that  continue  to  engage  us  for
additional projects and serve as references for us. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, 93%, 94% and 91%, respectively, of
services revenues were derived from clients that continued to utilize our services from the prior year, excluding any revenues from acquisitions
completed in that year.

Vendor Relationship and Endorsements. We have built meaningful relationships with software providers, whose products we use to design and
implement  solutions  for  our  clients.  These  relationships  enable  us  to  reduce  our  cost  of  sales  and  sales  cycle  times  and  increase  win  rates  by
leveraging our partners’ marketing efforts and endorsements. We also serve as a sales channel for our partners, helping them market and sell their
software  products.  We  are  an  IBM  Platinum  Business  Partner,  a  Microsoft  National  Solutions  Provider  and  Global  NSP  Partner,  an  Oracle
Platinum  Partner,  an  Adobe  Platinum  Partner,  a  Salesforce  Consulting  Partner,  a  MuleSoft  Premier  Partner,  and  a  Sitecore  Platinum  Solution
Partner.

• Offshore Delivery. In addition to serving our clients from locations in multiple markets throughout North America, we operate global development
centers  in  India,  China,  and  Eastern  Europe.  These  facilities  are  staffed  with  colleagues  who  have  specializations  that  include  application
development, adapter and interface development, quality assurance and testing, monitoring and support, product development, platform migration,
and portal development with expertise in IBM, Microsoft, Oracle, Sitecore, Magento, and other technologies. As of December 31, 2021, we had
1,625  colleagues  at  our  offshore  offices,  1,399  of  which  were  billable.  We  intend  to  continue  to  leverage  our  existing  offshore  capabilities,
especially in India, to support our growth and provide our clients flexible options for project delivery.

•

Nearshore  Delivery.  Our  nearshore  delivery  teams,  based  in  Colombia,  Chile,  Uruguay,  and  Argentina,  help  our  clients  lower  costs  while
receiving the highest quality of service. These teams provide custom application and software development with proven experience in complex,
cloud-native  product  development  leveraging  cutting-edge  software  engineering  technologies  and  practices  around:  DevOps,  artificial
intelligence/machine  learning,  test  automation,  UX/UI,  commerce,  cloud  architecture  design  and  implementation,  blockchain,  analytics,  big
data/fast  data,  chatbots  and  voice  recognition  system  processing,  modern  scalable  platforms,  mobile,  and  performance  engineering.  As  of
December 31, 2021, we had 1,541 colleagues at our nearshore offices, 1,356 of which were billable.

• Global  Delivery  Recognition.  In  2021,  the  Company  was  named  to  the  IAOP  Global  Outsourcing  100  list  in  the  Leader  category  by  the
International  Association  of  Outsourcing  Professionals  (IAOP®),  the  global,  standard-setting  association  and  advocate  for  outsourcing
professionals and the organizations it supports.

Competition

The market for the services we provide is competitive and has low barriers to entry. We believe that our competitors fall into several categories,

including:

•
•
•
•
•
•

small local consulting firms that operate in no more than one or two geographic regions;
boutique consulting firms;
national consulting firms, such as Accenture, Deloitte Consulting, EPAM Systems, Globant, and Endava;
digital consulting firms/entities such as Accenture Interactive, Deloitte Digital, Publicis Sapient, and Computer Task Group;
in-house professional services organizations of software companies; and
offshore providers, such as Infosys Limited, Cognizant, and Wipro Limited.

5

We  believe  that  the  principal  competitive  factors  affecting  our  market  include  domain  expertise,  track  record  and  customer  references,  partner
network with leading technology companies, quality of proposed solutions, service quality and performance, efficiency, reliability, scalability and features
of the software platforms upon which the solutions are based, and the ability to implement solutions quickly and respond on a timely basis to customer
needs. In addition, because of the relatively low barriers to entry into this market, we expect to face additional competition from new entrants. We expect
competition from offshore and nearshore outsourcing and development companies to continue.

Some of our competitors have longer operating histories, larger client bases, greater name recognition, and possess significantly greater financial,
technical, and marketing resources than we do. As a result, these competitors may be able to attract clients to which we market our services and adapt more
quickly to new technologies or evolving customer or industry requirements.

Human Capital

As of December 31, 2021, we had 6,079 employees, 5,213 of which were billable (excluding 400 billable subcontractors) and 866 of which were
involved  in  sales,  administration,  and  marketing.  None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  a  collective  bargaining  agreement,  and  we  have  never
experienced a strike or similar work stoppage. We are committed to the continued development of our employees.

Sales  and  Marketing.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  had  a  174-person  direct  solutions-oriented  sales  force.  We  reward  our  sales  force  for
developing and maintaining relationships with our clients, seeking follow-up engagements, and leveraging those relationships to forge new relationships in
different  areas  of  the  business  and  with  our  clients’  business  partners.  In  addition  to  our  direct  sales  team,  we  also  had  67  dedicated  sales  support
employees, 30 general managers, 5 area vice-presidents, and 7 vice-presidents who are engaged in our sales and marketing efforts.

We have sales and marketing partnerships with software vendors including IBM, Adobe, Microsoft, Oracle, Salesforce, MuleSoft, and Sitecore.
These  companies  are  key  vendors  of  open  standards-based  software  commonly  referred  to  as  middleware  application  servers,  enterprise  application
integration platforms, business process management, cloud computing applications, business activity monitoring and business intelligence applications, and
enterprise  portal  server  software.  Our  direct  sales  force  works  in  tandem  with  the  sales  and  marketing  groups  of  our  partners  to  identify  potential  new
clients and projects. Our partnerships with these companies enable us to reduce our cost of sales and sales cycle times and increase win rates by leveraging
our partners’ marketing efforts and endorsements.

Talent Acquisition. We are dedicated to hiring, developing, and retaining experienced, motivated technology professionals who combine a depth of
understanding of current digital and legacy technologies with the ability to implement complex and cutting-edge solutions. We believe in an employee-
centered environment that is built on a culture of respect.

Diversity and Social Initiatives. As a global digital consultancy, Perficient’s workforce is comprised of 30% women and 71% of our workforce
identifies as Asian, Hispanic or Latinx, Black or African American, American Indian or Alaskan Native, or two or more races. We believe our diversity is
reflective of our industry in our operating markets. We support our people in making a difference through active involvement in activities that strengthen
the  community.  Our  employees’  community  support  includes  preparing  women  for  careers  in  the  tech  industry  through  our  global  Employee  Resource
Group,  Women  in  Tech,  which  connects  women  and  their  allies  across  the  Company,  facilitates  career  growth,  and  builds  a  community  dedicated  to
supporting  fellow  colleagues.  In  2021,  Perficient  also  introduced  its  ‘Giving’  Employee  Resource  Group,  which  inspires  philanthropic  action  and
generosity, while capturing and celebrating the time, talent and treasure Perficient and its colleagues commit to helping those in need and making the world
a better place. Perficient and its colleagues support a wide variety of initiatives and causes, but we place an emphasis on the priorities of advancing STEM
(science, technology, math and engineering) education and improving health and well-being. Additionally, we support our community through Perficient
Bright  Paths,  a  program  designed  to  create  technology  career  opportunities  for  underrepresented  constituencies  and  communities  in  the  United  States.
Furthermore, in collaboration with the Mark Cuban Foundation, the Company hosted an Artificial Intelligence (AI) Bootcamp which educated underserved
high school students in the Dallas, Texas area about AI fundamentals to increase AI literacy and understanding.

Environmental  Initiatives.  We  are  also  committed  to  protecting  the  environment  and  operating  our  business  in  a  responsible  and  sustainable
manner. To implement this commitment, we have adopted various policies and initiatives. We created a “Perficient Green Team” to identify and implement
opportunities  for  Perficient  employees  to  recycle  more,  waste  less,  and  support  environmentally-focused  volunteer  opportunities  in  our  communities.
Among our accomplishments, we have implemented a green purchasing policy for office supplies, reduced single-use drinkware, established recycling sites
throughout  our  offices,  and  created  informational  programs  to  educate  employees  on  effective  ways  to  recycle.  We  encourage  the  reuse,  recycling,  and
upcycling of our end-of-life electronics and computers responsibly in partnership with NiloTech Ecycling.

6

Additionally, in response to our environmental initiatives, our office in Colombia received the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 14000
certification based on a series of environmental management standards and our office in Somerville, Massachusetts was awarded a LEED Gold certificate
by the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) for its environmentally efficient design, construction, and operation practices.

Retention. We firmly believe in the power of partnership and the spirit of innovation and approach every opportunity with these philosophies in
mind. We focus on a core set of solutions, applications, and software platforms and believe our commitment to our employees’ career development through
continued training and advancement opportunities sets us apart as an employer of choice.

Utilization. We continually assess employee utilization, which is defined as the percentage of our professionals’ time billed to clients divided by
the  total  available  hours  in  the  respective  period.  If  the  utilization  rate  of  our  professionals  is  too  high,  it  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  employee
engagement  and  attrition,  the  quality  of  the  work  performed  and  our  ability  to  staff  projects.  If  our  utilization  rate  is  too  low,  our  profitability  and  the
engagement of our employees could suffer.

Compensation. Our compensation philosophy and programs are designed to attract, retain, motivate, and reward employees based on performance
and results. Our tiered incentive compensation plans help us reach our overall goals by rewarding individuals for their influence on key performance factors
and allow for differentiation so that deserving performers may be rewarded.

General Information

Our stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PRFT.” Our website may be visited at www.perficient.com. We make
available  free  of  charge  through  our  website  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  and
amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange
Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information contained or incorporated
in our website is not part of this document.

Financial Information about Segments and Geographic Areas

See the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Part II, Item 8.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

You should carefully consider the following factors together with the other information contained in or incorporated by reference into this Annual
Report  on  Form  10-K  before  you  decide  to  buy  our  common  stock.  These  factors  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,
operating results, cash flows, or stock price. Many of the following risks and uncertainties are, and will be, exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic and
any  worsening  of  the  global  business  and  economic  environment  as  a  result.  Additional  risks  and  uncertainties  not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we
currently deem to be immaterial also could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows, or stock price.

Macroeconomic and Industry Risks

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by volatile, negative or uncertain economic and political conditions and the effects of these
conditions on our clients’ businesses and levels of business activity.

Global  macroeconomic  and  political  conditions  affect  our  clients’  businesses  and  the  markets  they  serve.  Developments  such  as  economic
downturns, trade disputes, recessions, instability and inflationary risks, including hyperinflation, in the United States, Latin America, India, Canada, China
and Europe,  among  other  developments,  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  clients’  businesses  and,  consequently,  on  our  results  of  operations,  revenue
growth and profitability.

Volatile, negative or uncertain economic and political conditions in the markets we serve have undermined, and could in the future undermine,
business confidence and cause our clients to reduce or defer their spending on new technologies or initiatives or terminate existing contracts, which would
negatively affect our business. Growth in markets we serve could be at a slow rate, or could stagnate, in each case, for an extended period of time. Differing
economic and political conditions and patterns of economic growth and contraction in the geographical regions in which we operate and the markets we
serve have affected, and may in the future affect, demand for our services. For the year ended December 31, 2021, 97% of our revenues

7

were  derived  from  our  clients  in  North  America.  Weakening  demand  in  this  market  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations.
Ongoing economic and political volatility and uncertainty affects our business in a number of other ways, including making it more difficult to accurately
forecast  client  demand  beyond  the  short  term  and  effectively  build  our  revenue  and  resource  plans,  particularly  in  consulting.  This  could  result,  for
example, in us not having the level of appropriate personnel where they are needed or having to use involuntary terminations as means to keep our supply
of skills and resources in balance.

Economic and political volatility and uncertainty is particularly challenging because it may take some time for the effects and resulting changes in
demand patterns to manifest themselves in our business and results of operations. Changing demand patterns from economic and political volatility and
uncertainty could have a significant negative impact on our results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic may materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, operations, financial results and/or stock price.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  created  significant  and  widespread  volatility,  uncertainty  and  disruptions  in  the  U.S.  and  global  economies,
including in the regions in which we operate. Certain of our customers have requested discounts or extended payment terms, paused or slowed services, or
declared bankruptcy. The extent to which the pandemic ultimately impacts our business, operations and financial results will depend on numerous evolving
factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including but not limited to: the duration and scope of the pandemic; governmental, business and
individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic; the impact of the pandemic on economic activity and actions
taken  in  response;  the  effect  on  our  clients  and  client  demand  for  our  services  and  solutions;  our  ability  to  sell  and  provide  our  services  and  solutions,
including as a result of travel restrictions and people working from home; the ability of our clients to pay for our services and solutions; any changes to our
clients’  payment  terms;  any  closures  of  our  offices  and  facilities  as  we  transitioned  to  working  remotely;  and  any  closures  of  our  clients’  offices  and
facilities  because  of  government  orders,  recommendations  or  otherwise.  Clients  may  also  slow  down  decision  making,  delay  planned  work  or  seek  to
terminate  or  amend  existing  agreements  in  a  manner  adverse  to  the  Company.  Any  of  these  events  could  cause  or  contribute  to  the  other  risks  and
uncertainties faced by the Company, as described in this Form 10-K and elsewhere, and could materially adversely affect our business, operations, financial
results and/or stock price.

We face risks associated with potential changes to federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and policies.

Significant  changes  to  various  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  laws,  regulations  and  policies  to  which  the  Company  is  subject  are  under
consideration by applicable government administrations and agencies. If enacted, these changes may affect our business in a manner that currently cannot
be  reliably  predicted.  These  uncertainties  may  include  changes  in  laws,  regulations  and  policies  in  areas  such  as  corporate  taxation,  international  trade,
labor and employment law, immigration and health care, which individually or in the aggregate could materially and adversely affect our business, results
of operations or financial condition. Further, there has been an increased focus on certain environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) factors, issues and
initiatives among government administrations and agencies, the investment community, employees and other stakeholders. Changes in laws, regulations
and policies in response to such ESG matters and our efforts to comply with such laws, regulations and policies could materially and adversely affect our
business, results of operations or financial condition.

We provide services to various clients participating in the healthcare market. Certain modifications to U.S. government healthcare programs and
other  changes  have  been  proposed  and  discussed.  These  modifications  may  result  in  reduced  expenditures  by  our  healthcare  customers  on  information
technology projects, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our business depends on generating and maintaining ongoing, profitable client demand for our services and solutions, and a significant reduction
in such demand could materially affect our results of operations.

Our  revenue  and  profitability  depend  on  the  demand  for  our  services  and  favorable  margins,  which  could  be  negatively  affected  by  numerous
factors, many of which are beyond our control and unrelated to our work product. As described above, volatile, negative or uncertain global economic and
political  conditions  have  adversely  affected,  and  could  in  the  future  adversely  affect,  client  demand  for  our  services  and  solutions.  In  addition,
developments in the markets we serve, which may be rapid, could shift demand to services and solutions where we are less competitive, or might require
significant investment by us to upgrade, enhance or expand our services and solutions to meet that demand. Companies in the markets we serve sometimes
seek  to  achieve  economies  of  scale  and  other  synergies  by  combining  with  or  acquiring  other  companies.  If  one  of  our  current  clients  merges  or
consolidates with a company that relies on another provider for its consulting, systems integration and technology, or outsourcing services, we may lose
work  from  that  client  or  lose  the  opportunity  to  gain  additional  work  if  we  are  not  successful  in  generating  new  opportunities  from  the  merger  or
consolidation. Many of our consulting contracts are less than 12 months in duration, and often contain 10 to 30 day termination provisions. If a client is
dissatisfied with our services and we

8

are unable to effectively respond to its needs, the client might terminate existing contracts, or reduce or eliminate spending on the services and solutions we
provide. Additionally, a client could choose not to retain us for additional stages of a project, try to renegotiate the terms of its contract or cancel or delay
additional planned work. When contracts are terminated or not renewed, we lose the anticipated revenues, and it may take significant time to replace the
lost revenues or we may be unsuccessful in our attempt to recover such revenues. Consequently, our results of operations in subsequent periods could be
materially lower than expected. The specific business or financial condition of a client, changes in management and changes in a client’s strategy are also
factors that can result in terminations, cancellations or delays, and in pressure to reduce costs.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, and we might not be able to compete effectively.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, ever evolving, and subject to rapid technological change. Our competitors include: large
multinational providers that offer some or all of the services that we do; offshore service providers in lower-cost locations that offer services similar to
those we offer, often at highly competitive prices and on more aggressive contractual terms; niche solution and service providers or local competitors that
compete with us in a specific geographic market, industry segment or service area, including companies that provide new or alternative products, service or
delivery models; accounting firms that are expanding or building their capabilities to provide certain consulting services, including through acquisitions;
and in-house departments of large corporations that use their own resources, rather than engage an outside firm for the types of services we provide.

Many of the larger regional and national information technology consulting firms have substantially longer operating histories, more established
reputations  and  potential  vendor  relationships,  greater  financial  resources,  sales  and  marketing  organizations,  market  penetration,  and  research  and
development capabilities, as well as broader product offerings, greater market presence, and name recognition.

In addition, there are relatively low barriers to entry in this market and therefore new entrants may compete with us in the future. For example, due
to  the  rapid  changes  and  volatility  in  our  market,  many  well-capitalized  companies,  including  some  of  our  partners  that  have  focused  on  sectors  of  the
software and services industry that are not competitive with our business may refocus their activities and deploy their resources to be competitive with us.

Our future financial performance is largely dependent upon our ability to compete successfully in the markets we currently serve. If we are unable

to compete successfully, we could lose market share and clients to competitors, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition, we may face greater competition due to consolidation of companies in the technology sector, through strategic mergers or acquisition.
Consolidation activity may result in new competitors with greater scale, a broader footprint, or offerings that are more attractive than ours. We believe that
this  competition  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  ability  to  compete  for  new  work  and  skilled  professionals.  One  or  more  of  our  competitors  may
develop and implement methodologies that result in superior productivity and price reductions without adversely affecting their profit margins. In addition,
competitors may win client engagements by significantly discounting their services in exchange for a client’s promise to purchase other goods and services
from the competitor, either concurrently or in the future. These activities may potentially force us to lower our prices and suffer reduced operating margins.
Any  of  these  negative  effects  could  significantly  impair  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  We  may  not  be  able  to  compete  successfully
against new or existing competitors.

Global operations subject us to additional political and economic risks that could have an adverse impact on our business.

We maintain global development centers in Latin America, India, China and Serbia. We also have employees in the United Kingdom and Canada.
We are subject to certain risks related to expanding our presence into non-U.S. regions, including risks related to complying with a wide variety of national
and local laws, restrictions on the import and export of certain technologies, managing the integration of our various international information systems; and
multiple  and  possibly  overlapping  tax  structures.  We  may  face  difficulties  in  enforcing  contractual  rights,  and  our  continued  operation  and  expansion
outside  of  the  United  States,  including  in  developing  countries,  could  increase  the  risk  of  contractual  violations  in  the  future.  In  addition,  we  may  face
competition  from  companies  that  may  have  more  experience  with  operations  in  these  countries  or  with  global  operations  generally.  We  may  also  face
difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, including difficulties related to language and cultural barriers, as
well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture.

9

Furthermore, there are risks inherent in operating in and expanding into non-U.S. regions, including, but not limited to:

•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

political and economic instability;
global health conditions and potential natural disasters;
unexpected  changes  in  regulatory  requirements,  including  immigration  restrictions,  tariffs,  and  other  trade  barriers  and  tax  regulations,  the
enforcement of such requirements by applicable governmental authorities and other legal uncertainty;
limitations on our ability to repatriate cash from our international operations;
complexities and additional costs in effectively managing our international operations;
international currency controls and exchange rate fluctuations;
reduced protection for intellectual property rights;
difficulties in enforcing our contractual rights;
increased potential for corruption; and
additional vulnerability from terrorist groups targeting U.S. interests abroad.

Any  one  or  more  of  the  factors  set  forth  above  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  international  operations  and,  consequently,  on  our
business, financial condition, and operating results. These risks may be amplified in certain emerging markets in which we do business, including India and
Latin America.

Our results of operations and ability to grow could be materially negatively affected if we cannot adapt and expand our services and solutions in
response to ongoing changes in technology and offerings by new entrants.

Our  success  depends  upon  our  ability  to  continue  to  develop  and  implement  services  and  solutions  that  anticipate  and  respond  to  rapid  and
continuing changes in technology and industry developments and offerings by new entrants to serve the evolving needs of our clients. Current areas of
significant  change  include  mobility,  cloud-based  computing,  software-as-a-service  solutions,  artificial  intelligence,  machine  learning  and  the  processing
and analyzing of large amounts of data. Technological developments such as these may materially affect the cost and use of technology by our clients. Our
growth  strategy  focuses  on  responding  to  these  types  of  developments  by  driving  innovation  for  our  core  business  as  well  as  through  new  business
initiatives beyond our core business that will enable us to differentiate our services and solutions. If we do not sufficiently invest in new technology and
industry  developments,  or  if  we  do  not  make  the  right  strategic  investments  to  respond  to  these  developments  and  successfully  drive  innovation,  our
services and solutions, our results of operations, and our ability to develop and maintain a competitive advantage and continue to grow could be negatively
affected.

In  addition,  we  operate  in  a  quickly  evolving  environment,  in  which  there  currently  are,  and  we  expect  will  continue  to  be,  new  technology
entrants.  New  services  or  technologies  offered  by  competitors  or  new  entrants  may  make  our  offerings  less  differentiated  or  less  competitive,  when
compared to other alternatives, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

Strategic and Operational Risks

We might not be successful at identifying, acquiring, or integrating other businesses.

We have pursued a disciplined acquisition strategy designed to enhance or add to our offerings of services and solutions, or to enable us to expand
in  certain  markets,  both  domestically  and  internationally.  Depending  upon  the  opportunities  available,  we  may  increase  our  investment  in  these
acquisitions.  In  that  pursuit,  we  may  not  successfully  identify  suitable  acquisition  candidates,  succeed  in  completing  targeted  transactions,  or  achieve
desired results of operations. Furthermore, we face risks in successfully integrating any businesses we acquire. Ongoing business may be disrupted and our
management’s attention may be diverted by acquisitions, transition or integration activities. In addition, we might need to dedicate additional management
and other resources, and our organizational structure could make it difficult for us to efficiently integrate acquired businesses into our ongoing operations
and assimilate and retain employees of those businesses into our culture and operations.

We might fail to realize the expected benefits or strategic objectives of any acquisition we make. We might not achieve our expected return on
investment,  or  we  may  lose  money.  We  may  be  adversely  impacted  by  liabilities  that  we  assume  from  a  company  we  acquire,  including  from  that
company’s known and unknown obligations, intellectual property or other assets, terminated employees, current or former clients, or other third parties, and
we may fail to identify or adequately assess the magnitude of certain liabilities, shortcomings or other circumstances prior to acquisition, which could result
in  unexpected  legal  or  regulatory  exposure,  unexpected  increases  in  taxes  or  other  adverse  effects  on  our  business  and  profitability.  If  we  are  unable  to
complete the number and kind of acquisitions for which we plan, or if we are inefficient or unsuccessful at integrating any acquired businesses into our
operations,  we  may  not  be  able  to  achieve  our  planned  rates  of  growth  or  improve  our  market  share,  profitability,  or  competitive  position  in  specific
markets or services.

10

Our results of operations could materially suffer if we are not able to obtain favorable pricing.

If  we  are  not  able  to  obtain  favorable  pricing  for  our  services,  our  revenues  and  profitability  could  materially  suffer.  The  rates  we  are  able  to

charge for our services are affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

•
•
•
•
•

general economic and political conditions;
the competitive environment in our industry, as described below;
our clients’ desire to reduce their costs;
our ability to accurately estimate, attain, and sustain contract revenues, margins, and cash flows over the full contract period; and
procurement practices of clients and their use of third-party advisors.

The  competitive  environment  in  our  industry  affects  our  ability  to  obtain  favorable  pricing  in  a  number  of  ways,  any  of  which  could  have  a
material negative impact on our results of operations. The less we are able to differentiate our services and solutions and/or clearly convey the value of our
services and solutions, the more risk we have that they will be seen as commodities, with price being the driving factor in selecting a service provider. In
addition, the introduction of new services or products by competitors could reduce our ability to obtain favorable pricing for the services or products we
offer. Competitors may be willing, at times, to price contracts lower than us in an effort to enter the market or increase market share. Further, if competitors
develop and implement methodologies that yield greater efficiency and productivity, they may be better positioned to offer services similar to ours at lower
prices.

If our negotiated fees do not accurately anticipate the cost and complexity of performing our work, then our contracts could be unprofitable.

We negotiate fees with our clients by utilizing a range of pricing structures and conditions, including time and materials and fixed fee contracts.
Our fees are highly dependent upon our internal forecasts and predictions about the level of effort and cost necessary to deliver such services and solutions,
which  might  be  based  on  limited  data  and  could  turn  out  to  be  materially  inaccurate.  If  we  do  not  accurately  estimate  the  level  of  effort  or  cost,  our
contracts could yield lower profit margins than planned, or be unprofitable. We could face greater risk when negotiating fees for our contracts that involve
the coordination of operations and workforces in multiple locations and/or utilizing workforces with different skill sets and competencies. There is a risk
that  we  will  underprice  our  contracts,  fail  to  accurately  estimate  the  costs  of  performing  the  work,  or  fail  to  accurately  assess  the  risks  associated  with
potential contracts. In particular, any increased or unexpected costs, delays or failures to achieve anticipated cost savings, or unexpected risks we encounter
in connection with the performance of services, including those caused by factors outside our control such as wage inflation and other marketplace factors,
could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable, which could have an adverse effect on our profit margin.

Because we conduct a part of our operations through our subsidiaries located in Latin America, India, Canada, China and Europe, we are subject
to  the  effects  of  wage  inflation  and  other  marketplace  factors  in  these  countries,  which  have  increased  in  recent  years.  If  increases  in  salary  and  other
operating costs at those operating subsidiaries exceed our internal forecasts, the hourly rates established under our time-and-materials contracts might not
be sufficient to recover those increased operating costs, which would make those contracts unprofitable for us, thereby adversely affecting our results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations.

The loss of one or more of our significant software vendors could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We  have  significant  relationships  with  software  vendors  including  IBM,  Red  Hat,  Adobe,  Microsoft,  Oracle,  Salesforce,  MuleSoft  and
Sitecore. Our business relationships with these companies enable us to reduce our cost of acquiring customers and increase win rates through leveraging
our vendors’ marketing efforts and strong vendor endorsements. The loss of one or more of these relationships and endorsements could increase our sales
and  marketing  costs,  lead  to  longer  sales  cycles,  harm  our  reputation  and  brand  recognition,  reduce  our  revenues,  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of
operations. The financial impact of the loss of one or more software vendors is not reasonably estimable. 

Our ability to attract and retain business may depend upon our reputation in the marketplace.

We  believe  the  Perficient  brand  name  and  our  reputation  are  important  corporate  assets  that  help  distinguish  our  services  from  those  of  our
competitors  and  also  contribute  to  our  efforts  to  recruit  and  retain  talented  employees.  However,  our  corporate  reputation  is  potentially  susceptible  to
material damage by events such as disputes with clients, information technology security breaches or service outages, or other delivery failures. Similarly,
our reputation could be damaged by

11

actions or statements of current or former clients, employees, competitors, vendors, as well as members of the investment community and the media. The
investment community, our employees and other stakeholders have evidenced an increased focus on ESG factors, issues and initiatives. We have disclosed
certain of our efforts with respect to such matters. Our reputation could be damaged if our efforts are, or are deemed to be, unsuccessful or are deemed
insufficient relative to our competitors.

There is a risk that negative information could adversely affect our business. Damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to
repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements or cause existing clients to terminate our services, resulting in a
loss of business, and could adversely affect our recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of
the Perficient brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us, materially adversely affecting our share price.

Our profitability could suffer if our cost-management strategies are unsuccessful.

Our  ability  to  improve  or  maintain  our  profitability  is  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  successfully  manage  our  costs.  Our  cost  management
strategies  include  maintaining  appropriate  alignment  between  the  demand  for  our  services  and  our  resource  capacity,  optimizing  the  costs  of  service
delivery and maintaining or improving our sales and marketing and general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenues. These actions and other
cost-management efforts may not be successful, our efficiency may not be enhanced and we may not achieve desired levels of profitability. Because of the
significant steps taken in the past to reduce costs, we may not be able to continue to deliver efficiencies in our cost management, to the same degree as in
the past. If we are not effective in reducing our operating costs in response to changes in demand or pricing, we might not be able to manage significantly
larger and more diverse workforces as we increase the number of colleagues and execute our growth strategy, control our costs or improve our efficiency,
and our profitability could be negatively affected.

If we do not effectively manage expected future growth, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our ability to operate profitably with positive cash flows depends partially upon how effectively we manage our expected future growth. In order
to create the additional capacity necessary to accommodate an increase in demand for our services, we may need to implement new or upgraded operational
and  financial  systems,  procedures  and  controls,  open  new  offices,  and  hire  additional  colleagues.  Implementation  of  these  new  or  upgraded  systems,
procedures, and controls may require substantial management efforts and our efforts to do so may not be successful. The opening of new offices (including
international locations) or the hiring of additional colleagues may result in idle or underutilized capacity. We continually assess the expected capacity and
utilization of our offices and colleagues. We may not be able to achieve or maintain optimal utilization of our offices and colleagues. If demand for our
services does not meet our expectations, our revenues and cash flows may not be sufficient to offset these expenses and our results of operations and cash
flows could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to collect our receivables or unbilled services, our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows could be adversely
affected.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We evaluate
the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We have established allowances for losses of receivables and
unbilled  services.  Actual  losses  on  client  balances  could  differ  from  those  that  we  currently  anticipate  and  as  a  result  we  might  need  to  adjust  our
allowances. We might not accurately assess the credit worthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions could also result in financial difficulties for our
clients, including bankruptcy and insolvency. This could cause clients to delay payments to us, request modifications to their payment arrangements that
could increase our receivables balance, or default on their payment obligations to us. Recovery of client financing and timely collection of client balances
also  depends  upon  our  ability  to  complete  our  contractual  commitments  and  bill  and  collect  our  contracted  revenues.  If  we  are  unable  to  meet  our
contractual  requirements,  we  might  experience  delays  in  collection  of  and/or  be  unable  to  collect  our  client  balances,  and  if  this  occurs,  our  results  of
operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time to bill and collect for our services, our cash
flows could be adversely affected.

Issues arising during the implementation or upgrade of an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system could adversely affect the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is in the process of upgrading and migrating its ERP system to a cloud version to support the Company’s future growth plan and to
further integrate processes and geographic locations. Upgrading an ERP system on a widespread basis involves significant changes in business processes
and extensive organizational training. In connection with

12

the implementation, the Company may experience temporary business and information technology disruptions that could adversely affect the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Indebtedness and Liquidity Risks

Servicing our debt may require a significant amount of cash. We may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our indebtedness, and
we may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle for cash conversions of the Notes or to repurchase the Notes for cash upon a
fundamental change, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In August 2020, we issued $230.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.250% Convertible Senior Notes Due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”), of
which  $23.3  million  aggregate  principal  amount  remains  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2021,  and  in  November  2021,  we  issued  $380.0  million  in
aggregate  principal  amount  of  0.125%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  Due  2026  (the  “2026  Notes”)  in  private  offerings.  The  2025  Notes  and  2026  Notes
(together, the “Notes”) bear interest at a rate of 1.250% and 0.125% per year, respectively. Interest is payable in cash semi-annually. Our ability to make
payments of the principal, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes, depends on our future performance, which is subject to
economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate cash flows from operations in the future that are
sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flows, we may be required to adopt one or
more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional debt financing or equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly
dilutive. Our ability to refinance any future indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to
engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations.

Holders  of  the  Notes  have  the  right  to  require  us  to  repurchase  their  notes  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  fundamental  change  (as  defined  in  the
indentures governing the Notes (together, the “Indentures”)) at a cash repurchase price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Upon conversion, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion (other than
paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the Notes being converted. We may not
have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases in connection with such conversion and our
ability to pay may additionally be limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase the
Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the Indentures or to pay any cash payable on future conversions as required by the Indentures would
constitute a default under the Indentures. A default under the Indentures or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements
governing our future indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may
not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase the Notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof.

The conditional conversion feature of the Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

In the event the conditional conversion feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of Notes will be entitled to convert the Notes at any time during
specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their Notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely
shares  of  our  common  stock  (other  than  paying  cash  in  lieu  of  delivering  any  fractional  share),  we  would  be  required  to  settle  a  portion  or  all  of  our
conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity.

We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the Notes Hedges.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, we entered into privately negotiated convertible note hedge transactions (the “Note Hedges”) with
certain of the initial purchasers or their respective affiliates and/or other financial institutions (the “Option Counterparties”). We will be subject to the risk
that one or more of the Option Counterparties, as financial institutions, might default under their respective Note Hedges. Our exposure to the credit risk of
the Option Counterparties will not be secured by any collateral. Global economic and political conditions could result in the actual or perceived failure or
financial difficulties of financial institutions. If any Option Counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor
in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under our transactions with such Option Counterparty.

Our exposure will depend on many factors, but, generally, the increase in our exposure will be correlated to the increase in the market price and in

the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by any Option Counterparty,

13

 
we may suffer adverse tax consequences and more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as
to the financial stability or viability of any of the Option Counterparties.

We may need additional capital in the future, which may not be available to us. The raising of any additional capital may dilute your ownership
percentage in our stock.

As of December 31, 2021, we had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling $24.4 million and a borrowing capacity under our credit facility
of $200.0 million, with $199.8 million unused capacity available, and a commitment from our lenders to increase our borrowing capacity by $75.0 million.
Of the $24.4 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2021, $6.1 million was held by certain foreign subsidiaries which is not available to
fund  domestic  operations  unless  the  funds  would  be  repatriated.  We  currently  do  not  plan  or  foresee  a  need  to  repatriate  such  funds.  The  balance  at
December 31, 2021 also includes $5.2 million in cash held by certain other foreign subsidiaries, the earnings of which are not considered to be indefinitely
reinvested and may be repatriated from time to time. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional
funds if our capital is insufficient to pursue business opportunities and respond to business challenges. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or
debt  financings  to  secure  additional  funds.  If  we  raise  additional  funds  through  further  issuances  of  equity  or  convertible  debt  securities,  our  existing
stockholders could suffer dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our
common  stock.  Any  debt  financing  secured  by  us  in  the  future  could  involve  restrictive  covenants  relating  to  our  capital  raising  activities  and  other
financial  and  operational  matters,  which  may  make  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  obtain  additional  capital  and  to  pursue  business  opportunities,  including
potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate
financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be
significantly limited.

Human Capital Risks

If  we  are  unable  to  keep  our  supply  of  skills  and  resources  in  balance  with  client  demand  and  attract  and  retain  professionals  with  strong
leadership skills, our business, the utilization rate of our professionals and our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our success depends, in large part, upon our ability to keep our supply of skills and resources in balance with client demand and our ability to
attract and retain personnel with the knowledge and skills to lead our business. Experienced personnel in our industry are in high demand, and there is
much competition to attract qualified personnel. We must hire, retain and motivate appropriate numbers of talented people with diverse skills in order to
serve clients across North America, respond quickly to rapid and ongoing technology, industry and macroeconomic developments and grow and manage
our business. For example, if we are unable to hire or continually train our employees to keep pace with the rapid and continuing changes in technology and
the markets we serve or changes in the types of services clients are demanding we may not be able to develop and deliver new services and solutions to
fulfill client demand. As we expand our services and solutions, we must also hire and retain an increasing number of professionals with different skills and
expectations than those of the professionals we have historically hired and retained. Additionally, if we are unable to successfully integrate, motivate and
retain these professionals, our ability to continue to secure work for our services and solutions in those markets may decline.

We are dependent upon retaining our senior executives and other experienced managers, and if we are unable to do so, our ability to develop new
business and effectively lead our current projects could be jeopardized. We depend upon identifying, developing, and retaining key employees to provide
leadership  and  direction  for  our  businesses.  This  includes  developing  talent  and  leadership  capabilities  in  emerging  markets,  where  the  depth  of  skilled
employees is often limited and competition for these resources is great. Our geographic expansion strategy in emerging markets depends on our ability to
attract, retain and integrate both local business leaders and people with the appropriate skills.

Similarly, our profitability depends upon our ability to effectively utilize personnel with the right mix of skills and experience to perform services
for our clients, including our ability to transition employees to new assignments on a timely basis. If we are unable to effectively deploy our employees on
a timely basis to fulfill the needs of our clients, our ability to perform our work profitably could suffer. If the utilization rate of our professionals is too high,
it could have an adverse effect on employee engagement and attrition, the quality of the work performed and our ability to staff projects. If our utilization
rate  is  too  low,  our  profitability  and  the  engagement  of  our  employees  could  suffer.  The  costs  associated  with  recruiting  and  training  employees  are
significant. An important element of our global business model is the deployment of our employees around the world, which allows us to move talent as
needed.  Therefore,  if  we  are  not  able  to  deploy  the  talent  we  need  because  of  increased  regulation  of  immigration  or  work  visas,  including  limitations
placed on the number of visas granted, limitations on the type of work performed or location in which it can be performed, and new or higher minimum
salary requirements, it could be more difficult to staff our employees on client engagements and could increase our costs.

14

Our equity-based incentive compensation plans are designed to reward high-performing personnel for their contributions and provide incentives
for them to remain with us. If the anticipated value of these incentives does not materialize because of volatility or lack of positive performance in our
stock  price,  or  if  our  total  compensation  package  is  not  viewed  as  being  competitive,  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  the  personnel  we  need  could  be
adversely affected.

There is a risk that at certain points in time and in certain markets, we will find it difficult to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees with
the skills or backgrounds to meet current and/or future demand. In these cases, we might need to redeploy existing personnel or increase our reliance on
subcontractors to fill certain labor needs, and if not done effectively, our profitability could be negatively impacted. Additionally, if demand for our services
were to escalate at a high rate, we may need to adjust our compensation practices, which could put upward pressure on our costs and adversely affect our
profitability if we are unable to recover these increased costs. At certain times, however, we may also have more personnel than we need in certain skill sets
or  geographic  locations.  In  these  situations,  we  must  evaluate  voluntary  attrition  and  use  reduced  levels  of  new  hiring  and  increased  involuntary
terminations as means to keep our supply of skills and resources in balance with client demand in those markets

Immigration  restrictions  related  to  H1-B  visas  could  hinder  our  growth  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Approximately 6% of our billable workforce is comprised of skilled foreign nationals holding H1-B visas. The H1-B visa classification enables us
to  hire  qualified  foreign  workers  in  positions  that  require  the  equivalent  of  at  least  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  the  U.S.  in  a  specialty  occupation  such  as
technology systems engineering and analysis. The H1-B visa generally permits an individual to work and live in the U.S. for a period of up to six years,
with extensions available in certain circumstances. The number of new H1-B petitions approved in any federal fiscal year is limited, making the H1-B visas
necessary to bring foreign employees to the U.S. unobtainable in years in which the limit is reached. The number of H1-B visas available, and the process
to obtain them, may be subject to significant change. If we are unable to obtain all of the H1-B visas for which we apply, our growth or service offerings
may be hindered.

Data Security and Intellectual Property Risks

We could have significant liability or our reputation could be damaged if we fail to protect client and Company data or information systems or if
our information systems are breached.

We are dependent upon information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information and to communicate
among our locations and with our partners and clients. Security breaches of this infrastructure or human error could lead to shutdowns or disruptions of our
systems and potential unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. There has been a global increase in information technology security threats and
increasingly sophisticated cyber attacks. Given the uncertainty of such attacks, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks and disputes. In providing
services to clients, we are also required at times to manage, utilize, and store sensitive or confidential client or employee data. As a result, we are subject to
numerous laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such as various U.S. federal and state laws and foreign laws governing the protection
of  personally  identifiable  information.  If  any  person,  including  any  of  our  employees,  negligently  disregards  or  intentionally  breaches  our  established
controls with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to monetary damages, regulatory enforcement
actions, fines, and/or criminal prosecution. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or employee data, whether through systems failure,
human error or negligence, cyber attacks, security breaches, fraud or misappropriation could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients. Similarly,
unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we develop for our clients, whether by our employees or third parties, could result in
negative publicity, significant remediation costs, legal liability, and damage to our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.  In  addition,  our  liability  insurance  might  not  be  sufficient  in  type  or  amount  to  cover  us  against  claims  related  to  security  breaches,  cyber
attacks and other related breaches.

Our services could infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others.

We  cannot  be  sure  that  our  services  do  not  infringe  on  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  third  parties,  and  we  could  have  infringement  claims
(including meritless claims) asserted against us. These claims may harm our reputation, cause our management to expend significant time in connection
with any defense, and cost us money. We may be required to indemnify clients for any expense or liabilities they incur resulting from claimed infringement
and these expenses could exceed the amounts paid to us by the client for services we have performed. Any claims in this area, even if won by us, could be
costly, time-consuming, and harmful to our reputation.

15

We have only a limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights, which are important to our success.

Our  success  depends,  in  part,  upon  our  ability  to  protect  our  proprietary  methodologies  and  other  intellectual  property.  Existing  laws  of  some
countries in which we provide services or solutions might offer only limited protection of our intellectual property rights. We rely upon a combination of
trade secrets, confidentiality policies, nondisclosure, and other contractual arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights. These laws are subject to
change  at  any  time  and  could  further  restrict  our  ability  to  protect  our  innovations.  Our  intellectual  property  rights  may  not  prevent  competitors  from
independently developing products and services similar to or duplicative of ours. Further, the steps we take in this regard might not be adequate to prevent
or deter infringement or other misappropriation of our intellectual property by competitors, former employees or other third parties, and we might not be
able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Enforcing our rights might also require
considerable time, money and oversight and we may not be successful in enforcing our rights.

Depending upon the circumstances, we might need to grant a specific client greater rights in intellectual property developed in connection with a
contract  than  we  otherwise  generally  do.  In  certain  situations,  we  might  forego  rights  to  the  use  of  intellectual  property  we  help  create  or  knowledge
associated with such creation, which would limit our ability to reuse that intellectual property or knowledge for other clients. Any limitation on our ability
to  provide  a  service  or  solution  could  cause  us  to  lose  revenue-generating  opportunities  and  require  us  to  incur  additional  expenses  to  develop  new  or
modified solutions for future projects.

Legal and Tax Risks

Our business could be materially adversely affected if we incur legal liability in connection with providing our services and solutions.

We  could  be  subject  to  significant  legal  liability  and  litigation  expense  if  we  fail  to  meet  our  contractual  obligations,  or  otherwise  breach
obligations,  to  third  parties,  including  clients,  partners,  employees  and  former  employees,  and  other  parties  with  whom  we  conduct  business,  or  if  our
subcontractors breach or dispute the terms of our agreements with them and impede our ability to meet our obligations to our clients. We may enter into
agreements  with  non-standard  terms  because  we  perceive  an  important  economic  opportunity  or  because  our  personnel  did  not  adequately  follow  our
contracting  guidelines.  In  addition,  the  contracting  practices  of  competitors,  along  with  the  demands  of  increasingly  sophisticated  clients,  may  cause
contract  terms  and  conditions  that  are  unfavorable  to  us  to  become  new  standards  in  the  marketplace.  We  may  find  ourselves  committed  to  providing
services or solutions that we are unable to deliver or whose delivery will reduce our profitability or cause us financial loss. If we cannot or do not meet our
contractual obligations and if our potential liability is not adequately limited through the terms of our agreements, liability limitations are not enforced or a
third party alleges fraud or other wrongdoing to prevent us from relying upon those contractual protections, we might face significant legal liability and
litigation  expense  and  our  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  A  failure  of  a  client’s  system  based  on  our  services  or  solutions
could also subject us to a claim for significant damages that could materially adversely affect our results of operations. In addition to expense, litigation can
be  lengthy  and  disruptive  to  normal  business  operations,  and  litigation  results  can  be  unpredictable.  While  we  maintain  insurance  for  certain  potential
liabilities,  this  insurance  does  not  cover  all  types  and  amounts  of  potential  liabilities  and  is  subject  to  various  exclusions  as  well  as  caps  on  amounts
recoverable. Even if we believe a claim is covered by insurance, insurers may dispute our entitlement to recovery for a variety of potential reasons, which
may affect the timing and the amount of our recovery, if any.

Changes in our level of taxes, audits, investigations and tax proceedings, or changes in tax laws or their interpretation or enforcement could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. We calculate and provide for income taxes in each tax jurisdiction in which we operate.
Tax accounting often involves complex matters and requires our judgment to determine our corporate provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities.
We are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities have disagreed, and may in the future disagree, with our judgments, or may
take  increasingly  aggressive  positions  opposing  the  judgments  we  make.  We  regularly  assess  the  likely  outcomes  of  these  audits  to  determine  the
appropriateness of our tax liabilities. However, our judgments might not be sustained as a result of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid could be
different from the amounts previously recorded. See Note 13, Income Taxes, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
regarding the disallowance of certain research credits claimed by the Company and the Company’s actions to assert such credits. In addition, our effective
tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of
deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws. Tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate may change as a result of macroeconomic or
other factors outside of our control. Increases in the tax rate in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate could have a

16

negative impact on our profitability. In addition, changes in tax laws, treaties, or regulations, or their interpretation or enforcement, may be unpredictable
and could materially adversely affect our tax position.

Financial Risks

We  make  estimates  and  assumptions  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  any  changes  to  those
estimates and assumptions could adversely affect our financial results.

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The application of these principles
requires us to make estimates and assumptions about certain items and future events that affect our reported financial condition, and our accompanying
disclosure with respect to, among other things, revenue recognition, purchase accounting related fair value measurements, contingent consideration, fair
value of convertible debt and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience, contractual commitments and on various other assumptions that
we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time they are made. These estimates and assumptions involve the use of our judgment and can
be  subject  to  significant  uncertainties,  some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  If  our  estimates,  or  the  assumptions  underlying  such  estimates,  are  not
correct, actual results may differ materially from our estimates, and we may need to, among other things, adjust revenues or accrue additional charges that
could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our results of operations and share price could be adversely affected if we are unable to maintain effective internal controls.

The  accuracy  of  our  financial  reporting  is  dependent  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  controls.  We  are  required  to  provide  a  report  from
management to our stockholders on our internal control over financial reporting that includes an assessment of the effectiveness of these controls. Internal
control over financial reporting has inherent limitations, including human error, the possibility that controls could be circumvented or become inadequate
because of changed conditions, and fraud. Because of these inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting might not prevent or detect all
misstatements  or  fraud.  If  we  cannot  maintain  and  execute  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  or  implement  required  new  or  improved
controls that provide reasonable assurance of the reliability of the financial reporting and preparation of our financial statements for external use, we could
suffer harm to our reputation, fail to meet our public reporting requirements on a timely basis, be unable to properly report on our business and our results
of operations, or be required to restate our financial statements, and our results of operations, our share price and our ability to obtain new business could
be materially adversely affected.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Although  we  report  our  results  of  operations  in  U.S.  dollars,  a  small  portion  of  our  revenues  is  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the

U.S. dollar. Unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Because  our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars,  we  must  translate  revenues  and  expenses,  as  well  as  assets  and
liabilities,  into  U.S.  dollars  at  exchange  rates  in  effect  during  or  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  Therefore,  changes  in  the  value  of  the  U.S.  dollar
against  other  currencies  will  affect  our  net  revenues,  operating  income  and  the  value  of  balance-sheet  items,  including  intercompany  payables  and
receivables, denominated in other currencies. These changes cause our growth in consolidated earnings stated in U.S. dollars to be higher or lower than our
growth  in  local  currency  when  compared  against  other  periods.  Our  currency  hedging  program,  which  is  designed  to  partially  offset  the  impact  on
consolidated earnings related to the changes in value of certain balance sheet items, might not be successful.

As we continue to leverage our global delivery model, certain of our expenses are incurred in currencies other than those in which we bill for the
related services. An increase in the value of certain currencies, such as the Canadian dollar, Indian rupee, Chinese yuan, British pound, euro, Colombian
peso, Argentine peso, Chilean peso, and Uruguayan peso against the U.S. dollar could increase costs for delivery of services at off-shore sites by increasing
labor and other costs that are denominated in local currency. Our contractual provisions or cost management efforts might not be able to offset their impact,
and  our  currency  hedging  activities,  which  are  designed  to  partially  offset  this  impact,  might  not  be  successful.  This  could  result  in  a  decrease  in  the
profitability of our contracts that are utilizing delivery center resources. Conversely, a decrease in the value of certain currencies, such as the Canadian
dollar,  Indian  rupee,  Chinese  yuan,  British  pound,  euro,  Colombian  peso,  Argentine  peso,  Chilean  peso,  and  Uruguayan  peso  against  the  U.S.  dollar  in
which  our  revenue  is  recorded  could  place  us  at  a  competitive  disadvantage  compared  to  service  providers  that  benefit  to  a  greater  degree  from  such  a
decrease and can, as a result, deliver services at a lower cost. In addition, our currency hedging activities are themselves subject to risk. These include risks
related to counterparty performance under hedging contracts, risks related to ineffective hedges and risks related to currency fluctuations.

17

We also face risks that extreme economic conditions, political instability, hostilities or natural disasters could impact or perhaps eliminate the underlying
exposures that we are hedging. Such an event could lead to losses being recognized on the currency hedges then in place that are not offset by anticipated
changes in the underlying hedge exposure.

Risks Related to Owning Our Common Stock

Transactions relating to our Notes may affect the value of our common stock.

Our Notes may become in the future convertible at the option of their holders under certain circumstances. If holders of our Notes elect to convert
their notes, we may settle our conversion obligation by delivering to them a significant number of shares of our common stock, which would cause dilution
to our existing stockholders.

In  addition,  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Notes,  we  entered  into  the  Notes  Hedges  with  the  Option  Counterparties.  If  the  Company
exercises  the  Notes  Hedges,  the  aggregate  amount  of  cash  received  from  the  Option  Counterparties  will  cover  the  aggregate  amount  of  cash  that  the
Company would be required to pay to the holders of the Notes, less the principal amount thereof. Also in connection with the issuance of the Notes, we
sold net-share-settled warrants (the “Notes Warrants”) in privately negotiated transactions with the Option Counterparties. The Notes Hedges and Notes
Warrants are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion or settlement of the Notes and/or offset any cash
payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a
cap.

Our stock price and results of operations could fluctuate and be difficult to predict.

Our stock price has fluctuated in the past and could continue to fluctuate in the future in response to various factors. These factors include:

•
•
•
•
•

changes in macroeconomic or political factors unrelated to our business;
general or industry-specific market conditions or changes in financial markets;
announcements by us or competitors about developments in our business or prospects;
projections or speculation about our business or that of competitors by the media or investment analysts; and
our ability to meet our growth and financial objectives, including with respect to our overall revenue growth, revenue growth for our priority
emerging markets and earnings per share growth.

Additionally, the investment community and other stakeholders have had an increased focus on ESG factors, issues and initiatives and have

scrutinized various companies’ efforts with respect to matters. Such focus and scrutiny may result in certain investors using ESG considerations, and their
or third-party advisors’ evaluation of the Company’s response to such matters, to guide their investment strategies, including whether they wish to invest in,
or divest from, the Company. The focus, scrutiny and standards by which such investors evaluate their investment strategies continue to change. These
matters could cause our stock price to fluctuate.

Our results of operations have varied in the past and could vary significantly from quarter to quarter in the future, making them difficult to predict.

Some of the factors that could cause our results of operations to vary include:

•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

the business decisions of our clients to begin to curtail or reduce the use of our services, including in response to changes in macroeconomic or
political conditions unrelated to our business or general market conditions;
periodic differences between our clients’ estimated and actual levels of business activity associated with ongoing work, as well as the stage of
completion of existing projects and/or their termination or restructuring;
contract delivery inefficiencies, such as those due to poor delivery or changes in forecasts;
our ability to transition employees quickly from completed to new projects and maintain an appropriate headcount in each of our workforces;
acquisition, integration and operational costs related to businesses acquired;
the introduction of new products or services by us, competitors or partners;
changes in our pricing or competitors’ pricing;
our ability to manage costs, including those for our own or subcontracted personnel, travel, support services and severance;
changes  in,  or  the  application  of  changes  in,  accounting  principles  or  pronouncements  under  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
particularly those related to revenue recognition;
currency exchange rate fluctuations;
changes in estimates, accruals or payments of variable compensation to our employees;
global, regional and local economic and political conditions and related risks, including acts of terrorism; and

18

•

seasonality, including number of workdays, holidays and summer vacations.

As a result of any of the above factors, or any of the other risks described in this Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” our stock price could be difficult to

predict, and our stock price in the past might not be a good indicator of the price of our stock in the future.

Our officers, directors, and 5% and greater stockholders own a large percentage of our voting securities and their interests may differ from other
stockholders.

Our  executive  officers,  directors,  and  5%  and  greater  stockholders  beneficially  own  or  control  approximately 28%  of  the  voting  power  of  our
common stock. This concentration of voting power of our common stock may make it difficult for our other stockholders to successfully approve or defeat
matters that may be submitted for action by our stockholders. It may also have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control of the
Company.

It may be difficult for another company to acquire us, and this could depress our stock price.

In  addition  to  the  voting  securities  held  by  our  officers,  directors,  and  5%  and  greater  stockholders,  provisions  contained  in  our  certificate  of
incorporation, bylaws, Delaware law and certain provisions of the Notes could make it difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be
beneficial to our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay, or prevent a merger or acquisition that a stockholder may
consider favorable by authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock. In addition, provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law also
restrict some business combinations with interested stockholders. These provisions are intended to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate with us and
allow  the  Board  of  Directors  the  opportunity  to  consider  alternative  proposals  in  the  interest  of  maximizing  stockholder  value.  Additionally,  certain
provisions of our convertible notes could make it more difficult or more expensive for a third party to acquire us. These provisions may also discourage
acquisition proposals, or delay or prevent a change in control, which could harm our stock price.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2.

Properties.

We  have  offices  in  multiple  markets  throughout  the  United  States,  Latin  America,  India,  Canada,  China  and  Europe. We  do  not  own  any  real

property; all of our office space is leased with varying expiration dates. We believe our facilities are adequate to meet our needs in the near future.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.

We are involved from time to time in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome of lawsuits or
other proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and the amount of any liability that could arise with respect to such lawsuits or other proceedings
cannot  be  predicted  accurately,  we  do  not  expect  any  currently  pending  matters  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  financial  position,  results  of
operations, or cash flows of the Company.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

19

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Our  common  stock  is  quoted  on  The  Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  “PRFT.”  There  were  approximately  474  stockholders  of

record of our common stock as of February 15, 2022, including 414 restricted account holders.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. Our credit facility currently restricts the payment of cash dividends. See
Note 12, Long-term Debt, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the restrictions. Any future determination as
to  the  declaration  and  payment  of  dividends  will  be  made  at  the  discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  on  our  earnings,  operating  and
financial condition, capital requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors, including the applicable requirements of the Delaware
General Corporation Law.

Information on our Equity Compensation Plan has been included in Part III, Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unregistered Sales of Securities

On October 15, 2021, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company acquired Overactive pursuant to the terms of a Stock Purchase Agreement. The
consideration paid in this transaction included 24,642 shares of Company common stock issued at closing with an aggregate value of approximately $2.9
million based on the average closing sales price for the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the date immediately before the acquisition’s closing date.
We relied on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as the basis for exemption from registration for each of these issuances. These shares were issued in
privately negotiated transactions and not pursuant to a public solicitation.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  $315.0  million  of  Company  common  stock  through  a  stock  repurchase
program expiring December 31, 2022. The program could be suspended or discontinued at any time, based on market, economic, or business conditions.
The timing and amount of repurchase transactions will be determined by management based on its evaluation of market conditions, share price, and other
factors.

From the program’s inception on August 11, 2008 through December 31, 2021, we have repurchased approximately $261.3 million (16.1 million

shares) of our outstanding common stock.

Period

Beginning balance as of

October 1, 2021

October 1-31, 2021
November 1-30, 2021
December 1-31, 2021
Ending balance as of December

31, 2021

Total

Number
of Shares
Purchased

16,084,394 
— 
22,900 
5,000 

16,112,294 

Average Price

Paid Per Share (1)

$

$

16.01 
— 
138.85 
127.67 

16.22 

Total Number of

Shares Purchased as
Part
of Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

Approximate Dollar

Value
of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs

16,084,394 
— 
22,900 
5,000 

16,112,294 

$
$
$
$

57,485,567 
57,485,567 
54,305,833 
53,667,473 

(1)

Average price paid per share includes commission.

Item 6.

[Reserved]

20

 
Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

You should read the following summary together with the more detailed business information and consolidated financial statements and related
notes that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Annual Report on Form
10-K.  This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  may  contain  certain  “forward-looking”  information  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. This information involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-
looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Perficient is a global digital consultancy transforming how the world’s biggest brands connect with customers and grow their businesses. We help
clients, primarily focused in North America, gain competitive advantage by using digital technology to: make their businesses more responsive to market
opportunities;  strengthen  relationships  with  customers,  suppliers,  and  partners;  improve  productivity;  and  reduce  information  technology  costs.  With
unparalleled strategy, creative and technology capabilities, across industries, our end-to-end digital consulting services help our clients drive faster speed-
to-market  capabilities  and  stronger,  more  compelling  experiences  for  consumers.  We  go  to  market  with  six  primary  service  categories  –  strategy  and
consulting, customer experience and design, innovation and product development, platforms and technology, data and intelligence, and optimized global
delivery. Within each service category, and collectively, we deliver a deep and broad portfolio of solutions that enable our clients to operate a real-time
enterprise  that  dynamically  adapts  business  processes  and  the  systems  that  support  them  to  meet  the  changing  demands  of  a  global  and  competitive
marketplace.

COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization recognized a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic. In response to the pandemic,
the  United  States  and  various  foreign,  state  and  local  governments  have,  among  other  actions,  imposed  travel  and  business  restrictions  and  required  or
advised communities in which we do business to adopt stay-at-home orders and social distancing guidelines, causing some businesses to adjust, reduce or
suspend  operating  activities.  While  certain  of  these  restrictions  and  guidelines  have  been  lifted  or  relaxed,  they  may  be  reinstituted  in  response  to
continuing effects of the pandemic, including emerging variants. The pandemic and the various governments’ response have caused, and continue to cause,
significant and widespread uncertainty, volatility and disruptions in the U.S. and global economies, including in the regions in which we operate.

Through  December  31,  2021,  we  have  not  experienced  a  material  impact  to  our  business,  operations  or  financial  results  as  a  result  of  the
pandemic. However, in the current and future periods, we may experience weaker customer demand, requests for discounts or extended payment terms,
customer bankruptcies, supply chain disruption, employee staffing constraints and difficulties, government restrictions or other factors that could negatively
impact  the  Company  and  its  business,  operations  and  financial  results.  As  we  cannot  predict  the  duration  or  scope  of  the  pandemic  or  its  impact  on
economic and financial markets, any negative impact to our results cannot be reasonably estimated, but it could be material.

We continue to monitor closely the Company’s financial health and liquidity and the impact of the pandemic on the Company, including emerging
variants. We have been able to serve the needs of our customers while taking steps to protect the health and safety of our employees, customers, partners,
and  communities.  Among  these  steps,  we  have  transitioned  to  primarily  working  remotely  and  minimizing  travel,  which  has  not  resulted  in  a  material
disruption  to  the  Company’s  operations.  We  are  proactively  planning  to  reopen  our  offices  in  a  manner  that  protects  the  safety  and  well-being  of  our
Perficient colleagues, while complying with federal, state and local government and health regulations. See “Part I – Item 1A – Risk Factors” of this Form
10-K for additional information regarding the potential impact of COVID-19 on the Company.

Services Revenues

Services revenues are derived from professional services that include developing, implementing, integrating, automating and extending business
processes, technology infrastructure, and software applications. Professional services revenues are recognized over time as services are rendered. Most of
our projects are performed on a time and materials basis, while a portion of our revenues is derived from projects performed on a fixed fee or fixed fee
percent complete basis. For time and material projects, revenues are recognized and billed by multiplying the number of hours our professionals expend in
the performance of the project by the hourly rates. For fixed fee contracts, revenues are recognized and billed by multiplying the established fixed rate per
time period by the number of time periods elapsed. For fixed fee percent complete projects, revenues are generally recognized using an input method based
on  the  ratio  of  hours  expended  to  total  estimated  hours.  Fixed  fee  percent  complete  engagements  represented 6%  of  our  services  revenues  for  the  year
ended December 31, 2021 compared to 8% and 7% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. On most projects, we are reimbursed for
out-of-pocket expenses

21

including  travel  and  other  project-related  expenses.  These  reimbursements  are  included  as  a  component  of  the  transaction  price  of  the  respective
professional services contract. The aggregate amount of reimbursed expenses will fluctuate depending on the location of our clients, the total number of our
projects that require travel, the impact of travel restrictions imposed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and whether our arrangements with our clients
provide  for  the  reimbursement  of  such  expenses.  In  conjunction  with  services  provided,  we  occasionally  receive  referral  fees  under  partner  programs.
These referral fees are recognized at a point in time when earned and recorded within services revenues.

Software and Hardware Revenues

Software and hardware revenues are derived from sales of third-party software and hardware resales, in which we are considered the agent, and
sales of internally developed software, in which we are considered the principal. Revenues from sales of third-party software and hardware are recorded on
a  net  basis,  while  revenues  from  internally  developed  software  sales  are  recorded  on  a  gross  basis.  Software  and  hardware  revenues  are  expected  to
fluctuate depending on our clients’ demand for these products, which may be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

There are no significant cancellation or termination-type provisions for our software and hardware sales. Contracts for our professional services
provide for a general right, to the client or us, to cancel or terminate the contract within a given period of time (generally 10 to 30 days’ notice is required).
The client is responsible for any time and expenses incurred up to the date of cancellation or termination of the contract.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of cost of services, primarily related to cash and non-cash compensation and benefits (including bonuses and non-cash
compensation related to equity awards), costs associated with subcontractors, reimbursable expenses and other project-related expenses. Cost of revenues
does  not  include  depreciation  of  assets  used  in  the  production  of  revenues  which  are  primarily  personal  computers,  servers,  and  other  information
technology related equipment. In accordance with ASC Topic 606, sales of third-party software and hardware are presented on a net basis, and as such,
third-party software and hardware costs are not presented within cost of revenues.

Our cost of services as a percentage of services revenues is affected by the utilization rates of our professionals (defined as the percentage of our
professionals’ time billed to clients divided by the total available hours in the respective period), the salaries we pay our professionals, and the average
billing rate we receive from our clients. If a project ends earlier than scheduled, we retain professionals in advance of receiving project assignments, or
demand for our services declines, our utilization rate will decline and adversely affect our cost of services as a percentage of services revenues.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses are primarily composed of sales-related costs, general and administrative salaries, stock
compensation expense, office costs, recruiting expense, variable compensation costs, marketing costs and other miscellaneous expenses. We have access to
sales leads generated by our software vendors whose products we use to design and implement solutions for our clients. These relationships enable us to
optimize our selling costs and sales cycle times and increase win rates through leveraging our partners’ marketing efforts and endorsements.

Plans for Growth and Acquisitions

Our goal is to continue to build one of the leading information technology consulting firms by expanding our relationships with existing and new
clients and through the continuation of our disciplined acquisition strategy. Our future growth plan includes expanding our business with a primary focus
on  customers  in  the  United  States,  both  organically  and  through  acquisitions.  We  also  intend  to  further  leverage  our  existing  offshore  and  nearshore
capabilities to support our future growth and provide our clients flexible options for project delivery. Our ability to continue to implement our growth plan
may be negatively affected by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations, and our ability to evaluate potential acquisitions.

When  analyzing  revenue  growth  by  base  business  compared  to  acquired  companies  in  the  Results  of  Operations  section  below,  revenue

attributable to base business includes revenue from an acquired company that has been owned for a full four quarters after the date of acquisition.

22

Acquisition of Overactive

On  October  15,  2021,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  acquired  Overactive  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  a  Stock  Purchase  Agreement.
Overactive  is  based  in  Montevideo,  Uruguay  with  nearshore  delivery  centers  in  Colombia,  Argentina,  Uruguay,  Chile  and  Puerto  Rico.  Overactive
specializes in digital modernization solutions driven by cloud-based custom software. Overactive added nearly 700 skilled professionals to the Company
and brings strategic client relationships with customers across several industries. Refer to Note 9, Business Combinations, for additional information on the
acquisition.

Acquisition of PSL

On June 17, 2020, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company acquired Productora de Software S.A.S. (“PSL”) pursuant to the terms of a Stock
Purchase Agreement. PSL is based in Medellin, Colombia, with additional locations in Bogota and Cali, Colombia. The acquisition of PSL strengthens the
Company’s global delivery capabilities, enhancing its nearshore systems and custom software application development, testing, and ongoing support for
customers.  PSL  added  more  than  600  skilled  professionals  to  the  Company  and  brings  strategic  client  relationships  with  customers  across  several
industries. Refer to Note 9, Business Combinations, for additional information on the acquisition.

Adoption of ASU No. 2016-13

As  further  detailed  in  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  we  adopted
Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial
Instruments using the modified retrospective method. ASU No. 2016-13 requires the immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to occur
over  the  remaining  life  of  many  financial  assets,  including  trade  receivables.  The  Company  adopted  this  ASU  on  January  1,  2020  using  a  modified
retrospective approach, which allows the impact of adoption to be recorded through a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings without restating
comparative periods. The cumulative effect adjustment for adoption of ASU No. 2016-13 resulted in a decrease of $0.4 million in Accounts receivable, net,
and  a  decrease  of  $0.3  million  in  Retained  earnings,  net  of  tax,  as  of  January  1,  2020.  Refer  to  Note  8,  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses,  for  additional
disclosures resulting from the adoption of ASU No. 2016-13.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our results of operations as a percentage of total revenues:

Total revenues
Total cost of revenues (cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown
separately below)
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Acquisition costs
Adjustment to fair value of contingent consideration
Income from operations
Net interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Net other expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax provision

Net income

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

100.0 %

100.0 %

100.0 %

61.6 
20.0 
3.9 
0.5 
— 
13.9 
1.8 
3.8 
0.1 
8.2 
1.4 
6.8 %

62.2 
22.0 
4.6 
0.6 
1.6 
9.0 
1.7 
0.7 
— 
6.6 
1.7 
4.9 %

62.6 
23.7 
3.6 
0.2 
0.1 
9.8 
1.3 
— 
— 
8.5 
1.9 
6.6 %

A  discussion  of  changes  in  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  compared  to  the  year
ended December 31, 2019 has been omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K, but may be found in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  in  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  filed  with  the  SEC  on
February 25, 2021, which is available free of charge on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on our investor relations website at www.perficient.com.

23

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Revenues. Total revenues increased 24% to $761.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $612.1 million for the year ended

December 31, 2020.

Financial Results
(in thousands)

Explanation for Increases (Decreases) Over
Prior Year Period (in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Total Increase
(Decrease) Over
Prior Year
Period

Increase Attributable
to Revenue Delivered
by Resources of
Acquired Companies

Increase (Decrease)
Attributable to
Revenue Delivered
by Base Business
Resources

Services Revenues
Software and Hardware Revenues

Total Revenues

$

$

758,722  $
2,305 
761,027  $

609,583  $
2,550 
612,133  $

149,139  $
(245)
148,894  $

36,912  $
— 
36,912  $

112,227 
(245)
111,982 

Services revenues increased 24% to $758.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $609.6 million for the year ended December 31,
2020. Services revenues delivered by base business resources increased $112.2 million, primarily driven by increased demand for our services and due to
the 2020 acquisitions becoming part of the base business in the second half of 2021. Services revenues delivered by resources of acquired companies was
$36.9 million, resulting in a total increase of $149.1 million.

Software  and  hardware  revenues  decreased  10%  to  $2.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  from  $2.6  million  for  the  year  ended

December 31, 2020.

Total Cost of Revenues (cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, discussed separately below). Total cost of revenues increased
23% to $468.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $380.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to higher headcount
in  response  to  higher  services  revenues  and  acquisitions.  Services  costs  as  a  percentage  of  services  revenues  decreased  to  61.8%  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021 from 62.5% for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to continued shift to higher margin offshore and nearshore delivery.

Selling, General and Administrative. SG&A expenses increased to $152.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $134.7 million for
the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increased sales-related costs and other SG&A expenses (primarily related to acquisitions, recruiting
and immigration costs). SG&A expenses, as a percentage of revenues, were 20% and 22% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

(in millions)
Salary expense
Sales-related costs
Office costs
Stock compensation expense
Variable compensation expense
Travel & entertainment
Benefits expense
IT/Infrastructure
Bad debt expense
Other

Total

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Increase
(Decrease)

Percentage
Change

$

$

53.3  $
19.0 
15.1 
13.7 
15.2 
0.8 
8.4 
8.9 
1.8 
16.2 
152.4  $

51.0  $
13.7 
14.2 
11.9 
13.0 
1.6 
7.6 
8.0 
0.9 
12.8 
134.7  $

2.3 
5.3 
0.9 
1.8 
2.2 
(0.8)
0.8 
0.9 
0.9 
3.4 
17.7 

5 %
39 %
6 %
15 %
17 %
(50)%
11 %
11 %
100 %
27 %
13 %

Depreciation. Depreciation expense increased 18% to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $5.4 million for the year ended
December  31,  2020.  Depreciation  expense  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  was  0.8%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  and  0.9%  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020, respectively.

24

 
Amortization. Amortization expense increased 3% to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $22.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2020. Amortization expense as a percentage of total revenues was 3.1% for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 3.7% for the year ended
December 31, 2020. The increase in amortization expense was primarily due to the addition of intangibles from our two acquisitions in 2021.

Acquisition  Costs.  Acquisition-related  costs  of  $3.8  million  were  incurred  during  2021  related  to  the  acquisitions  of  Talos  and  Overactive
compared  to  $3.7  million  during  2020  related  to  the  acquisitions  of  MedTouch,  Brainjocks,  and  PSL.  Costs  were  incurred  for  legal,  accounting,  tax,
investment bank and advisor fees, and valuation services performed by third parties in connection with merger and acquisition-related activities.

Adjustment to Fair Value of Contingent Consideration. An adjustment of $0.2 million was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021
which represents the net impact of the fair market value adjustments to the MedTouch LLC (“Medtouch”), Catalyst Networks, Inc. (“Brainjocks”), and PSL
revenue and earnings-based contingent consideration liabilities, as well as accretion. An adjustment of $9.5 million was recorded during the year ended
December  31,  2020  which  represents  the  net  impact  of  the  fair  market  value  adjustments  to  the  Sundog  Interactive,  Inc.  (“Sundog”),  MedTouch,
Brainjocks,  and  PSL  revenue  and  earnings-based  contingent  consideration  liabilities,  as  well  as  accretion.  Our  2020  acquisitions  benefited  from  cost
reductions resulting from travel and other restrictions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and quicker than anticipated revenues and market demand for
nearshore work delivered by PSL.

Net Interest Expense. Net interest expense increased to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $10.1 million for the year ended

December 31, 2020. The increase in net interest expense was primarily due to non-cash amortization of debt discount and issuance costs.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repurchased the remaining portion of the outstanding
2023 Notes and a portion of the outstanding 2025 Notes, resulting in a loss of $29.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company
repurchased a portion of the outstanding 2023 Notes, resulting in a loss of $4.5 million.

Provision for Income Taxes. We provide for federal, state, and foreign income taxes at the applicable statutory rates adjusted for non-deductible
expenses. The effective income tax rate decreased to 16.6% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 25.2% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The
decrease in the effective rate is primarily due to an increase in stock compensation deductions and a decrease in non-deductible transaction costs compared
to the prior year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Selected measures of liquidity and capital resources are as follows (in millions):

Cash and cash equivalents (1)
Working capital (including cash and cash equivalents) (2)
Amounts available under credit facilities

2021

December 31,
2020

$
$
$

24.4  $
94.8  $
199.8  $

83.2  $
97.6  $
124.8  $

2019

70.7 
127.3 
124.8 

(1)
The balance at December 31, 2021 includes $6.1 million held by certain foreign subsidiaries which is not available to fund domestic operations
unless  deemed  repatriated.  We  currently  do  not  plan  or  foresee  a  need  to  repatriate  such  funds.  The  balance  also  includes  $5.2  million  in  cash  held  by
certain other foreign subsidiaries which is available to fund domestic operations. The balance at December 31, 2020 includes $5.1 million held by certain
foreign subsidiaries which is not available to fund domestic operations unless deemed repatriated. The balance also includes $7.9 million in cash held by
certain other foreign subsidiaries which is available to fund domestic operations. The balance at December 31, 2019 includes $5.5 million held by certain
foreign subsidiaries which is not available to fund domestic operations unless deemed repatriated. The balance also includes $1.1 million in cash held by
certain other foreign subsidiaries which is available to fund domestic operations.
Working capital is total current assets less total current liabilities.
(2)

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $84.9 million compared to $118.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the components of operating cash flows were net income of $52.1 million plus net non-cash
charges of $79.0 million and additions in net operating assets of $46.2

25

 
 
million.  The  primary  components  of  operating  cash  flows  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  were  net  income  of  $30.2  million  plus  net  non-cash
charges of $66.8 million and reduction in net operating assets of $21.0 million.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we used $108.8 million for acquisitions and $10.2 million to purchase property and equipment and to
develop software. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we used $91.9 million for acquisitions and $6.7 million to purchase property and equipment
and to develop software.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  received  $369.5  million  of  proceeds  from  the  issuances  of  the  2026  Notes,  net  of  issuance  costs,
received  $23.4  million  of  proceeds  from  the  sales  of  net-share-settled  warrants  and  paid  $66.1  million  for  privately  negotiated  convertible  note  hedge
transactions. We also used $368.7 million to repurchase the remaining 2023 Notes and a portion of the 2025 Notes, received $381.3 million related to the
sale of privately negotiated convertible hedge transactions for the 2023 Notes and 2025 Notes, and paid $303.9 million for the repurchase of net-share-
settled warrants related to the 2023 Notes and 2025 Notes. We drew down $74.0 million from our line of credit, repaid $74.0 million on our line of credit,
used $21.7 million to repurchase shares of our common stock through the stock repurchase program, $13.5 million to remit taxes withheld as part of a net
share settlement of restricted stock vesting, $24.1 million to settle contingent consideration for the purchase of MedTouch, Brainjocks, and PSL, and paid
$0.6 million for credit facility financing fees. We also received proceeds from sales of stock through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of $0.6 million. For
the year ended December 31, 2020, we received $222.7 million of proceeds from the issuances of the 2025 Notes, net of issuance costs, received $22.2
million of proceeds from the sales of net-share-settled warrants and paid $48.9 million for privately negotiated convertible note hedge transactions. We also
used  $180.4  million  to  repurchase  a  portion  of  the  2023  Notes,  received  $50.1  million  related  to  the  sale  of  privately  negotiated  convertible  hedge
transactions for the 2023 Notes, and paid $43.0 million for the repurchase of net-share-settled warrants related to the 2023 Notes. We drew down $28.0
million from our line of credit, repaid $28.0 million on our line of credit, used $19.6 million to repurchase shares of our common stock through the stock
repurchase program, $8.0 million to remit taxes withheld as part of a net share settlement of restricted stock vesting, and $2.8 million to settle contingent
consideration for the purchase of Elixiter and Sundog. We also received proceeds from sales of stock through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of $0.3
million.

Availability of Funds from Credit Facility

On May 7, 2021, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “2021 Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as administrative agent and the other lenders parties thereto. The 2021 Credit Agreement provides for revolving credit borrowings up
to a maximum principal amount of $200.0 million, subject to a commitment increase of $75.0 million. All outstanding amounts owed under the 2021 Credit
Agreement become due and payable no later than the final maturity date of May 7, 2026. As of December 31, 2021, there was no outstanding balance under
the  2021  Credit  Agreement.  The  Company  incurred  $0.6  million  of  deferred  finance  fees  as  a  result  of  the  2021  Credit  Agreement  during  the  twelve
months ended December 31, 2021.

The  2021  Credit  Agreement  also  allows  for  the  issuance  of  letters  of  credit  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  up  to  $10.0  million  at  any  one  time;
outstanding letters of credit reduce the credit available for revolving credit borrowings. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had two outstanding letters
of credit for $0.2 million. Substantially all of the Company’s assets are pledged to secure the credit facility.

Borrowings  under  the  2021  Credit  Agreement  bear  interest  at  the  Company’s  option  of  the  prime  rate  (3.25%  on  December  31,  2021)  plus  a
margin ranging from 0.00% to 1.00% or one-month LIBOR (0.10% on December 31, 2021) plus a margin ranging from 1.00% to 2.00%. The Company
incurs an annual commitment fee of 0.15% to 0.20% on the unused portion of the line of credit. The additional margin amount and annual commitment fee
are dependent on the level of outstanding borrowings. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $199.8 million of unused borrowing capacity.

At December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with all covenants under the 2021 Credit Agreement.

Stock Repurchase Program

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  $315.0  million  of  Company  common  stock  through  a  stock  repurchase
program expiring December 31, 2022. The program could be suspended or discontinued at any time, based on market, economic, or business conditions.
The timing and amount of repurchase transactions will be determined by

26

management based on its evaluation of market conditions, share price, and other factors. Since the program’s inception on August 11, 2008, the Company
has repurchased approximately $261.3 million (16.1 million shares) of outstanding common stock through December 31, 2021.

From time to time, we establish a written trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, pursuant to which we make a portion
of our stock repurchases. Additional repurchases will be at times and in amounts as the Company deems appropriate and will be made through open market
transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors.

Cash Requirements from Contractual Obligations

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  there  were  no  material  changes  outside  the  ordinary  course  of  business  in  lease  obligations  or  other

contractual obligations. See Note 16, Leases, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further description of our contractual obligations.

There were no balances outstanding under the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. As of December 31, 2021, there were in
aggregate $326.1  million  of  outstanding  Notes,  net  of  unamortized  debt  discount  and  issuance  costs,  compared  to  $183.6  million  as  of  December  31,
2020. The amounts are classified as “Long-term debt” within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The 2026 Notes will
become due and payable no later than the final maturity date of November 15, 2026. The 2025 Notes will become due and payable no later than the final
maturity date of August 1, 2025.

We have incurred commitments to make future payments under  contracts  such  as  leases,  the  2021  Credit  Agreement  and  the  Notes,  as  well  as
noncancellable purchase obligations, which primarily relate to multi-year third-party software sales. Maturities under these contracts are set forth in the
following table as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

Contractual Obligations

Operating lease obligations
Total debt (1)
Purchase obligations

Total

Total

38,119  $

403,293 
3,995 
445,407  $

$

$

Less Than
1 Year

Payments Due by Period
1-3
Years

3-5
Years

More Than
5 Years

10,384  $
— 
1,285 
11,669  $

15,615  $
— 
2,710 
18,325  $

8,017  $

403,293 
— 
411,310  $

4,103 
— 
— 
4,103 

(1)

Debt obligations include the principal amount of the Notes, but exclude interest payments to be made under the Notes.

Conclusion

If our capital is insufficient to fund our activities in either the short- or long-term, we may need to raise additional funds. In the ordinary course of
business, we may engage in discussions with various persons in connection with additional financing. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of
equity securities, our existing stockholders’ percentage ownership will be diluted. These equity securities may also have rights superior to our common
stock. Additional debt or equity financing may not be available when needed or on satisfactory terms. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable
terms, we may be unable to expand our services, respond to competition, pursue acquisition opportunities, or continue our operations.

Of the total cash and cash equivalents reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021 of $24.4 million, approximately $6.1
million  was  held  by  certain  foreign  subsidiaries  where  the  Company  has  considered  the  earnings  to  be  indefinitely  reinvested  in  those  operations.  The
Company is able to fund its liquidity needs outside of these subsidiaries, primarily through cash flows generated by domestic operations and our credit
facility, as well as the proceeds from the 2026 Notes issuances in the fourth quarter of 2021. Therefore, the Company has no current plans to repatriate cash
from  these  foreign  subsidiaries  in  the  foreseeable  future.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  aggregate  unremitted  earnings  of  the  Company’s  foreign
subsidiaries for which a deferred income tax liability has not been recorded was approximately $19.5 million, and the unrecognized deferred tax liability on
unremitted earnings was approximately $1.3 million. As of December 31, 2021, $5.2 million of the total cash and cash equivalents was held by certain
other foreign subsidiaries where the Company has determined that the earnings from these subsidiaries are not permanently reinvested and may repatriate
available earnings from these subsidiaries from time to time.

27

 
We believe that the currently available funds, access to capital from our credit facility, and cash flows generated from operations will be sufficient
to  meet  our  working  capital  requirements  and  other  capital  needs  for  the  next  12  months.  However,  while  the  Company  did  not  experience  a  material
impact  on  the  business,  operations  or  financial  results  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the  pandemic  may
materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  operations  and  financial  results,  including  our  cash  flows,  in  the  future  as  a  result  of,  among  other  things,
weaker customer demand, requests for discounts or extended payment terms, customer bankruptcies, supply chain disruption, employee staffing constraints
and  difficulties,  government  restrictions  or  other  factors.  For  example,  since  the  start  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  we  have  experienced  certain  of  our
customers requesting discounts or extended payment terms, pausing or slowing services, or declaring bankruptcy. Additionally, we have experienced some
delays in obtaining new commitments from customers. Given the uncertain duration and scope of the pandemic and its impact on economic and financial
markets, we cannot reliably predict or estimate the impact of the pandemic on our business, operations or financial results. See “Part I – Item 1A – Risk
Factors” of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding the potential impact of COVID-19 on the Company.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our  accounting  policies  are  fully  described  in  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.  We  believe  our  most  critical  accounting  policies  include  revenue  recognition,  purchase  accounting  and  related  fair  value  measurements,
convertible debt, and income taxes.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenues consist of services and software and hardware sales. In accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with
Customers, revenues are recognized when control of services or goods are transferred to clients, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company
expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services or goods.

Services  revenues  are  primarily  comprised  of  professional  services  that  include  developing,  implementing,  automating  and  extending  business
processes,  technology  infrastructure,  and  software  applications.  The  Company’s  professional  services  span  multiple  industries,  platforms  and  solutions;
however,  the  Company  has  remained  relatively  diversified  and  does  not  believe  that  it  has  significant  revenue  concentration  within  any  single  industry,
platform or solution.

Professional services revenues are recognized over time as services are rendered. Most projects are performed on a time and materials basis, while
a portion of revenues is derived from projects performed on a fixed fee or fixed fee percent complete basis. For time and material contracts, revenues are
generally  recognized  and  invoiced  by  multiplying  the  number  of  hours  expended  in  the  performance  of  the  contract  by  the  hourly  rates.  For  fixed  fee
contracts, revenues are generally recognized and invoiced by multiplying the fixed rate per time period established in the contract by the number of time
periods elapsed. For fixed fee percent complete contracts, revenues are generally recognized using an input method based on the ratio of hours expended to
total estimated hours, and the client is invoiced according to the agreed-upon schedule detailing the amount and timing of payments in the contract.

Clients are typically billed monthly for services provided during that month, but can be billed on a more or less frequent basis as determined by
the contract. If the time is worked and approved at the end of a fiscal period and the invoice has not yet been sent to the client, the amount is recorded as
revenue  once  the  Company  verifies  all  other  revenue  recognition  criteria  have  been  met,  and  the  amount  is  classified  as  a  receivable  as  the  right  to
consideration  is  unconditional  at  that  point.  Amounts  invoiced  in  excess  of  revenues  recognized  are  contract  liabilities,  which  are  classified  as  deferred
revenues  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  The  term  between  invoicing  and  payment  due  date  is  not  significant.  Contracts  for  professional  services
provide for a general right, to the client or the Company, to cancel or terminate the contract within a given period of time (generally 10 to 30 days’ notice is
required). The client is responsible for any time and expenses incurred up to the date of cancellation or termination of the contract. Certain contracts may
include  volume  discounts  or  holdbacks,  which  are  accounted  for  as  variable  consideration,  but  are  not  typically  significant.  The  Company  estimates
variable consideration based on historical experience and forecasted sales and includes the variable consideration in the transaction price.

Other services revenues are comprised of hosting fees, partner referral fees, maintenance agreements, training and internally developed software-
as-a-service (“SaaS”) sales. Revenues from hosting fees, maintenance agreements, training and internally developed SaaS sales are generally recognized
over  time  using  a  time-based  measure  of  progress  as  services  are  rendered.  Partner  referral  fees  are  recorded  at  a  point  in  time  upon  meeting  specified
requirements to earn the respective fee.

On  many  professional  service  projects,  the  Company  is  also  reimbursed  for  out-of-pocket  expenses  including  travel  and  other  project-related

expenses. These reimbursements are included as a component of the transaction price of the respective

28

professional services contract and are invoiced as the expenses are incurred. The Company structures its professional services arrangements to recover the
cost of reimbursable expenses without a markup.

Software and hardware revenues are comprised of third-party software and hardware resales, in which the Company is considered the agent, and
sales of internally developed software, in which the Company is considered the principal. Third-party software and hardware revenues are recognized and
invoiced when the Company fulfills its obligation to arrange the sale, which occurs when the purchase order with the vendor is executed and the customer
has access to the software or the hardware has been shipped to the customer. Internally developed software revenues are recognized and invoiced when
control  is  transferred  to  the  customer,  which  occurs  when  the  software  has  been  made  available  to  the  customer  and  the  license  term  has  commenced.
Revenues from third-party software and hardware sales are recorded on a net basis, while revenues from internally developed software sales are recorded
on a gross basis. There are no significant cancellation or termination-type provisions for the Company’s software and hardware sales, and the term between
invoicing and payment due date is not significant.

Arrangements with clients may contain multiple promises such as delivery of software, hardware, professional services or post-contract support
services.  These  promises  are  accounted  for  as  separate  performance  obligations  if  they  are  distinct.  For  arrangements  with  clients  that  contain  multiple
performance  obligations,  the  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  the  separate  performance  obligations  based  on  estimated  relative  standalone  selling  price,
which is estimated by the expected cost plus a margin approach, taking into consideration market conditions and competitive factors. Because contracts that
contain multiple performance obligations are typically short term due to the contract cancellation provisions, the allocation of the transaction price to the
separate performance obligations is not considered a significant estimate.

Revenues  are  presented  net  of  taxes  assessed  by  governmental  authorities.  Sales  taxes  are  generally  collected  and  subsequently  remitted  on  all

software and hardware sales and certain services transactions as appropriate.

Purchase Accounting and Related Fair Value Measurements

The Company allocates the purchase price, including contingent consideration, of our acquisitions to the assets and liabilities acquired, including
identifiable intangible assets, based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Such fair market value assessments are primarily based on
third-party  valuations  using  assumptions  developed  by  management  that  require  significant  judgments  and  estimates  that  can  change  materially  as
additional  information  becomes  available.  The  purchase  price  allocated  to  intangibles  is  based  on  unobservable  factors,  including  but  not  limited  to,
projected revenues, expenses, customer attrition rates, royalty rates, a weighted average cost of capital, among others. The weighted average cost of capital
uses a market participant’s cost of equity and after-tax cost of debt and reflects the risks inherent in the cash flows. The approach to valuing the initial
contingent consideration associated with the purchase price also uses similar unobservable factors such as projected revenues and expenses over the term of
the  contingent  earn-out  period,  discounted  for  the  period  over  which  the  contingent  consideration  is  measured,  and  volatility  rates.  Based  upon  these
assumptions, the initial contingent consideration is then valued using a Monte Carlo simulation. The Company finalizes the purchase price allocation once
certain initial accounting valuation estimates are finalized, and no later than 12 months following the acquisition date.

Convertible Debt

In accordance with accounting for debt with conversion and other options, the Company bifurcated the principal amount of the Notes into liability
and  equity  components.  The  initial  liability  component  of  the  Notes  was  valued  based  on  the  contractual  cash  flows  discounted  at  an  appropriate
comparable market non-convertible debt borrowing rate at the date of issuance. The equity component representing the conversion option and calculated as
the residual amount of the proceeds was recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity, partially offset by the associated
deferred tax effect. The amount recorded within additional paid-in capital is not to be remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity
classification. The resulting debt discount is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the period from the issuance date
through the contractual maturity date. The Company utilizes the treasury stock method to calculate the effects of the Notes on diluted earnings per share.

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  entered  into  the  Notes  Hedges  with  the  Option  Counterparties.  The  Notes  Hedges
provide the Company with the option to acquire, on a net settlement basis, shares of common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock that
notionally underlie the Notes and corresponds to the conversion price of the Notes. If the Company elects cash settlement and exercises the Notes Hedges,
the aggregate amount of cash received from the Option Counterparties will cover the aggregate amount of cash that the Company would be required to pay
to the holders of the Notes, less the principal amount thereof. The Notes Hedges do not meet the criteria for separate accounting as a derivative as they are
indexed to the Company’s stock and are accounted for as freestanding financial instruments. The Notes

29

Hedges were recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity, partially offset by the associated deferred tax effect.

Additionally,  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  sold  the  Notes  Warrants  in  privately  negotiated  transactions  with  the
Option Counterparties. The strike price of the Notes Warrants is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the Notes Warrants. As a result of the
Notes Warrants and related transactions, the Company is required to recognize incremental dilution of earnings per share to the extent the average share
price is over the strike price of the Notes Warrants for any fiscal quarter. The Notes Warrants may be settled in net shares of common stock or net cash at
the Company’s election. The Notes Warrants were recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repurchased the remaining portion of the outstanding 2023 Notes, which met the criteria
to be accounted for as a debt extinguishment, and repurchased a portion of the outstanding 2025 Notes, which met the criteria to be accounted for as a debt
extinguishment with an inducement charge. The consideration paid for the repurchases was allocated to the liability and equity components of the 2023
Notes and 2025 Notes based on the fair value of the liability component, which was determined utilizing an estimated discount rate for a similar liability
with the same maturity, but without the conversion option. The consideration allocated to the equity component was calculated by deducting the fair value
of the liability component from the aggregate consideration, excluding interest. The Company subsequently compared the allocated consideration with the
carrying value of the liability component to record a loss on extinguishment, which includes the proportionate amounts of unamortized debt discount and
the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs. An inducement charge representing the difference between the fair value of the consideration delivered to
the  holders  of  the  repurchased  2025  Notes  and  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  issuable  under  the  original  conversion  terms  is  included  in  “Loss  on
extinguishment of debt” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Income Taxes

The Company calculates and provides for income taxes in each jurisdiction in which it operates. Deferred tax assets and liabilities, measured using
enacted tax rates, are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
A valuation allowance reduces the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company has established liabilities or
reduced assets for uncertain tax positions when it believes those tax positions are not more likely than not of being sustained if challenged. The Company
evaluates these uncertain tax positions and adjusts the related tax assets and liabilities in light of changing facts and circumstances each quarter.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent  accounting  pronouncements  are  fully  described  in  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated

Financial Statements.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are exposed to market risks related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We believe our exposure to market risks is

immaterial.

Exchange Rate Sensitivity

We are exposed to market risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates because we generate a portion of our revenues and
incur a portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As of December 31, 2021, we were exposed to changes in exchange rates between
the  U.S.  dollar  and  ten  other  currencies.  We  hedge  material  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  exposures  when  feasible  using  forward  contracts.  These
instruments  are  subject  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  and  credit  risk.  Credit  risk  is  managed  through  careful  selection  and  ongoing
evaluation  of  the  financial  institutions  utilized  as  counterparties.  Refer  to  Note  14,  Derivatives,  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for
further discussion.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

As of December 31, 2021, there was no outstanding balance and $199.8 million of available borrowing capacity under our credit facility. To the

extent we have outstanding borrowings under the credit facility, our interest expense will fluctuate as

30

the interest rate for the line of credit floats based, at our option, on the prime rate plus a margin or the one-month LIBOR rate plus a margin.

During the third quarter of 2020 and the fourth quarter of 2021, we issued the 2025 Notes and the 2026 Notes, respectively, which have a fixed
interest rate of 1.250% and 0.125%, respectively. The fair value of the Notes may increase or decrease for various reasons, including fluctuations in the
market price of our common stock, fluctuations in market interest rates and fluctuations in general economic conditions. Based upon the quoted market
price as of December 31, 2021, the fair value of the 2025 Notes and 2026 Notes was approximately $59.6 million and $363.6 million, respectively.

We  had  unrestricted  cash  and  cash  equivalents  totaling  $24.4  million  at  December  31,  2021  and  $83.2  million  at  December  31,  2020.  The
unrestricted cash and cash equivalents are primarily held for working capital purposes and acquisitions. We do not enter into investments for trading or
speculative purposes.

31

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

PERFICIENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share information)

ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt, net
Operating lease liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 17)

Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock (par value $0.001 per share; 8,000,000 authorized; no shares issued or outstanding as of
December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020)
Common stock (par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 authorized; 52,534,967 shares issued and 33,881,196
shares outstanding as of December 31, 2021; 50,296,453 shares issued and 32,074,094 shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2020)
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
Treasury stock, at cost (18,653,771 shares as of December 31, 2021; 18,222,359 shares as of December 31,
2020)
Retained earnings
Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

32

December 31,

2021

2020

24,410  $
177,602 
5,400 
7,296 
214,708 
14,747 
33,353 
515,229 
81,277 
23,258 
882,572  $

26,074  $
93,877 
119,951 
326,126 
23,898 
47,832 
517,807  $

83,204 
133,085 
5,575 
4,646 
226,510 
11,902 
38,539 
427,928 
63,571 
17,311 
785,761 

25,613 
103,267 
128,880 
183,624 
29,098 
50,081 
391,683 

—  $

— 

53 
423,235 
(5,843)

(324,412)
271,732 
364,765 
882,572  $

50 
459,866 
3,746 

(289,225)
219,641 
394,078 
785,761 

$

$

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFICIENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share information)

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

Revenues

$

761,027  $

612,133  $

565,527 

Total cost of revenues (cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown
separately below)
Selling, general, and administrative
Depreciation
Amortization
Acquisition costs
Adjustment to fair value of contingent consideration
Income from operations

Net interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Net other expense (income)
Income before income taxes
Income tax provision

Net income

Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share
Shares used in computing basic net income per share
Shares used in computing diluted net income per share

468,813 
152,419 
6,398 
23,453 
3,814 
198 
105,932 

14,052 
28,996 
401 
62,483 
10,392 

380,723 
134,675 
5,430 
22,857 
3,675 
9,519 
55,254 

10,128 
4,537 
260 
40,329 
10,148 

354,213 
134,187 
4,447 
16,151 
896 
301 
55,332 

7,418 
— 
(27)
47,941 
10,816 

$

$
$

52,091  $

30,181  $

37,125 

1.62  $
1.50  $

32,202 
34,670 

0.95  $
0.93  $

31,793 
32,516 

1.18 
1.15 
31,344 
32,243 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

33

 
 
PERFICIENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)

Net income
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of reclassification adjustments and income taxes

Foreign benefit plan, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

Comprehensive income

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

52,091  $

30,181  $

37,125 

(188)
(9,401)
42,502  $

(149)
6,545 
36,577  $

(71)
9 
37,063 

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

34

 
 
PERFICIENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

2021

Common Stock
Beginning of period

Stock compensation related to restricted stock vesting and retirement savings plan
contributions

End of period
Additional Paid-in Capital
Beginning of period

Proceeds from the sales of stock through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Stock compensation related to restricted stock vesting and retirement savings plan
contributions
Issuance of stock in conjunction with acquisitions including stock attributed to future
compensation
Equity component of issuance of convertible notes, net of tax
Debt issuance costs of convertible notes allocated to equity, net of tax
Purchase of hedges related to issuance of convertible notes, net of tax
Proceeds from issuance of warrants related to issuance of convertible notes
Equity component of repurchase of convertible notes, net of tax
Proceeds from sale of hedges related to repurchase of convertible notes
Purchases of warrants related to repurchase of convertible notes
Shares issued upon extinguishment of 2025 convertible notes

End of period
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Beginning of period

Foreign benefit plan, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

End of period
Treasury Stock
Beginning of period

Purchases of treasury stock and buyback of shares for taxes

End of period
Retained Earnings
Beginning of period

Cumulative effect of accounting changes (See Note 2)
Net income

End of period

      Total Stockholders’ Equity

$

50  $

49  $

3 
53 

459,866 
631 

20,401 

6,822 
49,332 
(1,394)
(49,308)
23,408 
(407,084)
381,290 
(303,896)
243,167 
423,235 

3,746 
(188)
(9,401)
(5,843)

(289,225)
(35,187)
(324,412)

219,641 
— 
52,091 
271,732 
364,765  $

$

1 
50 

455,465 
310 

18,514 

10,184 
36,386 
(1,147)
(36,387)
22,218 
(52,711)
50,062 
(43,028)
— 
459,866 

(2,650)
(149)
6,545 
3,746 

(261,624)
(27,601)
(289,225)

189,775 
(315)
30,181 
219,641 
394,078  $

48 

1 
49 

437,250 
178 

16,581 

1,456 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
455,465 

(2,588)
(71)
9 
(2,650)

(233,676)
(27,948)
(261,624)

152,650 
— 
37,125 
189,775 
381,015 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

35

Common Stock, shares
Beginning of period

Sales of stock through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Stock compensation related to restricted stock vesting and retirement savings plan
contributions
Purchases of treasury stock and buyback of shares for taxes
Issuance of stock in conjunction with acquisition including stock attributed to future
compensation
Issuance of shares for repurchase of convertible notes

End of period

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

32,074 
9 

522 
(431)

67 
1,640 
33,881 

31,687 
9 

678 
(637)

337 
— 
32,074 

31,771 
6 

783 
(927)

54 
— 
31,687 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

36

PERFICIENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:

Depreciation
Amortization
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Deferred income taxes
Non-cash stock compensation and retirement savings plan contributions
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts
Adjustment to fair value of contingent consideration for purchase of business

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

Accounts receivable
Other assets
Accounts payable
Other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and equipment
Capitalization of internally developed software costs
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired
Net cash used in investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
Payment for convertible notes issuance costs
Purchase of hedges related to issuance of convertible notes
Proceeds from issuance of warrants related to issuance of convertible notes
Payments for repurchase of convertible notes
Proceeds from sale of hedges related to repurchase of convertible notes
Repurchase of warrants related to repurchase of convertible notes
Payment for credit facility financing fees
Proceeds from line of credit
Payments on line of credit
Payment of contingent consideration for purchase of business
Proceeds from the sale of stock through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Purchases of treasury stock
Remittance of taxes withheld as part of a net share settlement of restricted stock vesting
Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents
Change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Supplemental disclosures:
Cash paid for income taxes
Cash paid for interest
Non-cash activities:
Stock issued for purchase of businesses
Issuance of shares for repurchase of convertible notes
Liability incurred for purchase of property and equipment

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$

52,091 

$

30,181 

$

37,125 

6,398 
23,453 
28,996 
(12,662)
21,554 
11,014 
198 

(34,451)
(3,475)
56 
(8,256)

84,916 

(9,244)
(960)
(108,848)

(119,052)

380,000 
(10,540)
(66,120)
23,408 
(368,664)
381,290 
(303,896)
(633)
74,000 
(74,000)
(24,128)
631 
(21,724)
(13,463)

(23,839)
(819)

(58,794)
83,204 

5,430 
22,857 
4,537 
(1,588)
19,146 
6,855 
9,519 

8,237 
1,821 
861 
10,104 

117,960 

(5,266)
(1,465)
(91,883)

(98,614)

230,000 
(7,253)
(48,944)
22,218 
(180,420)
50,062 
(43,028)
— 
28,000 
(28,000)
(2,820)
310 
(19,573)
(8,028)

(7,476)
606 

12,476 
70,728 

$

$
$

$
$
$

24,410 

$

83,204 

$

16,122 
3,988 

6,244 
243,167 
144 

$
$

$
$
$

5,256 
3,411 

8,729 
— 
503 

$
$

$
$
$

4,447 
16,151 
— 
2,041 
17,425 
4,667 
301 

(3,402)
(7,677)
(1,356)
8,243 

77,965 

(8,082)
(1,174)
(11,143)

(20,399)

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(4,281)
178 
(20,612)
(7,336)

(32,051)
229 

25,744 
44,984 

70,728 

7,405 
3,674 

1,294 
— 
1,851 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFICIENT, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2021

1. Description of Business and Principles of Consolidation

Perficient, Inc. (the “Company”) is a global digital consultancy. Perficient’s work enables clients, primarily focused in North America, to deliver
experiences  that  surpass  customer  expectations;  become  more  human-centered,  authentic,  and  trusted;  innovate  through  digital  technologies;  outpace
competition; grow and strengthen relationships with customers, suppliers, and partners; and reduce costs.

Through December 31, 2021, the Company had not experienced a material impact to its business, operations or financial results as a result of the
novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. However, the Company’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative
of  future  results,  particularly  in  light  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  its  continuing  effects  on  domestic  and  global  economies.  To  limit  the  spread  of
COVID-19,  governments  have  imposed,  and  may  continue  to  impose,  among  other  things,  travel  and  business  operation  restrictions  and  stay-at-home
orders and social distancing guidelines, causing some businesses to adjust, reduce or suspend operating activities. While certain of these restrictions and
guidelines have been lifted or relaxed, they may be reinstituted in response to continuing effects of the pandemic, including as a result of emerging variants.
These disruptions and restrictions could adversely affect our operating results due to, among other things, reduced demand for our services and solutions,
requests for discounts or extended payment terms, or customer bankruptcies.

The  Company  is  incorporated  in  Delaware.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned

subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and
such differences could be material to the financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

The  Company  recognizes  revenues  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with

Customers. See Note 3, Revenues, for information regarding the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policies.

Allowance for Credit Losses

As of January 1, 2020, the Company estimates its allowance for credit losses in accordance with ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit

Losses. See Note 8, Allowance for Credit Losses, for information regarding the Company’s accounting policies related to the allowance for credit losses.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. Under this guidance, the
Company recognizes share-based compensation ratably using the straight-line attribution method over the requisite service period, which is generally three
years. The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Subtopic 740-10, Income Taxes (“ASC Subtopic 740-10”), and ASC Section
740-10-25, Income Taxes – Recognition (“ASC Section 740-10-25”). ASC Subtopic 740-10 prescribes the use of the asset and liability method whereby
deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined

38

based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in
effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are subject to tests of recoverability. A valuation allowance is provided for such
deferred  tax  assets  to  the  extent  realization  is  not  judged  to  be  more  likely  than  not.  ASC  Section  740-10-25  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  and
measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC Section
740-10-25 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, treatment of interest and penalties, and disclosure of such positions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of all cash balances and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the useful
lives of the assets (generally one to seven years). Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life
of the assets.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, or net liabilities assumed, in a business combination. In
accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (“ASC Topic 350”), the Company performs an annual impairment review in the fourth
quarter  and  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  goodwill  might  be  impaired.  The  Company  has  one  reporting  unit  for
purposes of the goodwill impairment review. ASC Topic 350 permits an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not
that the fair value is less than the carrying amount of the Company before applying the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If it is more likely than not
that the fair value is less than the carrying amount of the Company, the quantitative goodwill impairment test will be conducted to detect and measure any
impairment. Based upon the Company’s qualitative assessment, it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company is greater than its carrying
amount. No impairment charges were recorded for 2021, 2020 or 2019.

Other intangible assets include customer relationships, non-compete arrangements, trade names, customer backlog, and developed software, which
are  being  amortized  over  the  assets’  estimated  useful  lives  using  the  straight-line  method.  Estimated  useful  lives  range  from  one  year  to  10  years.
Amortization  of  customer  relationships,  non-compete  arrangements,  trade  names,  customer  backlog,  and  developed  software  is  considered  an  operating
expense and is included in “Amortization” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company periodically reviews the estimated
useful lives of its identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might result in a lack of recoverability or revised
useful life. Other intangible assets are evaluated for impairment upon the occurrence of events or changes in circumstances indicating that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. No impairment of intangible assets or other long-lived assets was recorded for 2021, 2020 or 2019.

Purchase Accounting and Related Fair Value Measurements

The Company allocates the purchase price, including contingent consideration, of its acquisitions to the assets and liabilities acquired, including
identifiable intangible assets, based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Such fair market value assessments are primarily based on
third-party  valuations  using  assumptions  developed  by  management  that  require  significant  judgments  and  estimates  that  can  change  materially  as
additional  information  becomes  available.  The  purchase  price  allocated  to  intangibles  is  based  on  unobservable  factors,  including  but  not  limited  to,
projected  revenues,  expenses,  customer  attrition  rates,  royalty  rates,  and  weighted  average  cost  of  capital,  among  others. The  weighted  average  cost  of
capital uses a market participant’s cost of equity and after-tax cost of debt and reflects the risks inherent in the cash flows. The approach to valuing the
initial contingent consideration associated with the purchase price also uses similar unobservable factors such as projected revenues and expenses over the
term of the contingent earn-out period, discounted for the period over which the initial contingent consideration is measured, and volatility rates. Based
upon these assumptions, the contingent consideration is then valued using a Monte Carlo simulation. The Company finalizes the purchase price allocation
once certain initial accounting valuation estimates are finalized, and no later than 12 months following the acquisition date.

Financial Instruments

Cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued liabilities are stated at amounts which approximate fair value due to

the near term maturities of these instruments. The Company’s long-term debt balance related to

39

its  2.375%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  Due  2023  (“2023  Notes”),  1.250%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  Due  2025  (“2025  Notes”),  and  0.125%  Convertible
Senior Notes Due 2026 (“2026 Notes”) are carried at their principal amount less unamortized debt discount and issuance costs, and are not carried at fair
value at each period end. See Note 12, Long-Term Debt, for information regarding the Company’s convertible debt accounting policies.

The Company, when deemed appropriate, uses derivatives as a risk management tool to mitigate the potential impact of foreign currency exchange
rate risk. Both the gain or loss on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments and the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the
hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. All derivatives are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. See Note 14, Derivatives,  for
additional information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

Treasury Stock

The Company uses the cost method to account for repurchases of its own stock.

Segment and Geographic Information

The Company operates as one reportable operating segment according to ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, which establishes standards for the
way that business enterprises report information about operating segments. The chief operating decision maker formulates decisions about how to allocate
resources  and  assess  performance  based  on  consolidated  financial  results.  During  each  of  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019,
approximately 97%, 98%, and 98% of the Company’s revenues were derived from clients in the United States. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, 33%
and 20%, respectively, of the Company’s non-current assets were located outside the United States, the majority of which were comprised of goodwill and
other intangible assets from acquisitions outside of the United States.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases,
which supersedes ASC Topic 840, Leases, and creates a new topic, ASC Topic 842, Leases. During the year end December 31, 2018, the FASB issued
ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, ASU 2018-11, Leases – Targeted Improvement, and ASU 2018-20, Leases  (Topic  842):
Narrow Scope Improvements for Lessors which further amended ASU No. 2016-02. These updates require lessees to recognize lease liabilities and right of
use (“ROU”) assets for all leases, including operating leases, with a term greater than 12 months on its balance sheet. The Company adopted ASC Topic
842 as of January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective transition method provided by ASU No. 2018-11. The Company elected the package of practical
expedients  granted  by  ASU  No.  2016-2  and  did  not  reassess  whether  existing  contracts  contained  a  lease,  the  classification  of  existing  leases,  and
unamortized  indirect  costs  as  of  January  1,  2019.  The  Company  also  elected  the  practical  expedient  related  to  the  combination  of  lease  and  non-lease
components  and  included  fixed  payments  related  to  common  area  maintenance  expense  for  the  Company’s  office  leases  in  the  measurement  of  the
Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities. There was no impact on net income, cash flows or net assets as a result of adoption. Refer to Note 16, Leases,
for additional disclosures resulting from the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02 and its amendments.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, which amended the guidance of ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic
326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU No. 2016-13 requires the immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to
occur over the remaining life of many financial assets, including trade receivables. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2020 using a modified
retrospective approach, which allows the impact of adoption to be recorded through a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings without restating
comparative periods. The cumulative effect adjustment for adoption of ASU No. 2016-13 resulted in a decrease of $0.4 million in Accounts receivable, net,
and  a  decrease  of  $0.3  million  in  Retained  earnings,  net  of  tax,  as  of  January  1,  2020.  Refer  to  Note  8,  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses,  for  additional
disclosures resulting from the adoption of ASU No. 2016-13.

In  August  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2020-06,  Debt—Debt  with  Conversion  and  Other  Options  (Subtopic  470-20)  and  Derivatives  and
Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments. The guidance removes certain
accounting models which separate the embedded conversion features from the host contract for convertible instruments, requiring bifurcation only if the
convertible debt feature qualifies as a derivative or for convertible debt issued at a substantial premium. The ASU removes certain settlement conditions
required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, permitting more contracts to qualify for the exception. In addition, the guidance
eliminates the treasury stock method to calculate diluted earnings per share for convertible instruments and requires the use of the if-converted method. The
ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15,

40

2021,  including  interim  reporting  periods  within  those  annual  periods,  with  early  adoption  permitted  no  earlier  than  the  fiscal  year  beginning  after
December 15, 2020. The ASU allows entities to use a modified or full retrospective transition method. Under the modified approach, entities will apply the
guidance to all financial instruments that are outstanding as of the beginning of the year of adoption with the cumulative effect recognized as an adjustment
to the opening balance of retained earnings. Under the full retrospective method, entities will apply the guidance to all outstanding financial instruments for
each prior reporting period presented. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2022 under the modified retrospective method of transition. Upon
adoption,  the  Company  expects  to  initially  record  a  $2.1  million  cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  the  opening  balance  of  retained  earnings  on  the
consolidated  balance  sheet,  largely  due  to  the  reduction  in  non-cash  interest  expense  associated  with  the  historical  separation  of  debt  and  equity
components  for  the  Notes.  The  Company  also  expects  an  increase  to  long-term  debt,  net  of  $66.2  million,  a  net  change  in  the  deferred  tax  balance  of
$16.8 million, and a decrease to additional paid-in capital of $51.5 million due to no longer separating the embedded conversion feature of the Notes. Upon
adoption, the Company expects interest expense recognized will be reduced as a result of accounting for the convertible debt instrument as a single liability
measured at its amortized cost. The Company does not expect this adoption to have a material impact on the consolidated statement of cash flows. Upon
adoption, the Company will prospectively utilize the if-converted method to calculate the impact of convertible instruments on diluted earnings per share.

In  October  2021,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2021-08,  Business  Combinations  -  Accounting  for  Contract  Assets  and  Contract  Liabilities  from
Contracts  with  Customers  (Subtopic  805),  which  requires  an  acquirer  to  recognize  and  measure  contract  assets  and  liabilities  acquired  in  a  business
combination  in  accordance  with  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  rather  than  adjust  them  to  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date.  The
Company will adopt this ASU on January 1, 2023. The Company is current evaluating the related impact of the new guidance on its financial statements.

3. Revenues

The Company’s revenues consist of services and software and hardware sales. In accordance with ASC Topic 606, revenues are recognized when
control of services or goods are transferred to clients, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for
those services or goods.

Services Revenues

Services  revenues  are  primarily  comprised  of  professional  services  that  include  developing,  implementing,  automating  and  extending  business
processes,  technology  infrastructure,  and  software  applications.  The  Company’s  professional  services  span  multiple  industries,  platforms  and  solutions;
however,  the  Company  has  remained  relatively  diversified  and  does  not  believe  that  it  has  significant  revenue  concentration  within  any  single  industry,
platform or solution.

Professional services revenues are recognized over time as services are rendered. Most projects are performed on a time and materials basis, while
a portion of revenues is derived from projects performed on a fixed fee or fixed fee percent complete basis. For time and material contracts, revenues are
generally  recognized  and  invoiced  by  multiplying  the  number  of  hours  expended  in  the  performance  of  the  contract  by  the  hourly  rates.  For  fixed  fee
contracts, revenues are generally recognized and invoiced by multiplying the fixed rate per time period established in the contract by the number of time
periods elapsed. For fixed fee percent complete contracts, revenues are generally recognized using an input method based on the ratio of hours expended to
total estimated hours, and the client is invoiced according to the agreed-upon schedule detailing the amount and timing of payments in the contract.

Clients are typically billed monthly for services provided during that month, but can be billed on a more or less frequent basis as determined by
the contract. If the time is worked and approved at the end of a fiscal period and the invoice has not yet been sent to the client, the amount is recorded as
revenue  once  the  Company  verifies  all  other  revenue  recognition  criteria  have  been  met,  and  the  amount  is  classified  as  a  receivable  as  the  right  to
consideration  is  unconditional  at  that  point.  Amounts  invoiced  in  excess  of  revenues  recognized  are  contract  liabilities,  which  are  classified  as  deferred
revenues  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  The  term  between  invoicing  and  payment  due  date  is  not  significant.  Contracts  for  professional  services
provide for a general right, to the client or the Company, to cancel or terminate the contract within a given period of time (generally 10 to 30 days’ notice is
required). The client is responsible for any time and expenses incurred up to the date of cancellation or termination of the contract. Certain contracts may
include  volume  discounts  or  holdbacks,  which  are  accounted  for  as  variable  consideration,  but  are  not  typically  significant.  The  Company  estimates
variable consideration based on historical experience and forecasted sales and includes the variable consideration in the transaction price.

Other services revenues are comprised of hosting fees, partner referral fees, maintenance agreements, training and internally developed software-

as-a-service (“SaaS”) sales. Revenues from hosting fees, maintenance agreements, training and

41

internally developed SaaS sales are generally recognized over time using a time-based measure of progress as services are rendered. Partner referral fees
are recorded at a point in time upon meeting specified requirements to earn the respective fee.

On  many  professional  service  projects,  the  Company  is  also  reimbursed  for  out-of-pocket  expenses  including  travel  and  other  project-related
expenses. These reimbursements are included as a component of the transaction price of the respective professional services contract and are invoiced as
the expenses are incurred. The Company structures its professional services arrangements to recover the cost of reimbursable expenses without a markup.

Software and Hardware Revenues

Software and hardware revenues are comprised of third-party software and hardware resales, in which the Company is considered the agent, and
sales of internally developed software, in which the Company is considered the principal. Third-party software and hardware revenues are recognized and
invoiced when the Company fulfills its obligation to arrange the sale, which occurs when the purchase order with the vendor is executed and the customer
has access to the software or the hardware has been shipped to the customer. Internally developed software revenues are recognized and invoiced when
control  is  transferred  to  the  customer,  which  occurs  when  the  software  has  been  made  available  to  the  customer  and  the  license  term  has  commenced.
Revenues from third-party software and hardware sales are recorded on a net basis, while revenues from internally developed software sales are recorded
on a gross basis. There are no significant cancellation or termination-type provisions for the Company’s software and hardware sales, and the term between
invoicing and payment due date is not significant.

Revenues  are  presented  net  of  taxes  assessed  by  governmental  authorities.  Sales  taxes  are  generally  collected  and  subsequently  remitted  on  all

software and hardware sales and certain services transactions as appropriate.

Arrangements with Multiple Performance Obligations

Arrangements with clients may contain multiple promises such as delivery of software, hardware, professional services or post-contract support
services.  These  promises  are  accounted  for  as  separate  performance  obligations  if  they  are  distinct.  For  arrangements  with  clients  that  contain  multiple
performance  obligations,  the  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  the  separate  performance  obligations  based  on  estimated  relative  standalone  selling  price,
which is estimated by the expected cost plus a margin approach, taking into consideration market conditions and competitive factors. Because contracts that
contain multiple performance obligations are typically short term due to the contract cancellation provisions, the allocation of the transaction price to the
separate performance obligations is not considered a significant estimate.

Contract Costs

In  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  sales  commission  plan,  commissions  are  not  earned  until  the  related  revenue  is  recognized.
Therefore, sales commissions are expensed as they are earned. Certain sales incentives are accrued based on achievement of specified bookings goals. For
these incentives, the Company applies the practical expedient that allows the Company to expense the incentives as incurred, since the amortization period
would have been one year or less.

Deferred Revenue

The Company’s deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $8.2 million and $9.4 million, respectively. Substantially all of

the December 31, 2020 deferred revenue balance was recognized in revenue during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Transaction Price Allocated to Remaining Performance Obligations

Due to the ability of the client or the Company to cancel or terminate the contract within a given period of time (generally 10 to 30 days’ notice is
required), the majority of the Company’s contracts have a term of less than one year. The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance
obligations for contracts with an original maturity date of one year or less or time and materials contracts for which the Company has the right to invoice
for services performed. Revenue related to unsatisfied performance obligations for remaining contracts as of December 31, 2021 was immaterial.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following tables present revenue disaggregated by revenue source and pattern of revenue recognition (in thousands):

42

 
 
Time and materials contracts
Fixed fee percent complete contracts
Fixed fee contracts
Reimbursable expenses
Total professional services fees
Other services revenue*
Total services
Software and hardware

Total revenues

Time and materials contracts
Fixed fee percent complete contracts
Fixed fee contracts
Reimbursable expenses
Total professional services fees
Other services revenue*
Total services
Software and hardware

Total revenues

Time and materials contracts
Fixed fee percent complete contracts
Fixed fee contracts
Reimbursable expenses
Total professional services fees
Other services revenue*
Total services
Software and hardware

Total revenues

Over Time

Year Ended December 31, 2021
Point In Time

Total Revenues

577,674  $
49,117 
107,698 
10,677 
745,166 
11,320 
756,486 
— 
756,486  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
2,236 
2,236 
2,305 
4,541  $

577,674 
49,117 
107,698 
10,677 
745,166 
13,556 
758,722 
2,305 
761,027 

Over Time

Year Ended December 31, 2020
Point In Time

Total Revenues

436,466  $
51,752 
95,237 
10,110 
593,565 
13,536 
607,101 
— 
607,101  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
2,482 
2,482 
2,550 
5,032  $

436,466 
51,752 
95,237 
10,110 
593,565 
16,018 
609,583 
2,550 
612,133 

Over Time

Year Ended December 31, 2019
Point In Time

Total Revenues

384,422  $
41,484 
104,056 
15,474 
545,436 
13,604 
559,040 
— 
559,040  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
2,878 
2,878 
3,609 
6,487  $

384,422 
41,484 
104,056 
15,474 
545,436 
16,482 
561,918 
3,609 
565,527 

$

$

$

$

$

$

    * Other services revenue primarily consists of hosting fees, maintenance, training, internally developed SaaS and partner referral fees.

The following table presents revenue disaggregated by geographic area, as determined by the billing address of customers (in thousands):

United States
Other countries

Total revenues

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

738,298  $
22,729 
761,027  $

599,236  $
12,897 
612,133  $

552,357 
13,170 
565,527 

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Cash  and  accounts  receivable  potentially  expose  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk.  Cash  is  placed  with  highly  rated  financial
institutions. The Company provides credit, in the normal course of business, to its customers. The Company generally does not require collateral or up-
front payments. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. Customers can be
denied  access  to  services  in  the  event  of  non-payment.  During  2021,  a  substantial  portion  of  the  services  the  Company  provided  were  built  on  Adobe,
Microsoft, IBM, Salesforce, Sitecore and Oracle platforms, among others, and a significant number of the Company’s clients are identified through joint
selling opportunities conducted with and through sales leads obtained from the relationships with these vendors. Due to the Company’s significant fixed
operating  expenses,  the  loss  of  sales  to  any  significant  customer  could  negatively  impact  net  income  and  cash  flow  from  operations.  However,  the
Company has remained relatively diversified, with its largest customer only representing approximately 4% of total revenues for the year ended December
31, 2021 and 5% of total revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

5. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Plans

The Company’s Second Amended and Restated Perficient, Inc. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended, the “Incentive Plan”) allows for the
granting of various types of stock awards to eligible individuals. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors administers the Incentive Plan
and determines the terms of all stock awards made under the Incentive Plan. The Company may issue stock awards of up to 7.0 million shares of Common
Stock pursuant to the Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2021, there were 1.2 million shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Incentive
Plan.

Restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2021 was as follows (in thousands, except fair value information):

Restricted stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2020
Awards granted (1)
Awards vested (2)
Awards forfeited

Restricted stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2021

Shares
905 
276 
(473)
(66)
642 

Weighted-

Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
$
$
$
$
$

35.34 
76.48 
31.92 
37.40 
55.34 

(1) The weighted average grant date fair value of shares granted during 2020 and 2019 was $41.07 and $33.38, respectively.
(2) The total fair value of restricted shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $44.1 million, $24.6 million and $23.3

million, respectively.

The  Company  recognized  $23.1 million,  $19.5  million  and  $17.9  million  of  share-based  compensation  expense  during  2021,  2020  and  2019,
respectively, which included $4.0 million, $3.4 million and $3.2 million of expense for retirement savings plan contributions, respectively. The associated
current  and  future  income  tax  benefit  recognized  during  2021,  2020  and  2019  was  $3.8  million,  $2.6  million  and  $3.5  million,  respectively.  As  of
December 31, 2021, there was $28.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based awards. This cost is expected to be
recognized over a weighted-average period of two years. Restricted stock awards generally vest over a three-year service period.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) is a broadly-based stock purchase plan in which any eligible employee may elect to participate
by authorizing the Company to make payroll deductions in a specific amount or designated percentage to pay the exercise price of an option. In no event
will the ESPP permit an employee to purchase common stock with a fair market value in excess of $25,000 in any calendar year. During the year ended
December 31, 2021, 8,649 shares were purchased under the ESPP.

44

 
 
 
There  are  four  three-month  offering  periods  in  each  calendar  year  beginning  on  January  1,  April  1,  July  1,  and  October  1,  respectively.  The
purchase price of shares offered under the ESPP is an amount equal to 95% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of purchase (occurring
on, respectively, March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31). The ESPP is designed to comply with Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the “Code”), and thus is eligible for the favorable tax treatment afforded by Section 423.

6. Net Income Per Share

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  available  to  common  stockholders  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  common
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share includes the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and the number of
equivalent shares which would be issued related to unvested restricted stock, convertible senior notes, warrants, and acquisition consideration using the
treasury method, unless such additional equivalent shares are anti-dilutive.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands, except per share information):

Net income
Basic:
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding
Shares used in computing basic net income per share

Effect of dilutive securities:
Restricted stock subject to vesting
Shares issuable for conversion of convertible senior notes
Shares issuable for acquisition consideration (1)
Shares issuable for exercise of warrants
Shares used in computing diluted net income per share

Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share

$
$

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

52,091 

$

30,181 

$

37,125 

32,202 
32,202 

559 
1,564 
198 
147 
34,670 

1.62 
1.50 

31,793 
31,793 

417 
52 
254 
— 
32,516 

0.95 
0.93 

$
$

31,344 
31,344 

673 
— 
226 
— 
32,243 

1.18 
1.15 

$
$

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2021, this represents the shares held in escrow pursuant to: (i) the Asset Purchase Agreement with Zeon Solutions
Incorporated and certain related entities (collectively, “Zeon”); (ii) the Asset Purchase Agreement with MedTouch LLC (“MedTouch”); (iii) the Asset
Purchase Agreement with Catalyst Networks, Inc. (“Brainjocks”); (iv) the Stock Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Productora de Software
S.A.S. (“PSL”); (v) the Purchase Agreement with Talos (as defined in Note 9 - Business Combinations); and (vi) the Stock Purchase Agreement with
the shareholders of Izmul S.A. (“Overactive”), as part of the consideration. For the year ended December 31, 2020, this represents the shares held in
escrow pursuant to: (i) the Asset Purchase Agreement with RAS & Associates, LLC (“RAS”); (ii) the Asset Purchase Agreement with Zeon; (iii) the
Asset Purchase Agreement with Stone Temple Consulting Corporation (“Stone Temple”); (iv) the Asset Purchase Agreement with Sundog Interactive,
Inc. (“Sundog”); (v) the Asset Purchase Agreement with MedTouch; (vi) the Asset Purchase Agreement with Brainjocks; and (vii) the Stock Purchase
Agreement with the shareholders of PSL, as part of the consideration. For the year ended December 31, 2019, this represents the shares held in escrow
pursuant to: (i)  the  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  with  Zeon;  (ii)  the  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  with  RAS;  (iii)  the  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  with
Southport Services Group, LLC (“Southport”); (iv) the Asset Purchase Agreement with Stone Temple; (v) the Agreement and Plan of Merger with
Elixiter, Inc. (“Elixiter”); and (vi) the Asset Purchase Agreement with Sundog, as part of the consideration.

45

 
 
 
 
 
The number of anti-dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net income per share were as follows (in thousands):

Restricted stock subject to vesting
Convertible senior notes
Warrants related to the issuance of convertible senior notes
Total anti-dilutive securities

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2 
4,451 
8,275 
12,728 

2021

— 
1,980 
1,980 
3,960 

2019

26 
3,823 
3,823 
7,672 

See Note 12, Long-term Debt, for further information on the convertible senior notes and warrants related to the issuance of convertible notes.

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  $315.0  million  of  Company  common  stock  through  a  stock  repurchase
program expiring December 31, 2022. The program could be suspended or discontinued at any time, based on market, economic, or business conditions.
The timing and amount of repurchase transactions will be determined by management based on its evaluation of market conditions, share price, and other
factors.  Since  the  program’s  inception  on  August  11,  2008,  the  Company  has  repurchased  approximately  $261.3  million  (16.1  million  shares)  of
outstanding common stock through December 31, 2021.

7. Balance Sheet Components

Accounts receivable:
Billed accounts receivable, net
Unbilled revenues, net

Total

Property and equipment:
Computer hardware (useful life of 3 years)
Furniture and fixtures (useful life of 5 years)
Leasehold improvements (useful life of 5 years)
Software (useful life of 1 to 7 years)
Less: Accumulated depreciation

Total

Other current liabilities:
Accrued variable compensation
Deferred revenues
Estimated fair value of contingent consideration liability (Note 9)
Current operating lease liabilities
Deferred employer FICA payments
Payroll related costs
Professional fees
Accrued medical claims expense
Accrued IT expenses
Other current liabilities

Total

46

December 31,

2021

2020

(In thousands)

$

$

$

$

$

$

120,892  $
56,710 
177,602  $

21,382  $
4,599 
7,850 
6,018 
(25,102)
14,747  $

31,244  $
8,167 
21,644 
11,543 
— 
9,523 
1,727 
2,605 
1,776 
5,648 
93,877  $

85,998 
47,087 
133,085 

15,640 
4,597 
6,607 
5,342 
(20,284)
11,902 

27,527 
9,422 
33,943 
10,321 
5,523 
5,738 
736 
2,405 
1,964 
5,688 
103,267 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other non-current liabilities:
Deferred income taxes
Deferred employer FICA payments
Other non-current liabilities
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
Non-current software accrual
Deferred compensation liability

Total

8. Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31,

2021

2020

(In thousands)

$

$

13,075  $
— 
3,462 
19,127 
2,710 
9,458 
47,832  $

20,911 
5,523 
2,434 
8,009 
5,748 
7,456 
50,081 

The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-13 on January 1, 2020. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for a discussion of the
ASU  and  the  impact  of  adoption.  As  a  result  of  the  adoption,  the  Company  amended  its  accounting  policies  for  the  allowance  for  credit  losses.  In
accordance  with  ASU  No.  2016-13,  the  Company  evaluates  its  allowance  based  on  expected  losses  rather  than  incurred  losses,  which  is  known  as  the
current expected credit loss model. The allowance is determined using the loss rate approach and is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk
characteristics exist. Where financial instruments do not share risk characteristics, they are evaluated on an individual basis. The allowance is based on
relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts.

Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-13, the allowance for credit losses was based upon specific identification of likely and probable losses.
Each accounting period, accounts receivable was evaluated for risk associated with a client’s inability to make contractual payments, historical experience,
and other currently available information.

Activity in the allowance for credit losses is summarized as follows for the years presented (in thousands):

Balance at December 31
Impact of ASU No. 2016-13 adoption
Opening balance at January 1
Charges to expense, net of recoveries
Other (1)

Balance at December 31

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

1,065 
— 
1,065 
1,801 
78 
2,944 

$

$

464 
423 
887 
855 
(677)
1,065 

$

$

810 
— 
810 
428 
(774)
464 

(1) Other is primarily related to uncollected balances written off, business acquisitions and currency translation adjustments.

9. Business Combinations

2021 Acquisitions

On September 8, 2021, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Talos LLC and Talos Digital LLC, each a Delaware limited liability
company, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Talos Digital SAS and TCOMM SAS, each a
simplified stock company organized under the laws of the Republic of Colombia (collectively, “Talos”). Talos is a digital transformation consultancy based
in Miami, Florida with nearshore delivery centers in Medellin, Colombia. The acquisition of Talos strengthened the Company’s global delivery capabilities,
and enhanced its nearshore systems and commerce and custom developed solutions customers. Talos added more than 180 professionals and strategic client
relationships with customers across several industries. The Company's total allocable purchase price consideration was $28.0 million, net of cash acquired.
The Company incurred approximately $1.1 million in transaction costs, which were expensed when incurred. The amount of goodwill deductible for tax
purposes is $8.6 million.

47

 
 
 
 
On  October  15,  2021,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  acquired  Overactive  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  a  Stock  Purchase  Agreement.
Overactive is based in Montevideo, Uruguay with nearshore delivery centers in Colombia, Argentina, Uruguay, Chile and Puerto Rico. The acquisition of
Overactive expanded the Company’s digital modernization solution services. Overactive added nearly 700 professionals and strategic client relationships
with  customers  across  several  industries  and  expanded  the  Company’s  operations  in  Latin  America.  The  Company’s  total  allocable  purchase  price
consideration was $110.1 million, net of cash acquired. The Company incurred approximately $2.5 million in transaction costs, which were expensed when
incurred. The goodwill is non-deductible for tax purposes.

The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred for the 2021 acquisitions consisted of the following (in millions):

Cash
Company common stock issued at closing
Contingent consideration (1)
Net working capital adjustment due to the seller(s)

Total allocable purchase price consideration

Talos

Overactive

14.9 
3.8 
9.0  (2)
0.3 
28.0 

$

$

93.9 
2.5 
12.6  (3)
1.1 
110.1 

$

$

(1)

(2)

(3)

Represents  the  initial  fair  value  estimate  of  additional  revenue  and  earnings-based  contingent  consideration,  which  may  be  realized  by  the
sellers 12 months after the closing date of the acquisition.
The maximum cash payout that may be realized by the sellers in the Talos acquisition is $10.6 million. As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of
the contingent consideration was $9.0 million.
The maximum cash payout that may be realized by the sellers in the Overactive acquisition is $14.4 million. As of December 31, 2021, the fair
value of the contingent consideration was $12.6 million.

The Company has estimated the preliminary allocation of the total purchase price consideration between tangible assets, identified intangible

assets, liabilities, and goodwill as follows (in millions):

Acquired tangible assets
Identified intangible assets
Liabilities assumed
Goodwill

Total purchase price

Talos

Overactive

2.3  $
8.1 
(1.2)
18.8 
28.0  $

13.9 
35.0 
(18.5)
79.7 
110.1 

$

$

The following table presents details of the intangible assets acquired during the year ended December 31, 2021 (dollars in millions).

Customer relationships
Customer backlog
Non-compete agreements
Trade name
Total acquired intangible assets

Weighted Average Useful
Life
9 years
1 year
5 years
1 year

Estimated Useful Life
6 - 10 years
1 year
5 years
1 year

$

$

Aggregate acquisitions

39.0 
3.0 
0.4 
0.7 
43.1 

The above purchase price accounting estimates for Talos and Overactive are pending finalization of certain acquired tangible and intangible assets,
contingent consideration valuation, and a net working capital settlement that is subject to final adjustment as the Company evaluates information during the
measurement period.

48

 
 
The aggregate amounts of revenue and net income of the Talos and Overactive acquisitions included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of

Operations from the respective acquisition dates to December 31, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):

Revenues
Net income

2020 Acquisitions

Acquisition Date to
December 31, 2021

$
$

15,291 
370 

On January 6, 2020, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of MedTouch, pursuant to the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement.
The acquisition of MedTouch expands the Company’s digital healthcare marketing services. The Company’s total allocable purchase price consideration
was $20.0 million. The Company incurred approximately $0.6 million in transaction costs, which were expensed when incurred. The amount of goodwill
deductible for tax purposes is $20.4 million.

On March 23, 2020, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Brainjocks, pursuant to the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement.
The acquisition of Brainjocks expands the Company’s strategic marketing and technical delivery services. On May 4, 2020 pursuant to a separate Asset
Purchase Agreement, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Brainjocks Europe d.o.o.
Novi  Sad,  an  affiliate  of  Brainjocks  operating  in  Serbia.  With  the  completion  of  this  acquisition,  the  Company  now  has  facilities  located  in  Novi  Sad,
Serbia. The Company's total allocable purchase price consideration was $21.2 million. The Company incurred approximately $1.1 million in transaction
costs, which were expensed when incurred. The amount of goodwill deductible for tax purposes is $12.6 million.

On June 17, 2020, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company acquired PSL pursuant to the terms of a Stock Purchase Agreement. PSL is based
in  Medellin,  Colombia,  with  additional  locations  in  Bogota  and  Cali,  Colombia.  The  acquisition  of  PSL  strengthens  the  Company’s  global  delivery
capabilities, enhancing its nearshore systems and custom software application development, testing, and ongoing support for customers. PSL adds more
than  600  professionals  and  brings  strategic  client  relationships  with  customers  across  several  industries.  The  Company’s  total  allocable  purchase  price
consideration was $83.1 million, net of cash acquired. The Company incurred approximately $2.1 million in transaction costs, which were expensed when
incurred. The goodwill is non-deductible for tax purposes.

The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred for the 2020 acquisitions consisted of the following (in millions):

Cash
Company common stock issued at closing
Contingent consideration (1)
Net working capital adjustment due to the seller(s)

Total allocable purchase price consideration

MedTouch

Brainjocks

PSL

$

$

13.9 
1.9 
4.2  (2)
— 
20.0 

$

$

15.8 
2.4 
2.3  (3)
0.7 
21.2 

$

$

60.8 
4.5 
17.7  (4)
0.1 
83.1 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Represents  the  initial  fair  value  estimate  of  additional  revenue  and  earnings-based  contingent  consideration,  which  may  be  realized  by  the
seller(s) 12 months after the closing date of the acquisition.
MedTouch achieved a portion of the potential maximum cash payout pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, and as a result, the Company paid
$9.2 million in contingent consideration during the year ended December 31, 2021. The maximum cash payout that may have been realized by
MedTouch  was  $10.2  million.  The  Company  recorded  a  pre-tax  adjustment  in  “Adjustment  to  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration”  on  the
Consolidated Statements of Operations of $0.3 million and $4.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Brainjocks achieved a portion of the potential maximum cash payout pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, and as a result, the Company paid
$3.9 million in contingent consideration during the year ended December 31, 2021. The maximum cash payout that may have been realized by
Brainjocks  was  $4.8  million.  The  Company  recorded  a  pre-tax  adjustment  in  “Adjustment  to  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration”  on  the
Consolidated Statements of Operations of $0.3 million and $1.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
PSL achieved a portion of the potential maximum cash payout pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, and as a result, the Company paid $20.9
million in contingent consideration during the year ended December 31, 2021. The

49

 
maximum cash payout that may have been realized by PSL was $22.2 million. The Company recorded a pre-tax adjustment to reduce the liability
in  “Adjustment  to  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration”  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  of $0.6 million during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021. The Company recorded a pre-tax adjustment to increase the liability in “Adjustment to fair value of contingent consideration”
on the Consolidated Statements of Operations of $3.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2020.

The Company has allocated the total purchase price consideration between tangible assets, identified intangible assets, liabilities, and goodwill as

follows (in millions):

Acquired tangible assets
Identified intangible assets
Liabilities assumed
Goodwill

Total purchase price

MedTouch

Brainjocks

PSL

$

$

4.7  $
6.7 
(6.0)
14.6 
20.0  $

7.0  $
8.4 
(4.9)
10.7 
21.2  $

11.6 
29.6 
(17.7)
59.6 
83.1 

As the Company completed its evaluation of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of PSL, the Company recorded certain adjustments during
the measurement period based on facts and circumstances that existed as of acquisition date. The measurement period adjustments resulted in an increase to
the total purchase price of $1.1 million, an increase to acquired tangible assets of $0.5 million, a decrease to identified intangible assets of $0.4 million, an
increase  to  liabilities  assumed  of  $1.7  million  and  an  increase  to  goodwill  of  $2.7  million  from  the  acquisition  date  through  June  30,  2021.  The
measurement period for the PSL acquisition was closed in June 2021.

The following table presents details of the intangible assets acquired during the year ended December 31, 2020 (dollars in millions).

Customer relationships
Customer backlog
Non-compete agreements
Trade name
Developed software
Total acquired intangible assets

2019 Acquisitions

Weighted Average Useful
Life
6 years
1 year
5 years
1 year
4 years

Estimated Useful Life
5 - 7 years
1 year
5 years
1 year
3 - 5 years

$

$

Aggregate Acquisitions

33.0 
9.6 
0.2 
0.4 
1.5 
44.7 

On May 22, 2019, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Sundog, pursuant to the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement. The
acquisition  of  Sundog  expands  the  Company’s  strategic  marketing  and  technical  delivery  services.  The  Company’s  total  allocable  purchase  price
consideration was $14.1 million, comprised of $10.3 million in cash paid and $1.3 million in Company common stock issued at closing, increased by $0.6
million for a net working capital adjustment paid to the seller in the first quarter of 2020. The purchase price also included $1.9 million representing the
initial  fair  value  estimate  of  additional  revenue  and  earnings-based  contingent  consideration,  which  may  be  realized  by  the  seller  12  months  after  the
closing  date  of  the  acquisition  with  a  maximum  cash  payout  of  $3.6  million.  Sundog  achieved  a  portion  of  the  maximum  cash  payout  pursuant  to  the
purchase  agreement,  and  as  a  result,  the  Company  paid  $2.5  million  in  contingent  consideration  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020.  The  amount  of  goodwill
deductible for tax purposes is $8.0 million.

The results of the 2019, 2020 and 2021 acquisitions’ operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the

respective acquisition dates.

Pro-forma Results of Operations

The  following  presents  the  unaudited  pro-forma  combined  results  of  operations  of  the  Company  with  PSL  and  Overactive  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 after giving effect to certain pro-forma adjustments and assuming PSL was acquired as of the beginning of 2019 and
Overactive was acquired as of the beginning of 2020. These

50

 
 
unaudited pro-forma results include adjustments for PSL from January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2020 and adjustments for Overactive from January 1,
2020 through December 31, 2021. Pro-forma results of operations have not been presented for MedTouch, Brainjocks, or Talos because the effect of these
acquisitions on the Company's consolidated financial statements were not material individually or in the aggregate.

These  unaudited  pro-forma  results  are  presented  in  compliance  with  the  adoption  of  ASU  2010-29,  Business  Combinations  (Topic  805):
Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations, and are not necessarily indicative of the actual consolidated results of
operations had the acquisition of PSL actually occurred on January 1, 2019 and Overactive actually occurred on January 1, 2020 or of future results of
operations of the consolidated entities (in thousands except per share data):

Revenues
Net income
Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share
Shares used in computing basic net income per share
Shares used in computing diluted net income per share

10. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

$
$
$
$

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

794,158  $
52,621  $
1.63  $
1.52  $

32,222 
34,689 

658,228  $
32,424  $
1.01  $
0.99  $

31,964 
32,620 

598,082 
28,315 
0.90 
0.87 
31,344 
32,413 

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, or net liabilities assumed, in a business combination. In
accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, the Company performs an annual impairment review in the fourth quarter and more
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. There was no indication that goodwill became impaired for the
year ended December 31, 2021.

Other intangible assets include customer relationships, non-compete arrangements, trade names, customer backlog, and developed software, which
are being amortized over the assets’ estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives range from less than one year to ten years.
Amortization  of  customer  relationships,  non-compete  arrangements,  trade  names,  customer  backlog,  and  developed  software  is  considered  an  operating
expense and is included in “Amortization” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company periodically reviews the estimated
useful lives of its identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might result in a lack of recoverability or revised
useful life. There was no indication that other intangible assets became impaired for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Goodwill

Activity related to goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):

Balance, beginning of year
Purchase price allocations and measurement period adjustments for acquisitions
Effect of foreign currency translation adjustments

Balance, end of year

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

427,928 
96,717 
(9,416)
515,229 

$

$

335,564 
86,640 
5,724 
427,928 

51

 
 
 
 
Intangible Assets with Definite Lives

Following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets that are subject to amortization (in thousands):

Gross
Carrying
Amount

2021

Accumulated
Amortization

Year Ended December 31,

Net
Carrying
Amount

Gross
Carrying
Amount

2020

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

$

$

125,433  $
1,444 
3,025 
683 
6,982 
137,567  $

(51,253) $
(736)
(741)
(155)
(3,405)
(56,290) $

74,180  $
708 
2,284 
528 
3,577 
81,277  $

97,497  $
1,479 
10,353 
449 
13,962 
123,740  $

(44,185) $
(831)
(5,941)
(281)
(8,931)
(60,169) $

53,312 
648 
4,412 
168 
5,031 
63,571 

Customer relationships
Non-compete agreements
Customer backlog
Trade name
Developed software

Total

The estimated useful lives of identifiable intangible assets are as follows:

Customer relationships
Non-compete agreements
Customer backlog
Trade name
Developed software

5 - 10 years
4 - 5 years
1 year
1 year
1 - 7 years

Total  amortization  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019  was  $23.5  million,  $22.9  million  and  $16.2  million,

respectively.

Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years ended December 31 and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

11. Employee Benefit Plans

$
$
$
$
$
$

22,691 
15,016 
11,858 
8,781 
6,530 
16,401 

The  Company  has  a  qualified  401(k)  profit  sharing  plan  available  to  full-time  employees  who  meet  the  plan’s  eligibility  requirements.  This
defined contribution plan permits employees to make contributions up to maximum limits allowed by the Code. The Company, at its discretion, matches a
portion of the employee’s contribution under a predetermined formula based on the level of contribution and years of service. For 2021, the Company made
matching  contributions  of  50%  (25%  in  cash  and  25%  in  Company  stock)  of  the  first  6%  of  eligible  compensation  deferred  by  the  participant.  The
Company  recognized  $8.7  million,  $6.8  million  and  $6.7  million  of  expense  for  the  matching  cash  and  Company  stock  contribution  in  2021,  2020  and
2019, respectively. All matching contributions vest over a three-year period of service.

The  Company  has  a  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  plan  for  certain  U.S.  personnel.  The  plan  is  designed  to  allow  eligible  participants  to
accumulate additional income through elective deferrals of compensation which will be paid in the future. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the deferred
compensation  liability  balance  was  $9.8  million  and  $7.5  million,  respectively.  The  Company  funds  the  deferred  compensation  plan  through  company-
owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the COLI asset balance was $10.8 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

52

 
 
 
In accordance with Indian law, the Company provides certain defined benefit plans covering substantially all of its Indian employees. The gratuity
plan provides a lump-sum payment to vested employees upon retirement or termination of employment in an amount based on each employee’s salary and
duration of employment with the Company. The leave encashment plan requires the Company to pay employees leaving the Company a specific formula
taking into account earned leaves up to a certain maximum and the employee’s most recent salary. The annual projected cost of these defined benefit plans
is actuarially determined. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the defined benefit plan liability, which is unfunded, was immaterial.

12. Long-term Debt

Revolving Credit Facility

On May 7, 2021, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "2021 Credit Agreement") with Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as administrative agent and the other lenders parties thereto. The 2021 Credit Agreement provides for revolving credit borrowings up
to a maximum principal amount of $200.0 million, subject to a commitment increase of $75.0 million. All outstanding amounts owed under the 2021 Credit
Agreement become due and payable no later than the final maturity date of May 7, 2026. As of December 31, 2021, there was no outstanding balance under
the  2021  Credit  Agreement.  The  Company  incurred  $0.6  million  of  deferred  finance  fees  as  a  result  of  the  2021  Credit  Agreement  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021.

The  2021  Credit  Agreement  also  allows  for  the  issuance  of  letters  of  credit  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  up  to  $10.0  million  at  any  one  time;
outstanding letters of credit reduce the credit available for revolving credit borrowings. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had two outstanding letters
of credit for $0.2 million. Substantially all of the Company’s assets are pledged to secure the credit facility.

Borrowings  under  the  2021  Credit  Agreement  bear  interest  at  the  Company’s  option  of  the  prime  rate  (3.25%  on  December  31,  2021)  plus  a
margin ranging from 0.00% to 1.00% or one-month LIBOR (0.10% on December 31, 2021) plus a margin ranging from 1.00% to 2.00%. The Company
incurs an annual commitment fee of 0.15% to 0.20% on the unused portion of the line of credit. The additional margin amount and annual commitment fee
are dependent on the level of outstanding borrowings. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $199.8 million of unused borrowing capacity.

The Company is required to comply with various financial covenants under the 2021 Credit Agreement. Specifically, the Company is required to
maintain a ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) plus stock compensation to interest expense for the previous
four consecutive fiscal quarters of not less than 3.50 to 1.00, a ratio of indebtedness less the sum of all unsecured indebtedness, on a consolidated basis and
without duplication, less all unrestricted cash and cash equivalents not to exceed $50,000,000 to EBITDA plus stock compensation of not more than 2.50 to
1.00,  and  a  ratio  of  indebtedness  less  all  unrestricted  cash  and  cash  equivalents  not  to  exceed  $50,000,000  to  EBITDA  plus  stock  compensation
(“Consolidated  Total  Net  Leverage  Ratio”)  of  not  more  than  5.00  to  1.00.  Additionally,  the  2021  Credit  Agreement  currently  restricts  the  payment  of
dividends that would result in a pro-forma Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of more than 3.50 to 1.00.

At December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the 2021 Credit Agreement.

Convertible Senior Notes due 2026

On  November  9,  2021,  the  Company  issued  $380.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  2026  Notes  in  a  private  placement  to  qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) and Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”). The net proceeds from the offerings, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discount and issuance costs of $10.7 million, were $369.3
million. The Company used (i) $311.5 million of the net proceeds and 1,640,152 shares of the Company’s common stock to partially repurchase the 2025
Notes  (as  defined  and  described  below),  and  (ii)  $42.7  million  of  the  net  proceeds  to  fund  the  cost  of  entering  into  the  2026  Notes  Hedges  (as  defined
below), after such cost was partially offset by the proceeds that the Company received from entering into the 2026 Notes Warrants (as defined below). The
remaining proceeds of $15.1 million will be used for working capital or other general corporate purposes.

The 2026 Notes bear interest at a rate of 0.125% per year. Interest is payable in cash on May 15 and November 15 of each year, with the first
payment to be made on May 15, 2022. The 2026 Notes mature on November 15, 2026 unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased in accordance
with  their  terms  prior  to  such  date.  The  initial  conversion  rate  is  5.2100  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  per  $1,000  principal  amount  of  2026
Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion

53

price of approximately $191.94 per share of common stock. After consideration of the 2026 Notes Hedges and 2026 Notes Warrants, the conversion rate is
effectively hedged to a price of $295.29 per share of common stock. The conversion rate, and thus the conversion price, may be adjusted under certain
circumstances  as  described  in  the  indenture  governing  the  2026  Notes  (the  “2026  Indenture”).  The  Company  may  settle  conversions  by  paying  or
delivering, as applicable, cash, shares of its common stock or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock, at the Company’s election, based on
the  applicable  conversion  rate(s).  If  a  “make-whole  fundamental  change”  (as  defined  in  the  2026  Indenture)  occurs,  then  the  Company  will  in  certain
circumstances increase the conversion rate for a specified period of time. The Company’s intent is to settle the principal amount of the 2026 Notes in cash
upon conversion.

In accordance with accounting for debt with conversions and other options, the Company bifurcated the principal amount of the 2026 Notes into
liability  and  equity  components.  The  initial  liability  component  of  the  2026  Notes  was  valued  at  $313.8  million  based  on  the  contractual  cash  flows
discounted at an appropriate comparable market non-convertible debt borrowing rate at the date of issuance of 4.0%. This rate was based on the Company’s
estimated rate for a similar liability with the same maturity, but without the conversion option. The equity component representing the conversion option
and calculated as the residual amount of the proceeds was recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity of $66.2 million,
partially offset by the associated deferred tax effect of $16.9 million. The amount recorded within additional paid-in capital is not to be remeasured as long
as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The resulting debt discount of $66.2 million is being amortized to interest expense using the
effective  interest  method  with  an  effective  interest  rate  of  4.0%  over  the  period  from  the  issuance  date  through  the  contractual  maturity  date  of
November 15, 2026. The Company utilizes the treasury stock method to calculate the effects of the 2026 Notes on diluted earnings per share.

Issuance costs totaling $10.7 million were allocated pro rata based on the relative fair values of the liability and equity components. Issuance costs
of  $8.8  million  attributable  to  the  liability  component  were  recorded  as  a  direct  deduction  from  the  carrying  value  of  the  2026  Notes  and  are  being
amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the 2026 Notes. Issuance costs of $1.9 million attributable to the equity
component were recorded as a charge to additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity, partially offset by the associated deferred tax effect of $0.5
million.

Convertible Senior Notes due 2025

On  August  14,  2020,  the  Company  issued  $230.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  2025  Notes  in  a  private  placement  to  qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) and Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The net proceeds from
the offerings, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discount and issuance costs of $7.3 million, were $222.7 million. The Company used (i) $172.0 million
of the net proceeds to partially repurchase the 2023 Notes (as defined and described below), and (ii) $26.7 million of the net proceeds to fund the cost of
entering into the 2025 Notes Hedges (as defined below), after such cost was partially offset by the proceeds that the Company received from entering into
the 2025 Notes Warrants (as defined below). The remaining proceeds of $24.0 million were used for working capital or other general corporate purposes.

The  2025  Notes  bear  interest  at  a  rate  of  1.250%  per  year.  Interest  is  payable  in  cash  on  February  1  and  August  1  of  each  year,  with  the  first
payment made on February 1, 2021. The 2025 Notes mature on August 1, 2025 unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased in accordance with their
terms prior to such date. The initial conversion rate is 19.3538 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2025 Notes, which
is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $51.67 per share of common stock. After consideration of the 2025 Notes Hedges and 2025
Notes Warrants, the conversion rate is effectively hedged to a price of $81.05 per share of common stock. The conversion rate, and thus the conversion
price,  may  be  adjusted  under  certain  circumstances  as  described  in  the  indenture  governing  the  2025  Notes  (the  “2025  Indenture”).  The  Company  may
settle conversions by paying or delivering, as applicable, cash, shares of its common stock or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock, at the
Company’s election, based on the applicable conversion rate(s). If a “make-whole fundamental change” (as defined in the 2025 Indenture) occurs, then the
Company will in certain circumstances increase the conversion rate for a specified period of time. The Company’s intent is to settle the principal amount of
the 2025 Notes in cash upon conversion.

In accordance with accounting for debt with conversions and other options, the Company bifurcated the principal amount of the 2025 Notes into
liability  and  equity  components.  The  initial  liability  component  of  the  2025  Notes  was  valued  at  $181.1  million  based  on  the  contractual  cash  flows
discounted at an appropriate comparable market non-convertible debt borrowing rate at the date of issuance of 6.3%. The equity component representing
the conversion option and calculated as the residual amount of the proceeds was recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital within stockholders’
equity of $48.9 million, partially offset by the associated deferred tax effect of $12.6 million. The amount recorded within additional paid-in capital is not
to be remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The resulting debt discount of $48.9 million is amortized to interest
expense using the effective interest method with an effective interest rate of

54

6.3% over the period from the issuance date through the contractual maturity date of August 1, 2025. The Company utilizes the treasury stock method to
calculate the effects of the 2025 Notes on diluted earnings per share.

Issuance costs totaling $7.3 million were allocated pro rata based on the relative fair values of the liability and equity components. Issuance costs
of $5.7 million attributable to the liability component were recorded as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the 2025 Notes and are amortized to
interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the 2025 Notes. Issuance costs of $1.6 million attributable to the equity component
were recorded as a charge to additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity, partially offset by the associated deferred tax effect of $0.4 million.

In  November  and  December  2021,  the  Company  repurchased  a  portion  of  the  outstanding  2025  Notes  through  individual,  privately  negotiated
transactions (the “2025 Notes Partial Repurchase”), leaving 2025 Notes with aggregate principal amount of $23.3 million outstanding as of December 31,
2021.  The  Company  used  $311.5  million  of  the  net  proceeds  from  the  2026  Notes  issuance  in  November  2021,  1,640,152  shares  of  the  Company’s
common stock, and $44.0 million of additional cash in December 2021 to complete the 2025 Notes Partial Repurchase, of which a total of $197.4 million
and $400.5 million were allocated to the liability and equity components of the 2025 Notes, respectively, and $0.7 million was related to the payment of
interest. The amount allocated to equity was partially offset by the associated deferred tax effect of $2.0 million. The consideration allocated to the liability
component was based on the fair value of the liability component utilizing an effective discount rate of approximately 3.5%. This rate was based on the
Company’s  estimated  rate  for  a  similar  liability  with  the  same  maturity,  but  without  the  conversion  option.  The  consideration  allocated  to  the  equity
component  was  calculated  by  deducting  the  fair  value  of  the  liability  component  from  the  aggregate  consideration,  excluding  interest.  The  Company
subsequently compared the allocated consideration with the carrying value of the liability component to record a loss on extinguishment of $21.9 million,
which includes the proportionate amounts of unamortized debt discount and the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs of $3.8 million. A $6.8 million
inducement charge representing the difference between the fair value of the consideration delivered to the holders of the repurchased 2025 Notes and the
fair  value  of  the  consideration  issuable  under  the  original  conversion  terms  is  included  in  “Loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt”  in  the  accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Convertible Senior Notes due 2023

On  September  11,  2018,  the  Company  issued  $143.8  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  2.375%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  Due  2023  (the
“2023 Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional purchasers pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) and Rule
144A  under  the  Securities  Act.  The  net  proceeds  from  the  offerings,  after  deducting  the  initial  purchasers’  discount  and  issuance  costs  of  $4.4  million,
were $139.4 million.

In  August  and  December  2020,  the  Company  repurchased  a  portion  of  the  outstanding  2023  Notes  through  individual,  privately  negotiated
transactions (the “2023 Notes Partial Repurchase”), leaving 2023 Notes with aggregate principal amount of $5.1 million outstanding as of December 31,
2020. The Company used $172.0 million of the net proceeds from the 2025 Notes issuance in August 2020 and $9.7 million of additional cash in December
2020  to  complete  the  2023  Notes  Partial  Repurchase,  of  which  a  total  of  $127.7  million  and  $52.7  million  were  allocated  to  the  liability  and  equity
components  of  the  2023  Notes,  respectively,  and  $1.3  million  was  related  to  the  payment  of  interest.  The  cash  consideration  allocated  to  the  liability
component was based on the fair value of the liability component utilizing an effective discount rate of approximately 5.0%. This rate was based on the
Company’s estimated rate for a similar liability with the same maturity, but without the conversion option. The cash consideration allocated to the equity
component  was  calculated  by  deducting  the  fair  value  of  the  liability  component  and  interest  payment  from  the  aggregate  cash  consideration.  The  $4.5
million  loss  on  extinguishment  was  subsequently  determined  by  comparing  the  allocated  cash  consideration  with  the  carrying  value  of  the  liability
component, which includes the proportionate amounts of unamortized debt discount and the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs of $2.4 million.

In August 2021, the Company repurchased the remainder of the outstanding 2023 Notes through individual, privately negotiated transactions (the
“Final  2023  Notes  Repurchase”).  The  Company  used  $13.9  million  of  cash  to  complete  the  Final  2023  Notes  Repurchase,  of  which  $4.9  million  and
$9.0 million were allocated to the liability and equity components of the 2023 Notes, respectively. The amount allocated to equity was partially offset by
the associated deferred tax effect of $0.4 million. The Final 2023 Notes Repurchase resulted in a $0.3 million loss on extinguishment during the twelve
months ended December 31, 2021, which includes the proportionate amounts of unamortized debt discount and the remaining unamortized debt issuance
costs of $0.1 million.

The 2023 Notes bore interest at a rate of 2.375% per year. Interest was payable in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The 2023
Notes were scheduled to mature on September 15, 2023, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased in accordance with their terms prior to such
date. The initial conversion rate was 26.5957 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2023 Notes, which was equivalent to
an initial conversion price of approximately $37.60 per share of common stock. After consideration of the 2023 Notes Hedges (as defined below) and 2023
Notes Warrants

55

(as  defined  below),  the  conversion  rate  was  effectively  hedged  to  a  price  of  $46.62  per  share  of  common  stock.  The  conversion  rate,  and  thus  the
conversion price, could have been adjusted under certain circumstances as described in the indenture governing the 2023 Notes (the “2023 Indenture”). The
Company could have settled conversions by paying or delivering, as applicable, cash, shares of its common stock or a combination of cash and shares of its
common  stock,  at  the  Company’s  election,  based  on  the  applicable  conversion  rate(s).  If  a  “make-whole  fundamental  change”  (as  defined  in  the  2023
Indenture) had occurred, then the Company would have in certain circumstances increased the conversion rate for a specified period of time.

Other Terms of the Notes

The 2025 Notes and 2026 Notes may be converted at the holder’s option prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding

August 1, 2025 for the 2025 Notes and November 15, 2026 for the 2026 Notes, but only under the following circumstances:

•

•

•

•

during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2020 for the 2025 Notes and December 31, 2021 for
the 2026 Notes, if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds 130% of the applicable conversion price for each
of  at  least  20  trading  days  during  the  30  consecutive  trading  days  ending  on,  and  including,  the  last  trading  day  of  the  immediately  preceding
calendar quarter;
during the five consecutive business days immediately after any 10 consecutive trading day period (such 10 consecutive trading day period, the
“measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less
than  98%  of  the  product  of  the  last  reported  sale  price  per  share  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  such  trading  day  and  the  applicable
conversion rate on such trading day;
upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  corporate  events  or  distributions  on  the  Company’s  common  stock  described  in  the  2025  Indenture  and  2026
Indenture; and
at any time from, and including, February 3, 2025 for 2025 Notes and May 15, 2026 for 2026 Notes, until the close of business on the second
scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date for the 2025 Notes and 2026 Notes.

The Company may not redeem the 2025 Notes and 2026 Notes at its option before maturity. If a “fundamental change” (as defined in the 2025
Indenture  and  2026  Indenture)  occurs,  then,  except  as  described  in  the  2025  Indenture  and  2026  Indenture,  noteholders  may  require  the  Company  to
repurchase their 2025 Notes and 2026 Notes at a cash repurchase price equal to the principal amount of the 2025 Notes and 2026 Notes to be repurchased,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the conditional conversion features of the 2025 Notes were triggered as the last reported sale price of
the Company's common stock was greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading
days ending on December 31, 2021 (the last trading day of the fiscal quarter). Therefore, the 2025 Notes are currently convertible, in whole or in part, at the
option  of  the  holder  during  the  quarter  ending  March  31,  2022.  Whether  the  2025  Notes  will  be  convertible  following  such  period  will  depend  on  the
continued satisfaction of this condition or another conversion condition in the future. Since the Company has the election of repaying the 2025 Notes in
cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination of both, the Company continued to classify the liability component of the 2025 Notes as
long-term  debt  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  as  of  December  31,  2021.  As  of  the  date  of  this  filing,  none  of  the  holders  of  the  2025  Notes  have
submitted requests for conversion. As of December 31, 2021, none of the conditions permitting holders to convert their 2026 Notes had been satisfied and
no  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  had  been  issued  in  connection  with  any  conversions  of  the  2026  Notes.  Based  on  the  closing  price  of  the
Company's common stock of $129.29 per share on December 31, 2021, the conversion value of the 2026 Notes was less than the principal amount of the
2026  Notes  outstanding  on  a  per  note  basis,  and  the  conversion  value  of  the  2025  Notes  was  greater  than  the  principal  amount  of  the  2025  Notes
outstanding on a per note basis.

The liability components of the 2023 Notes, 2025 Notes, and 2026 Notes consisted of the following (in thousands):

Liability component:
     Principal
     Less: Unamortized debt discount
               Unamortized debt issuance costs

Net carrying amount

2026 Notes

December 31, 2021
2025 Notes

2023 Notes

$

$

380,000  $
(64,413)
(8,613)
306,974  $

23,293  $
(3,724)
(417)
19,152  $

— 
— 
— 
— 

56

 
Liability component:
     Principal
     Less: Unamortized debt discount
               Unamortized debt issuance costs

Net carrying amount

2026 Notes

December 31, 2020
2025 Notes

2023 Notes

$

$

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

230,000  $
(45,690)
(5,271)
179,039  $

5,090 
(426)
(79)
4,585 

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 related to the Notes consisted of the following (in thousands):

2026 Notes

Coupon interest
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of debt issuance costs

     Total interest expense recognized

2025 Notes

Coupon interest
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of debt issuance costs

     Total interest expense recognized

2023 Notes

Coupon interest
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of debt issuance costs

     Total interest expense recognized

Convertible Notes Hedges

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

2021

69  $

1,738 
260 
2,067  $

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

2,521  $
7,780 
1,008 
11,309  $

1,094  $
3,254 
438 
4,786  $

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

75  $
91 
18 
184  $

2,200  $
2,561 
533 
5,294  $

3,414 
3,773 
824 
8,011 

$

$

$

$

$

$

In connection with the issuance of the 2026 Notes, 2025 Notes, and 2023 Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated convertible note
hedge transactions (the “2026 Notes Hedges”, the “2025 Notes Hedges”, and the “2023 Notes Hedges,” respectively, and together, the “Notes Hedges”)
with certain of the initial purchasers or their respective affiliates and/or other financial institutions (the “Option Counterparties”). The 2026 Notes Hedges
provide the Company with the option to acquire, on a net settlement basis, approximately 2.0 million shares of common stock at a strike price of $191.94,
which is equal to the number of shares of common stock that notionally underlie the 2026 Notes and correspond to the conversion price of the 2026 Notes.
The 2025 Notes Hedges provide the Company with the option to acquire, on a net settlement basis, approximately 4.5 million shares of common stock at a
strike price of $51.67, which is equal to the number of shares of common stock that notionally underlie the 2025 Notes and correspond to the conversion
price of the 2025 Notes. If the Company elects cash settlement and exercises the Notes Hedges, the aggregate amount of cash received from the Option
Counterparties will cover the aggregate amount of cash that the Company would be required to pay to the holders of the Notes, less the principal amount
thereof. The Notes Hedges do not meet the criteria for separate accounting as a derivative as they are indexed to the Company’s stock and are accounted for
as freestanding financial instruments. Upon initial purchase, the 2025 Notes Hedges and 2026 Notes Hedges were recorded as a reduction in additional
paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity of $48.9 million and $66.1 million, respectively, partially offset by the deferred tax effect of $12.6 million and
$16.8 million, respectively. In August and

57

 
 
 
 
November  2020,  in  connection  with  the  2023  Notes  Partial  Repurchase,  the  Company  terminated  2023  Notes  Hedges  corresponding  to  approximately
3.7 million shares for cash proceeds of $50.1 million. The proceeds were recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital within stockholders' equity. In
August 2021, in connection with the Final 2023 Notes Repurchase, the Company terminated the remainder of the 2023 Notes Hedges corresponding to
approximately  0.1  million  shares  for  cash  proceeds  of  $6.1  million.  The  proceeds  were  recorded  as  an  increase  to  additional  paid-in  capital  within
stockholders' equity. In November and December 2021, in connection with the 2025 Notes Partial Repurchase, the Company partially repurchased 2025
Notes  Hedges  corresponding  to  approximately  4.0  million  shares  for  cash  proceeds  of  $375.2  million.  The  proceeds  were  recorded  as  an  increase  to
additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity.

Convertible Notes Warrants

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  2026  Notes,  2025  Notes,  and  2023  Notes,  the  Company  also  sold  net-share-settled  warrants  (the  “2026
Notes  Warrants”,  the  “2025  Notes  Warrants”,  and  the  “2023  Notes  Warrants,”  respectively,  and  together,  the  “Notes  Warrants”)  in  privately  negotiated
transactions  with  the  Option  Counterparties.  The  strike  price  of  the  2026  Notes  Warrants,  2025  Notes  Warrants,  and  2023  Notes  Warrants  was
approximately $295.29, $81.05, and $46.62 per share, respectively, and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of their respective Notes Warrants.
As a result of the 2026 Notes Warrants, 2025 Notes Warrants, and 2023 Notes Warrants and related transactions, the Company is required to recognize
incremental dilution of earnings per share to the extent the average share price for any fiscal quarter is over $295.29 for the 2026 Notes Warrants, $81.05
for the 2025 Notes Warrants, and $46.62 for the 2023 Notes Warrants. The 2026 Notes Warrants and the 2025 Notes Warrants expire over a period of 80
trading days commencing on February 15, 2027 and over a period of 100 trading days commencing on November 1, 2025, respectively, and may be settled
in  net  shares  of  common  stock  or  net  cash  at  the  Company’s  election.  Upon  initial  sale,  the  2025  Notes  Warrants  and  the  2026  Notes  Warrants  were
recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity of $22.2 million and $23.4 million, respectively. In August and November
2020, in connection with the 2023 Notes Partial Repurchase, the Company repurchased a portion of the 2023 Notes Warrants through a cash payment of
$43.0 million. In August 2021, in connection with the Final 2023 Notes Repurchase, the Company repurchased the remainder of the 2023 Notes Warrants
through a cash payment of $5.0 million. In November and December 2021, in connection with the 2025 Notes Partial Repurchase, the Company partially
repurchased  2025  Notes  Warrants  through  cash  payments  of  $298.9  million.  The  repurchases  were  recorded  as  reductions  to  additional  paid-in  capital
within stockholders’ equity.

13. Income Taxes

Significant components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total current

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred

Total provision for income taxes

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

16,006 
2,767 
4,281 
23,054 

(8,285)
(2,425)
(1,952)
(12,662)
10,392 

$

$

6,010 
2,433 
3,293 
11,736 

574 
171 
(2,333)
(1,588)
10,148 

$

$

5,000 
2,724 
1,051 
8,775 

1,570 
467 
4 
2,041 
10,816 

$

$

58

 
 
The components of pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign

Total

2021

56,299 
6,184 
62,483 

$

$

Year Ended December 31,
2020

$

$

36,747 
3,582 
40,329 

2019

43,330 
4,611 
47,941 

$

$

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred taxes as of December 31, 2021 and
2020 are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Accrued liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Foreign exchange adjustment
Net operating losses
Deferred compensation liability
Interest limitation
Intangible assets
Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Prepaid expenses
Foreign exchange adjustments
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Goodwill and intangible assets
Fixed assets

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

7,044  $
6,365 
605 
1,257 
118 
1,786 
8,107 
— 
25,282 

1,081 
— 
5,812 
28,534 
1,614 
37,041 
11,759  $

1,473 
7,195 
273 
— 
203 
2,511 
— 
1,844 
13,499 

1,216 
1,828 
6,909 
23,027 
1,430 
34,410 
20,911 

Management regularly assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent management
believes that it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established. Management believes it is more
likely than not that the Company will generate sufficient taxable income in future years to realize the benefits of its deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had U.S. federal tax gross net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $0.5 million that will begin
to expire in 2023 if not utilized. Utilization of net operating losses may be subject to an annual limitation due to the “change in ownership” provisions of
the Code. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses before utilization.

59

 
 
 
 
The federal corporate statutory tax rate is reconciled to the Company’s effective income tax rate as follows:

Federal statutory rate

State taxes, net of federal benefit
Effect of foreign operations
Stock compensation
Non-deductible acquisition costs
Research and development tax credit
Other

Effective tax rate

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

21.0 
3.2 
1.7 
(5.2)
1.0 
(4.8)
(0.3)
16.6 

%

%

21.0 
5.2 
0.5 
(0.3)
3.1 
(3.9)
(0.4)
25.2 

%

%

21.0 
4.3 
0.2 
(1.0)
0.2 
(1.8)
(0.3)
22.6 

%

%

The  effective  income  tax  rate  decreased  to  16.6%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  from  25.2%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020

primarily due to an increase in stock compensation deductions and a decrease in non-deductible transaction costs compared to the prior year.

The  undistributed  earnings  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  are  indefinitely  reinvested,  except  in  certain  designated  jurisdictions.  We  have  not
recognized a deferred tax liability on the undistributed earnings that are considered indefinitely reinvested. If these earnings were distributed, we would be
subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. As of December 31, 2021, undistributed earnings of approximately $19.5  million  were  indefinitely  reinvested  in
foreign operations and the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings was approximately $1.3 million.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $17.0 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which would have had a $12.2 million impact on
the effective rate, if recognized. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $7.1 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, all of which have an impact
on the effective rate, if recognized.

A reconciliation of beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years

Balance at end of year

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

7,084 
6,934 
2,970 
16,988 

$

$

4,665 
1,102 
1,317 
7,084 

We recognize interest and penalty expense related to unrecognized tax positions as a component of the income tax provision. For the years ended
December 31, 2021 and 2020, we recognized interest expense of approximately $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and
2020, interest and penalties accrued were $2.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

The Company’s 2016-2019 U.S. income tax returns are currently under examination by the IRS. The IRS has sought to disallow research credits
of $5.7 million on the Company’s 2011 through 2015 U.S. income tax returns. The Company has exhausted all administrative appeals and formal mediation
and has filed suit to resolve this dispute. The Company is awaiting a court date to be set by the U.S. Tax Court for the 2011 through 2013 returns. The
Company believes the research credits taken are appropriate and intends to vigorously defend its position. An amount of adjustment, if any, and the timing
of such adjustment are not reasonably possible to estimate at this time. The total amount of research credits taken or expected to be taken in the Company’s
income tax returns for 2011 through 2021 is $26.9 million.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal tax return for tax
years 2016 and later remain subject to examination by the IRS. Our state and foreign income tax returns for the tax years 2011 and later remain subject to
examination by various state and foreign tax authorities.

14. Derivatives

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  to  manage  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  risk.  Currency

exposure is monitored and managed by the Company as part of its risk management program

60

 
 
 
 
which seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects that market volatility could have on operating results. The Company’s derivative financial instruments
consist  of  non-deliverable  foreign  currency  forward  contracts.  Derivative  financial  instruments  are  neither  held  nor  issued  by  the  Company  for  trading
purposes.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Both the gain or loss on the derivatives not designated as hedging instruments and the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the
hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. Realized gains or losses and changes in the estimated fair value of foreign currency forward contracts that
have not been designated as hedges were a net loss of $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, a net gain of $0.7 million during the year
ended December 31, 2020, and were immaterial during the year ended December 31, 2019. Gains and losses on these contracts are recorded in net other
expense (income) and net interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and are offset by losses and gains on the related hedged items.

The notional amounts of the Company’s derivative instruments outstanding were as follows (in thousands):

Derivatives not designated as hedges
Foreign exchange contracts

Total derivatives not designated as hedges

December 31,

2021

2020

$
$

24,223 
24,223 

$
$

16,008 
16,008 

Derivatives may give rise to credit risks from the possible non-performance by counterparties. Credit risk is generally limited to the fair value of
those contracts that are favorable to the Company. The Company has limited its credit risk by entering into derivative transactions only with highly-rated
global  financial  institutions,  limiting  the  amount  of  credit  exposure  with  any  one  financial  institution  and  conducting  ongoing  evaluation  of  the
creditworthiness of the financial institutions with which the Company does business.

The  Company  utilizes  standard  counterparty  master  agreements  containing  provisions  for  the  netting  of  certain  foreign  currency  transaction
obligations and for the set-off of certain obligations in the event of an insolvency of one of the parties to the transaction. Within the Consolidated Balance
Sheets, the Company records derivative assets and liabilities at fair value.

15. Fair Value Measurements

The fair value hierarchy is based on inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value that are either observable or unobservable.
Observable  inputs  reflect  assumptions  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  an  asset  or  liability  based  on  market  data  obtained  from  independent
sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon its own market assumptions.

The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels:

Level 1 – Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in
markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and market-corroborated inputs which are derived principally from
or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 – Inputs are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable.

•

•

•

The  carrying  value  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  current  liabilities  and  the  revolving  line  of  credit

approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

All  highly  liquid  investments  with  maturities  at  date  of  purchase  of  three  months  or  less  are  considered  to  be  cash  equivalents.  Based  on  their
short-term nature, the carrying value of cash equivalents approximate their fair value. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, $12.1 million and
$66.0  million,  respectively  of  the  Company’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents  balance  related  to  money-market  fund  investments.  These  short-term  money-
market funds are considered Level 1 investments.

61

 
 
The Company has a deferred compensation plan, which is funded through company-owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies. The COLI asset is
carried at fair value derived from quoted market prices of investments within the COLI policies, which are considered Level 2 inputs. Refer to Note 11,
Employee Benefit Plans, for the fair value of the COLI asset as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The Company estimates the fair value of each foreign exchange forward contract by using the present value of expected cash flows. The estimate
takes into account the difference between the current market forward price and contracted forward price for each foreign exchange contract and applies the
difference in the rates to each outstanding contract. Valuations for all derivatives fall within Level 2 of the GAAP valuation hierarchy. The fair value of the
Company’s derivative instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was immaterial.

The Company has contingent consideration liabilities related to acquisitions which are measured on a recurring basis and recorded at fair value,
determined using the discounted cash flow method. The inputs used to calculate the fair value of the contingent consideration liabilities are considered to be
Level 3 inputs due to the lack of relevant market activity and significant management judgment. For acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2021,
key unobservable inputs included revenue growth rates, which ranged from 36% to 76%, and volatility rates, which ranged from 5% to 6% for revenue and
were 17% for earnings. For acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2020, key observable inputs included revenue growth rates, which ranged
from 5% to 15%, and volatility rates, which ranged from 4% to 5% for revenue and 19% to 37% for earnings. An increase in future revenue and earnings
may result in a higher estimated fair value while a decrease in future revenue and earnings may result in a lower estimated fair value of the contingent
consideration liabilities. Remeasurements to fair value are recorded in adjustment to fair value of contingent consideration in the Consolidated Statements
of Operations. Refer to Note 7, Balance Sheet Components, for the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liabilities as of December 31, 2021
and 2020.

The fair value of the Notes is measured using quoted price inputs. The Notes are not actively traded, and thus the price inputs represent a Level 2

measurement. As the quoted price inputs are highly variable from day to day, the fair value estimates could significantly increase or decrease.

The Notes are carried at their principal amount less unamortized debt discount and issuance costs, and are not carried at fair value at each period
end. The original debt discount was calculated at a market interest rate for nonconvertible debt at the time of issuance, which represented a Level 3 fair
value measurement based on inputs that ranged from 5.2% to 7.9% for the 2025 Notes and 3.8% to 4.0% for the 2026 Notes. The approximate fair value of
the 2026 Notes as of December 31, 2021 was $363.6 million. The approximate fair value of the 2025 Notes as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $59.6
million and $263.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the 2023 Notes have been fully repurchased. The approximate fair value of the 2023
Notes as of December 31, 2020 was $7.1 million. The fair values were estimated on the basis of inputs that are observable in the market and are considered
a Level 2 fair value measurement.

16. Leases

The  Company  leases  office  space  under  various  operating  lease  agreements,  which  have  remaining  lease  terms  of  less  than  one  year  to  seven

years.

The following discussion relates to the Company’s lease accounting policy, effective January 1, 2019, under ASC Topic 842.

The  Company  determines  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  Operating  leases  are  included  in  operating  lease  ROU  assets,  other  current
liabilities, and operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based
on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. The lease terms may include options to extend or
terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. In determining the expected lease term, the majority of the
Company’s  renewal  options  are  not  reasonably  certain  based  on  conditions  of  the  Company’s  existing  leases  and  its  overall  business  strategies.  The
Company  will  periodically  reassess  expected  lease  terms  based  on  significant  triggering  events  or  compelling  economic  reasons  to  exercise  renewal
options. The Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of
future payments. Operating lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company accounts
for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.

62

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

Other current liabilities
Operating lease liabilities

Total

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

$

$

11,543 
23,898 
35,441 

$

$

10,321 
29,098 
39,419 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total future lease payments
     Less implied interest

Total

$

$

10,384 
8,831 
6,784 
5,247 
2,770 
4,103 
38,119 
(2,678)
35,441 

Operating lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $13.0 million, $12.2 million, and $9.9 million respectively,
of which $1.3 million, $1.5 million, and $1.3 million related to variable lease payments. Short term lease payments were immaterial for the years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Operating cash flows for amounts included in the measurement of the Company’s operating lease liabilities for the
years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $10.3 million, $10.8 million, and $8.3 million respectively. ROU assets obtained in exchange for
lease liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 were $5.4 million, $20.1 million, and $12.7 million respectively. The weighted
average remaining lease term of the Company’s operating leases as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was 4 years, 5 years, and 4 years, respectively,
and the weighted average incremental borrowing rate as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was 3.3%, 3.5%, and 4.6%, respectively.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time the Company is involved in legal proceedings, claims and litigation related to employee claims, contractual disputes and taxes
in the ordinary course of business. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of such matters, currently the Company has no reason to believe the
disposition of any current matter could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations
or the ability to carry on any of its business activities.

18. Quarterly Financial Results (Unaudited)

The following tables set forth certain unaudited supplemental quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations (in thousands except per share data).

63

 
 
Total revenues
Total cost of revenues
Income from operations
Income (loss) before income taxes
Net income
Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share

Total revenues
Total cost of revenues
Income from operations
Income before income taxes
Net income
Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share

March 31, 2021

June 30, 2021

September 30,
2021

December 31, 2021

Three Months Ended,

$

$

169,341  $
106,062 
20,206 
16,788 
13,593 
0.43 
0.41 

(Unaudited)

184,136  $
113,180 
26,094 
22,718 
16,573 
0.52 
0.49 

192,820  $
118,260 
28,014 
24,180 
17,396 
0.54 
0.48 

Three Months Ended,

214,730 
131,311 
31,618 
(1,203)
4,529 
0.14 
0.13 

March 31, 2020

June 30, 2020

September 30,
2020

December 31, 2020

145,562  $
93,217 
12,436 
10,503 
8,974 
0.28 
0.27 

(Unaudited)

146,339  $
91,155 
11,739 
9,693 
6,609 
0.21 
0.20 

157,678  $
96,704 
15,665 
8,529 
6,177 
0.19 
0.19 

162,554 
99,647 
15,414 
11,604 
8,421 
0.27 
0.26 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Perficient, Inc.:

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Perficient, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the
related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-
year  period  ended  December  31,  2021,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial  statements).  We  also  have  audited  the  Company’s
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

The Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Talos LLC and Talos Digital LLC and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company acquired all of
the  capital  stock  of  Talos  Digital  SAS  and  TCOMM  SAS  (collectively,  Talos)  in  September  2021  and  all  of  the  capital  stock  of  Izmul  S.A.  and  its
subsidiaries (Overactive) in October 2021 (the acquired businesses), and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, the acquired businesses’ internal control over financial reporting associated with 2% of
total assets excluding goodwill and other intangible assets and 2% of total revenues included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of
and for the year ended December 31, 2021. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal
control over financial reporting of the acquired businesses.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting,
and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management's  Report  on  Internal
Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of
the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  that  were
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated
financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not
alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below,
providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Issuance of 0.125% Convertible Senior Notes and repurchase of 1.250% Convertible Senior Notes

As  discussed  in  Note  12  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  in  November  2021,  the  Company  completed  a  private  placement  offering  of
$380.0 million 0.125% convertible senior notes (the 2026 notes). In connection with the issuance of the 2026 notes, the Company entered into
convertible note hedge transactions and also sold net-share-settled warrants (the concurrent transaction). The Company used $311.5 million of the
net proceeds from the issuance of the 2026 notes and 1,640,152 shares of the Company’s common stock to repurchase a majority of the previously
outstanding 1.250% convertible senior notes (the 2025 notes) in November 2021 and $44.0 million of cash to repurchase additional 2025 notes in
December 2021. The Company recorded $28.7 million of expense in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021, related to
the repurchases of the 2025 notes.

We identified the evaluation of the accounting for the 2026 notes, the concurrent transaction, and the November 2021 repurchase of the 2025 notes
and the valuation of the liability components of the 2026 notes and 2025 notes repurchase in November 2021 as a critical audit matter. The 2026
notes, the concurrent transaction, and the November 2021 repurchase of the 2025 notes required complex auditor judgment, and specialized skills
and  knowledge,  to  evaluate  the  appropriate  accounting  guidance.  In  addition,  evaluating  the  fair  value  of  the  liability  components  of  the  2026
notes upon issuance and the 2025 notes upon repurchase in November 2021 required a high degree of auditor judgment, and specialized skills and
knowledge, to assess the interest rate that would be available to the Company for similar non-convertible debt instruments.

The  following  are  the  primary  procedures  we  performed  to  address  this  critical  audit  matter.  We  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operating
effectiveness  of  certain  internal  controls  related  to  this  critical  audit  matter.  This  included  controls  related  to  the  Company’s  evaluation  of  the
appropriate  accounting  guidance  and  the  valuation  of  the  liability  components  of  these  transactions.  We  read  the  2026  notes  agreements,  the
agreements  supporting  the  concurrent  transaction,  and  the  agreements  supporting  the  repurchase  of  the  2025  notes  in  November  2021.  We
involved professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted us in:

— evaluating the Company’s accounting for the 2026 notes, the concurrent transaction, and the repurchase of the 2025 notes in November 2021

— reviewing key terms and features in the agreements.

Additionally, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted us in:

— evaluating the Company’s determination of the comparable market non-convertible debt borrowing rate for the 2026 notes and 2025 notes by

assessing the methodology used by the third-party specialist engaged by the Company

— independently  performing  an  analysis  using  publicly  available  market  data  for  a  similar  non-convertible  debt  instrument  and  comparing  the

independent analysis to management’s chosen interest rates.

Fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset and contingent consideration liability related to the acquisition of Overactive

As discussed in Notes 2 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company makes certain assumptions and judgments in determining fair
value measurements for business acquisitions. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company consummated two business acquisitions.
These acquisitions resulted in the recognition of customer relationships intangible assets of $39.0 million and contingent consideration liabilities
of $21.6 million.

We identified the evaluation of the fair values of the customer relationships intangible asset and contingent consideration liability related to the
Overactive acquisition as a critical audit matter. Evaluating the fair values involved a high degree of subjective auditor judgment related to the use
of certain assumptions in the specific valuation models. The key assumptions used within the valuation models included forecasts of projected
revenues, customer attrition rates, and volatility rates. In addition, changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the fair value
of the customer relationships intangible asset or contingent consideration liability in the Overactive acquisition.

The  following  are  the  primary  procedures  we  performed  to  address  this  critical  audit  matter.  We  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operating
effectiveness  of  certain  internal  controls  related  to  the  Company’s  fair  value  measurement  process  for  the  Overactive  acquisition,  including
controls related to the determination of the key assumptions. We evaluated the forecasts of projected revenues and customer attrition rates used by
the Company by comparing the assumptions to the acquiree’s historical performance and to the growth rates of peer companies. We compared the
forecasts of projected revenues to industry data. We also involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted us
in:

— evaluating customer attrition rates used by the Company to value the customer relationships intangible asset compared to historical customer

attrition rates as well as qualitative factors such as the acquiree’s industry and customer base

— evaluating the reasonableness of the comparable companies used by the Company to measure the volatility rates used in the determination of

the fair value of the contingent consideration liability

— independently developing volatility rates based on publicly available market data and comparing the results to the rates used by the Company.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007.

St. Louis, Missouri
February 24, 2022

/s/ KPMG LLP

65

Item 9.

Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated
subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  the  officers  who  certify  the  Company’s  financial  reports  and  to  other  members  of  senior  management  and  the  Board  of
Directors.

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such
information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the Company, as
appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  The  Company’s  management,  with  the  participation  of  the  Company’s  principal
executive officer and principal financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the
fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers have
determined that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f). In fulfilling this responsibility, estimates and judgments by management are required to assess the expected benefits and related costs of
control  procedures.  The  objectives  of  internal  control  include  providing  management  with  reasonable,  but  not  absolute,  assurance  that  assets  are
safeguarded  against  loss  from  unauthorized  use  or  disposition,  and  that  transactions  are  executed  in  accordance  with  management’s  authorization  and
recorded properly to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Under
the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an
evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment under those criteria, management concluded
that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.

The  Company  acquired  Talos  in  September  2021,  and  Overactive  in  October  2021  (the  “Acquired  Businesses”).  Management  excluded  the
Acquired  Businesses  from  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2021.  The
Acquired Businesses represented 2% of the Company’s total assets excluding goodwill and other intangible assets and 2% of the Company’s total revenues,
as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021. 

KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2021 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and has issued its report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2021, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) during
the year ended December 31, 2021, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
The Company’s transition to primarily working remotely as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic has not resulted in a material impact to the Company’s
internal controls over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information.

None.

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspection.

None.

66

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

PART III

Executive Officers

Our executive officers, including their ages as of the date of this filing are as follows:
Name
Jeffrey S. Davis
Thomas J. Hogan
Paul E. Martin

Age
57
45
61

Position
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
President and Chief Operating Officer
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

Jeffrey S. Davis  became  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  member  of  the  Board  in  2009  and  was  elected  Chairman  of  the  Board  in  2017.  He
previously  served  as  the  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Company  following  its  acquisition  of  Vertecon  in  April  2002  and  was  named  the  Company’s
President  in  2004,  in  which  capacity  he  served  until  February  2021.  He  served  as  Chief  Operating  Officer  at  Vertecon  from  October  1999  until  its
acquisition  by  the  Company.  Before  Vertecon,  Mr.  Davis  was  a  Senior  Manager  and  member  of  the  leadership  team  in  Arthur  Andersen’s  Business
Consulting  Practice,  where  he  was  responsible  for  defining  and  managing  internal  processes,  while  managing  business  development  and  delivery  of  all
products, services and solutions to a number of large accounts. Mr. Davis also served in a leadership position at Ernst & Young LLP in the Management
Consulting practice and in industry at Boeing, Inc. and Mallinckrodt, Inc. Mr. Davis currently serves as a member of the board of directors of St. Luke's
Hospital in St. Louis, Missouri. Mr. Davis is an active volunteer member of the board of directors of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation of St. Louis, Missouri
and a member of the University of Missouri Trulaske College of Business advisory board. Mr. Davis has a M.B.A. from Washington University and a B.S.
degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Missouri.

Thomas J. Hogan was appointed as the Company’s President in February 2021 and began serving as our Chief Operating Officer in 2018. Mr.
Hogan  joined  the  Company  in  January  2008  and  has  served  the  Company  in  several  capacities,  including  Vice  President  of  Field  Operations,  General
Manager,  Director  of  Business  Development,  and  Engagement  Director.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Hogan  served  in  business  development  and
leadership  positions  with  Creative  Metrics,  PreVisor,  and  TEKsystems.  Mr.  Hogan  received  his  M.B.A  from  the  Kellogg  School  of  Management  at
Northwestern University and a B.A. degree from Saint Mary’s University of Minnesota.

Paul E. Martin joined the Company in 2006 as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. Mr. Martin served as Secretary until February
2022, when he was appointed as the Company’s Assistant Secretary. From 2004 until 2006, Mr. Martin was the Interim co-Chief Financial Officer and
Interim Chief Financial Officer of Charter Communications, Inc. (NASDAQ: CHTR) (“Charter”), a publicly traded multi-billion dollar revenue domestic
cable television multi-system operator. From 2002 through 2006, Mr. Martin was the Senior Vice President, Principal Accounting Officer and Corporate
Controller of Charter, and was Charter’s Vice President and Corporate Controller from 2000 to 2002. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Martin was Chief Financial
Officer of Rawlings Sporting Goods Company, Inc., a formerly publicly traded multi-million dollar revenue sporting goods manufacturer and distributor.
Mr. Martin received a B.S. degree in accounting from the University of Missouri - St. Louis. Mr. Martin is also a member of the board of the St. Louis,
Missouri chapter of Autism Speaks.

Additional  information  with  respect  to  Directors  and  Executive  Officers  of  the  Company  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  proxy
statement to be used in connection with the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Directors and Executive
Officers,”  and  “Composition  and  Meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Committees.”  The  Proxy  Statement  will  be  filed  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A
within 120 days of the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Codes of Conduct and Ethics

Information  on  this  subject  is  found  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions”  and  is

incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted a Corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all employees and directors of the Company while
acting on the Company’s behalf and has adopted a Financial Code of Ethics applicable to the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, and other
senior financial officials. These policies are available on the

67

Company’s website at www.perficient.com. Any amendment to, or waiver of, the Financial Code of Ethics will be disclosed by the Company on its website
at www.perficient.com.

Audit Committee of the Board of Directors

Information  on  this  subject  is  found  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Composition  and  Meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and

Committees” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

Information  on  this  subject  is  found  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions  “Compensation  of  Directors,”  “Compensation  of  Executive
Officers,”  “Directors  and  Executive  Officers,”  “Compensation  Committee  Report,”  and  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation”
and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information  on  this  subject  is  found  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and

Management,” “Directors and Executive Officers,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information on this subject is found in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and incorporated

herein by reference.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is KPMG, LLP, St. Louis, MO, Auditor Firm ID:185.

Information on this subject is found in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Accounting Firm Fees and Services” and incorporated

herein by reference.

68

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

1. Financial Statements

PART IV

The following consolidated statements are included in Part II, Item 8 under the following captions:
Index
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

2. Financial Statement Schedules

Page
32
33
34
35
37
38
65

No financial statement schedules are required to be filed by Items 8 and 15(b) because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required

information is set forth in the applicable financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

See Index to Exhibits.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary.

None.

69

Exhibit
Number
2.1

2.2

2.3*

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

10.1†

10.2†

10.3†

10.4†

Description

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  18,  2014,  by  and  among  Perficient,  Inc.,  Zeon  Solutions  Incorporated,  Grand  River
Interactive LLC and Rupesh Agrawal, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference
Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of  June  17,  2020,  by  and  among  Perficient,  Inc.,  Perficient  UK  Limited,  Productora  de  Software
S.A.S., each of the Shareholders and the Representative, previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 15, 2021, by and among Perficient, Inc., Perficient UK Limited, Izmul S.A., each of the
Shareholders of Izmul S.A. and the Representative
Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Perficient,  Inc.,  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as  an  Exhibit  to  our
Registration  Statement  on  Form  SB-2  (File  No.  333-78337)  declared  effective  on  July  28,  1999  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission and incorporated herein by reference
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Perficient, Inc., previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
as an Exhibit to our Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 on February 15, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Perficient, Inc., previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
as an Exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-130624) filed on December 22, 2005 and incorporated herein by
reference
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Perficient, Inc., previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
as an Exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference
Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Perficient,  Inc.,  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as  an  Exhibit  to  our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference
Specimen  Certificate  for  shares  of  Perficient,  Inc.  common  stock  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as  an
Exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference
Description of Securities, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the year ended December 31, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference
Indenture,  dated  August  14,  2020,  between  Perficient,  Inc.  and  U.S.  Bank  National  Association,  as  trustee,  relating  to  the  Company’s
1.250% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Current
Report on Form 8-K filed August 18, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference
Form of 1.250% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our
Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 18, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference
Indenture, dated November 9, 2021, between Perficient, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s
0.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026, previously filed with the Securities and exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Current
Report on Form 8-K filed November 9, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference
Form of 0.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026, previously filed with the Securities and exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our
Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 9, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference
Perficient,  Inc.  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as  Appendix  A  to  our
Schedule 14A filed on October 13, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference
Amended and Restated Perficient, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
Appendix A to our Schedule 14A filed on April 14, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference
Second  Amended  and  Restated  Perficient,  Inc.  2012  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission as Appendix A to our Schedule 14A filed on April 28, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference
Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  (Non-Employee  Director  Award),  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission as an Exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.5†

10.6†

10.7†

10.8†

10.9†

10.10†

10.11

10.12†

10.13†

10.14†

10.15†

10.16†

10.17†

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

21.1*
23.1*

Form of Restricted Stock Award and Non-Competition Agreement (Employee Grant), previously filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as an Exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference
Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  and  Non-Competition  Agreement  (Employee  Grant),  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference
Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Chief Executive Officer of Perficient, Inc., effective as of January 1, 2021,
previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 29,
2020 and incorporated herein by reference
Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Chief Executive Officer of Perficient, Inc., effective as of February 23, 2021,
previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2020 filed February 25, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference
Third  Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  with  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Perficient,  Inc.,  effective  as  of  January  1,  2021,
previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 29,
2020 and incorporated herein by reference
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Chief Operating Officer of Perficient, Inc., effective as of February 23, 2021,
previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as  an  Exhibit  to  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020 filed February 25, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference
Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  7,  2021,  by  and  among  Perficient,  Inc.,  as  Borrower,  Wells  Fargo  Bank,
National  Association,  as  administrative  agent,  swingline  lender  and  issuing  lender,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  and  U.S.  Bank  National
Association, as syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as documentation agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, BofA Securities,
Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners and the other lenders parties thereto, previously filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 7, 2021 and incorporated herein
by reference

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  (Non-Employee  Director  Award),  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange

Commission as an Exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 2, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference

  Form of Restricted Stock Award and Non-Competition Agreement (Employee Grant), previously filed with the Securities and Exchange

Commission as an Exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 2, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  and  Non-Competition  Agreement  (Employee  Grant),  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  as  an  Exhibit  to  our  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  on  November  2,  2017  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference
Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  (Non-Employee  Director  Award),  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  as  an  Exhibit  to  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference
Form of Restricted Stock Award and Non-Competition Agreement (Employee Grant), previously filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  as  an  Exhibit  to  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference
Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  and  Non-Competition  Agreement  (Employee  Grant),  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 and incorporated herein
by reference
Form of Convertible Note Hedge Transaction Confirmation, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 18, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference
Form of Warrant Transaction Confirmation, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Current
Report on Form 8-K filed August 18, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference
Form of Convertible Note Hedge Transaction Confirmation, previously filed with the Securities and exchange Commission as an Exhibit
to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 9, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference
Form of Warrant Transaction Confirmation, previously filed with the Securities and exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Current
Report on Form 8-K filed November 9, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference
Form of Exchange Agreement, previously filed with the Securities and exchange Commission as an Exhibit to our Current Report on Form
8-K filed November 9, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference

  Subsidiaries
  Consent of KPMG LLP

71

 
 
 
24.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*

101*

104

  Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)
  Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of Perficient, Inc. as required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of Perficient, Inc. as required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Perficient, Inc. pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The following financial information from Perficient, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, formatted
in  iXBRL  (inline  eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  (ii)
Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  (iii)  Consolidated  Statements  of
Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for
the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021,
2020, and 2019, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as iXBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

†   Identifies an Exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 *   Filed herewith.

72

 
 
    
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed

on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date:

February 24, 2022

PERFICIENT, INC.

By: /s/ Paul E. Martin
Paul E. Martin
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jeffrey S. Davis and
Paul E. Martin, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone), his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign on his or her behalf individually and
in each capacity stated below any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact
and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents and either of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the

registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ Jeffrey S. Davis
Jeffrey S. Davis

/s/ Paul E. Martin
Paul E. Martin

/s/ Ralph C. Derrickson
Ralph C. Derrickson

/s/ David S. Lundeen
David S. Lundeen

/s/ Brian L. Matthews
Brian L. Matthews

/s/ Nancy C. Pechloff
Nancy C. Pechloff

/s/ Gary M. Wimberly
Gary M. Wimberly

Title

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

73

Date

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
Exhibit 2.3

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

By and Among

PERFICIENT, INC.,

PERFICIENT UK LIMITED,

IZMUL S.A.,

Each of the SHAREHOLDERS

and

MARTÍN TROISI FERRÁN, as the REPRESENTATIVE

Dated as of October 15, 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

1.01.    Definitions

ARTICLE II. SALE AND PURCHASE OF STOCK

2.01.    Agreement to Sell and Buy

2.02.    Payment of Consideration

2.03.    Working Capital Determination

2.04.    Dispute Resolution

2.05.    The Closing

ARTICLE III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE COMPANY

3.01.    Organization; Qualification

3.02.    Capital Structure

3.03.    Authority and Due Execution

3.04.    Non-Contravention; Consents

3.05.    Material Contracts

3.06.    Title to Assets; Sufficiency

3.07.    Financial Statements; Indebtedness

3.08.    Absence of Certain Changes or Events

3.09.    Accounts Receivable

3.10.    Business; Restrictions on Business Activities

3.11.    Legal Proceedings

3.12.    Taxes

3.13.    Employee Benefit Plans

3.14.    Employment Matters

    i    

1

1

16

16

16

19

21

21

24

24

24

25

25

26

26

27

28

28

29

29

29

32

33

 
3.15.    Applicable Laws; Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption; Data Privacy; Permits

3.16.    Product Warranties; Services

3.17.    Customers and Suppliers

3.18.    Properties

3.19.    Insurance

3.20.    Intellectual Property

3.21.    Transactions with Related Parties

3.22.    Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees

3.23.    Bank Accounts

3.24.    Books and Records

3.25.    Environmental Matters

ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE SHAREHOLDERS

4.01.    Natural Person and Spousal and Partner Consent

4.02.    Company Shares

4.03.    Authority and Due Execution

4.04.    Non-Contravention; Consents

4.05.    Legal Proceedings

4.06.    No Other Representations or Warranties

ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE BUYER PARTIES

5.01.    Organization, Standing and Power

5.02.    Authority

5.03.    Non-Contravention and Consents

5.04.    Litigation

5.05.    Parent Common Stock

5.06.    Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees

    ii    

35

36

36

37

37

38

40

40

40

40

41

41

41

41

42

42

42

43

43

43

43

43

44

44

44

5.07.    Reports

5.08.    Sufficiency of Funds; Solvency

5.09.    Acknowledgment

5.10.    No Prior Business Activity in Uruguay, Argentina or Chile

ARTICLE VI. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

6.01.    Securities Matters

6.02.    Tax Matters

6.03.    Continuing Employees

6.04.    Employee Benefit Plans

6.05.    Accounts Receivable

6.06.    Publicity

6.07.    Restrictive Agreements

6.08.    Tail Insurance

6.09.    Release

6.10.    Confidentiality

6.11.    Further Assurances

6.12.    Post-Closing Uruguayan Filings

ARTICLE VII. AMENDMENT

7.01.    Amendment

7.02.    Extension; Waiver

ARTICLE VIII. INDEMNIFICATION

8.01.    Agreement to Indemnify

8.02.    Survival of Indemnity

8.03.    Additional Provisions

8.04.    Claim Notice; Definitions; Third Party Claim Procedures

8.05.    No Double Recovery

    iii    

44

45

45

45

45

45

47

50

50

50

51

51

51

51

51

52

52

52

52

53

53

53

54

55

57

59

ARTICLE IX. REPRESENTATIVE

9.01.    Authorization of the Representative

9.02.    Compensation; Exculpation; Indemnity

ARTICLE X. GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.01.    Notices

10.02.    Interpretation

10.03.    Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures

10.04.    Entire Agreement

10.05.    Governing Law; Dispute Resolution

10.06.    Severability

10.07.    Expenses; Costs and Attorneys’ Fees

10.08.    Assignment

10.09.    No Third Party Beneficiaries

10.10.    Termination of Shareholders Agreement

10.11.    Automatic Default

    iv    

59

59

60

62

62

62

63

63

63

64

64

64

65

65

65

EXHIBIT LIST

EXHIBIT A    Form of Escrow Agreement

EXHIBIT B    Form of Restrictive Agreements

    v    

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

    This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of October 15, 2021, is entered into by and among (a) Perficient,
Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Parent”), (b) Perficient UK Limited, a company organized under the
laws of England and Wales, identified with company number 07238536 (“Buyer”), (c) Izmul S.A., a sociedad anónima organized under the
laws of Uruguay, identified with RUT number 217214890012 (the “Company”), (d) each of the Shareholders (as defined below) set forth on
the signature pages hereto, and (e) Martín Troisi Ferrán, of legal age, identified with Uruguayan identification number 2.896.279-1, in his
capacity as Representative (the “Representative”).

    WHEREAS, the Shareholders own all of the issued and outstanding Company Shares (as defined below), free and clear of any and all
Encumbrances;

    WHEREAS, Buyer desires to purchase from the Shareholders, and the Shareholders desire to sell to Buyer all of the Company Shares on
the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Acquisition”); and

    WHEREAS, Parent, Buyer and the Shareholders desire to make certain representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the
Acquisition.

        NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants,  representations,  warranties  and  agreements  contained  herein,  and
intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

1.01.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth or referenced below:

“Accounting Principles” means International Financial Reporting Standards as consistently applied by the Company Entities in the

preparation of the Financial Statements.

“Accounts Receivable” means any and all accounts receivable of or amounts owing or payable to a Company Entity, together with

all completed but unbilled services related to such Company Entity’s work in progress, all as of the Closing Date.

“Acquisition” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common
control with such Person. For purposes of this definition and this Agreement, the term “control” (and correlative terms) means the power,
whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the policies or management of a Person.

    “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Applicable  Laws”  means  all  laws,  statutes,  constitutions,  rules,  regulations,  principles  of  common  law,  resolutions,  codes,
ordinances,  requirements,  judgments,  orders,  decrees,  injunctions,  and  writs  of  any  Governmental  Entity  which  have,  or  the  Company
believes is reasonably likely to have, jurisdiction over a Company Entity or the businesses, operations or assets of a Company Entity, as they
may be in effect on or prior to the Closing.

“Arbitration Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05(b).

“Backlog”  means  expected  revenue  committed  under  signed  customer  Contracts  but  not  yet  recognized  as  revenue  under  the

Accounting Principles applied consistently with the Company Entities’ past practices.

    1    

“Business  Day”  means  a  day  other  than  Saturday  or  Sunday  on  which  commercial  banks  are  open  for  business  in  St.  Louis,

Missouri, United States of America, City of London, England, New York, New York, United States of America, and Montevideo, Uruguay.

“Business  Records”  means  any  and  all  books  related  to  the  business  of  the  Company  Entities,  as  well  as  records,  files,
documentation, data or information of the Company Entities that have been or now are used in connection with such business, currently in
possession or control of the Company Entities.

“Buyer” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Buyer Carved-Out Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(d).

“Buyer Indemnification Basket” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(c).

“Buyer Indemnified Taxes” means, without duplication and whether disputed or not, any and all of the following Taxes: (a) any and
all Taxes (other than Transfer Taxes) of the Shareholders; (b) any and all Taxes imposed on a Company Entity or for which a Company Entity
may be liable for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (excluding Taxes attributable to a transaction undertaken on the Closing Date after the Closing
that is not contemplated by this Agreement and is outside of the ordinary course of business); (c) any and all Taxes resulting from the breach
of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement (determined without regard to any materiality or knowledge qualifiers) or
covenants set forth in this Agreement; (d) that are the employer’s portion of social security or other employment Taxes due as a result of any
payments made to the Shareholders in their capacity as employees of a Company Entity on or before the Closing pursuant to this Agreement;
(e) the Transfer Taxes for which the Shareholders are responsible pursuant to Section 6.02; (f) any and all Taxes (other than Transfer Taxes)
for which the Shareholders or any Company Entity are liable as a result of the Acquisition; (g) any and all Taxes of any member (other than a
Company Entity, Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer) of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which a Company Entity (or any
predecessor of the Company Entity) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date; (h) any and all Taxes of any Person (other than a
Company Entity, Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer) for which a Company Entity may be liable, jointly or severally (including, but not limited
to,  pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.1502-6  (or  any  analogous  provisions  of  Applicable  Laws),  as  transferee  or  successor,  by
contract, as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify or pay the Tax obligations of another Person or under similar grounds,
or otherwise, in each case, which liability relates to an event or transaction occurring on or before the Closing Date (excluding an event or
transaction undertaken on the Closing Date after the Closing that is not contemplated by this Agreement and is outside of the ordinary course
of  business);  (i)  any  and  all  Taxes  of  any  Company  Entity  arising  out  of  any  COVID-19  Measure  which  liability  relates  to  an  event  or
transaction  occurring  on  or  before  the  Closing  Date;  and  (j)  any  and  all  Taxes  of  a  Company  Entity  (i)  under  Section  965  of  the  Code
(including, for the sake of clarity, any Tax deferred pursuant to Section 965(h), (ii) payable as a result of a breach of the covenant contained
in last sentence of Section 6.02(a), and (iii) payable as a result of an election under Section 965(h) of the Code with respect to any Company
Entity to defer the payment of any “net tax liability” as such term is defined in Section 965(h)(6) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
“Buyer Indemnified Taxes” shall not include any Tax that was specifically taken into account as a liability in the calculation of Net Working
Capital, as finally determined.

“Buyer Indemnitee” and “Buyer Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(a).

“Buyer Parties” means Parent and Buyer.

“CARES Act” means the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, as amended, together with all rules and regulations

and guidance issued by any Governmental Entity with respect thereto.

“Centre” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05(b).

    2    

“Charter Documents” means the articles of incorporation (or equivalent), certificate of formation, operating agreement and bylaws

(or equivalent), in each case as amended to date and currently in effect.

“Claim Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a).

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a).

“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a).

“Closing Date Dispute Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b).

“Closing Date Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b).

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references to the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations
or  other  governmental  pronouncements  shall  be  deemed  to  include  references  to  any  applicable  successor  regulations  or  amending
pronouncement.

“Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means the prompt, significant and diligent efforts that a prudent person desirous of achieving a
result  and  having  an  incentive  to  and  interest  in  achieving  such  result  would  use  in  similar  circumstances  to  achieve  that  result  as
expeditiously as reasonably possible; provided, that in applying its Commercially Reasonable Efforts a party shall be required to expend only
such resources as are commercially reasonable in the applicable circumstances.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Company Benefit Plan” means each Employee Benefit Plan that is currently sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or agreed to by

a Company Entity or under which a Company Entity has any current or future obligations, other than statutory plans.

“Company  Business  Unit”  shall  mean  Parent’s  business  unit  following  the  Closing  comprised  of  the  business  of  the  Company

Entities.

“Company EBITDA” means the net income of the Company Business Unit calculated in accordance with Parent’s GAAP for the
Earnout  Period  before  the  calculation  and  deduction  of  the  following  expenses  during  such  period:  (a)  income  tax  expense  (including
reserves  for  deferred  income  taxes);  (b)  gross  interest  income  and  expense;  (c)  depreciation  expense;  and  (d)  amortization  expense.  In
determining Company EBITDA: (i) Company EBITDA shall be computed without regard to “unusual and infrequent items” of gain or loss
as that term is defined by Parent’s GAAP; (ii) Company EBITDA shall not include any gains, losses or profits realized from the sale of any
assets  in  accordance  with  Parent’s  GAAP  and  other  than  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business;  (iii)  no  deduction  shall  be  made  for  any
management fees or general overhead expenses (including, without limitation, shared services for software, servers, in-house IT support and
equipment, general business insurance and recruiters) or other general intercompany charges, of whatever kind or nature, charged by Parent
or its Affiliates to the Company Business Unit; provided, however, that the Company Business Unit shall be charged for a back office support
expense equal to $50,000 and direct expenses incurred directly for the benefit of the Company Business Unit, including, without limitation,
bad debt expense for uncollected Company Business Unit accounts receivable, the cost of benefits provided by Parent and its Affiliates (other
than the Company Entities) to Company Business Unit employees (provided such benefits are substantially equivalent to, and not in excess
of, the benefits received by the employees of Parent or its Affiliates), the costs incurred by the Parent related to immigration processing or
assistance related to employees of the Company Business Unit, the recruiting placement bonuses paid by Parent to Parent’s recruiters or fees
paid  by  Parent  to  outside  recruiters  in  connection  with  hiring  new  employees  for  the  Company  Business  Unit,  the  cost  of  any  Company
Business Unit marketing professionals whether or not such professionals report to Parent’s corporate marketing group and the hourly fully
burdened cost of any consultants, including actual payroll costs and benefits, provided by Parent or its Affiliates to the Company Business
Unit, and provided that the revenues derived from such consultants while so provided shall be allocated to the Company Business Unit; (iv)
no deduction shall be made for any Transaction Expenses arising out of

    3    

this Agreement including, without limitation, legal, accounting or refinancing fees and expenses; (v) Company EBITDA shall not include
deferred revenue that has not been recognized as revenue as of or before Closing solely due to the applicable Company Entity not having
obtained  an  executed  statement  of  work  or  other  applicable  documentation;  and  (vi)  no  deduction  shall  be  made  for  any  fees,  costs  and
expenses incurred by the Company Entities in connection with termination of any November Converted Contractor that is not converted to an
employee  on  or  before  November  1,  2021  to  the  extent  that  such  fees,  costs  or  expenses  are  included  in  the  calculation  of  Net  Working
Capital. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in the event that any bad debt expense is incurred by the Company Business
Unit during the Earnout Period, such bad debt expense will be reduced for Company EBITDA calculation purposes by the amount, if any, of
the associated accounts receivable that is actually collected by Parent prior to 120 days after the end of the Earnout Period. Further, Company
EBITDA shall also include net income calculated in accordance with Parent’s GAAP for the Earnout Period for services revenue resulting
from services sold by the Company Business Unit but delivered by Parent outside of the Company Business Unit or by a subsidiary of Parent
less the fully-burdened cost of the provision of such services revenue.

“Company Entity” means each of the Company and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries.

“Company Material Adverse Effect” means any event, circumstance, condition, development or occurrence causing, resulting in or
having  (or  with  the  passage  of  time  reasonably  likely  to  cause,  result  in  or  have)  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  business  or  financial
condition of the Company Entities, taken as a whole; provided, however, that in no event shall any of the following be deemed to constitute
or be taken into account in determining a Company Material Adverse Effect: any event, circumstance, condition, development, occurrence or
effect that results from (i) changes affecting the economy generally or a general deterioration in the industry in which the Company operates,
(ii)  the  public  announcement  or  pending  nature  of  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated  hereunder,  (iii)  each  Shareholder’s
compliance  with  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or  (iv)  any  effect  resulting  from  wars,  terrorism,  cyber-attacks,  natural  disasters,  epidemics,
plagues or pandemics (including COVID-19).

“Company Shares” means all of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of Company, as listed on Schedule 3.02(a).

“Computer System” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(c).

“Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(i).

“Consents”  means  all  consents,  approvals,  notices,  registrations,  authorizations,  filings  or  declarations  of  or  with  third  parties  or
Governmental Entities, in each case that are necessary to consummate or required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or
by the other Transaction Documents.

“Consideration Spreadsheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(d).

“Continuing Employees” means each employee listed on Schedule 6.03 as a continuing employee.

“Continuing Independent Contractors” means each independent contractor listed on Schedule 6.03  as  a  continuing  independent

contractor.

“Contract” means any written, oral or other agreement, contract, subcontract, lease, binding understanding, instrument, note, option,
warranty, purchase order, license, sublicense, insurance policy, benefit plan or legally binding commitment or undertaking of any nature to
which a Company Entity is a party or by which a Company Entity, or any of its properties or assets, is bound.

“COVID-19” means SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19, and any evolutions thereof.

    4    

“COVID-19  Measure”  means  (a)  the  Presidential  Proclamation  9994  of  March  13,  2020  Declaring  a  National  Emergency
Concerning the COVID-19 Outbreak, (b) the CARES Act, (c) the Families First Act, (d) any Payroll Tax Executive Order, (e) H.R. 133 –
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020, (f) the “Paycheck Protection Program” under the CARES Act, (g) the American Rescue Plan Act of
2021, and (h) any Applicable Law promulgated by any Governmental Entity in connection with or in response to COVID-19.

“Damages”  means,  without  duplication,  any  and  all  judgments,  losses,  charges,  Taxes,  penalties  and  fees,  costs  and  expenses
(including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) which are in each case actual and incurred and which are sustained, suffered or incurred
by an Indemnified Party in connection with, or related to, any matter which is the subject of the indemnification provisions hereof, including
all  claims,  demands,  suits  and  proceedings  in  connection  therewith,  subject  to  the  limitations  on  indemnification  set  forth  in  Article VIII.
“Damages” shall not include any consequential, special or punitive damages, nor any diminution of value, damages for lost profits, business
interruption or exemplary damages, except to the extent that the same are awarded to a third party under a Third Party Claim that includes
such damages.

“Disclosure Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Article III.

“Earnout Dispute Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c)(iii).

“Earnout Payments” means together, the EBITDA Earnout Payment and the Revenue Earnout Payment.

“Earnout Period” means the 12-month period beginning on the Closing Date.

“Earnout Period Revenue” means the total revenue resulting from services, recognized in accordance with Parent’s GAAP by the
Company  Business  Unit  during  the  Earnout  Period,  which,  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  does  not  include  (a)  revenue  from  reimbursed
expenses, product re-sale or pass-through revenue or (b) deferred revenue that has not been recognized as revenue as of or before Closing
solely  due  to  the  applicable  Company  Entity  not  having  obtained  an  executed  statement  of  work  or  other  documentation.  Earnout  Period
Revenue  shall  also  include  revenue  resulting  from  services  sold  by  the  Company  Business  Unit  but  delivered  by  Parent  outside  of  the
Company Business Unit or by a subsidiary of Parent (other than a Company Entity).

“Earnout Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c)(iii).

“EBITDA Earnout Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c)(i).

“Employee Benefit Plan” means (a) any nonqualified deferred compensation or retirement plan or arrangement that is an Employee
Pension  Benefit  Plan  (as  defined  in  Section  3(2)  of  the  U.S.  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended),  (b)  any
qualified  defined  contribution  retirement  plan  or  arrangement  that  is  an  Employee  Pension  Benefit  Plan,  (c)  any  qualified  defined  benefit
retirement plan or arrangement that is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan (including any Multiemployer Plan (as defined in Section 3(37)(A)
of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended)), (d) any Employee Welfare Benefit Plan (as defined in Section
3(1) of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or fringe benefit plan or program, (e) any profit sharing,
bonus,  stock  option,  stock  purchase,  stock  appreciation  rights,  phantom  stock  plan  or  agreement,  consulting,  employment,  severance  or
incentive plan, agreement or arrangement or (f) any plan, agreement or arrangement providing benefits related to clubs, vacation, paid time
off, childcare, parenting, sabbatical or sick leave that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by a Company Entity or any ERISA Affiliate
for the benefit of the employees, former employees, independent contractors or agents of a Company Entity or any ERISA Affiliate or has
been so sponsored, maintained or contributed to at any time within six years prior to the Closing Date.

“Employment  Laws”  means  all  Applicable  Laws  respecting  employment  or  employment  practices,  terms  and  conditions  of
employment, payment or non-payment of wages and other compensation, affirmative action, working conditions, labor unions, and payment,
non-payment or

    5    

provision  of  employee  benefits,  including,  without  limitation,  the  Worker  Adjustment  and  Retraining  Notifications  Act,  Immigration  and
Nationality Act, Fair Labor Standards Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Americans with Disabilities Act, Age Discrimination in
Employment Act, Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 18 U.S.C. §1341 et seq. (provisions
relating to honest services mail and wire fraud), Rehabilitations Act of 1973, ERISA, National Labor Relations Act, and the Occupational
Safety and Health Act, to the extent applicable.

“Encumbrances” means any and all restrictions on or conditions to transfer or assignment, claims, liens, pledges, security interests,
deeds  of  trust,  tenancies,  other  possessory  interests,  conditional  sale  or  other  title  retention  agreements,  factoring,  purchase  or  similar
arrangements, assessments, easements, rights of way, covenants, rights of first refusal, defects in title, encroachments, mortgages, restrictions,
and other burdens, options, or encumbrances of any kind, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise affecting a Company Entity or
its assets.

“Environmental  Law”  means  any  Applicable  Law  relating  or  pertaining  to  the  public  health  and  safety  or  the  environment  or
otherwise governing the generation, use, handling, collection, treatment, storage, transportation, recovery, recycling, removal, discharge or
disposal of Hazardous Materials, including without limitation (i) the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq., as amended, (ii) the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., as amended, (iii) the Clean Water Act,
33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq., as amended, (iv) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq., as amended, (v) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15
U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., as amended, (vi) the Emergency Planning and Community Right To Know Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., as amended,
and (vii) the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq., as amended.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“ERISA Affiliate”  means  any  entity  that  would  be  considered  a  single  employer  with  a  Company  Entity  within  the  meaning  of

Section 414 of the Code.

“Escrow Account” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

“Escrow Agent” means U.S. Bank National Association.

“Escrow Agreement”  means  the  Escrow  Agreement  to  be  entered  into  among  Parent,  the  Representative  and  the  Escrow  Agent,

substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A.

“Escrow Distribution” means the amount of any distribution out of the Escrow Account to the Shareholders.

“Escrowed Consideration” means the combination of: (a) that number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the quotient of
$439,611.43, divided by the Parent Stock Per Share Price as of the Closing Date, rounded to the nearest whole share; and (b) an amount in
cash equal to $14,560,388.57.

“Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

“Estimated Net Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

“Estimated Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Expense Fund” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).

“Expert Accountant” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

“Families First Act” means the Families First Coronavirus Response Act (P.L. 116-127) or a similar provision of U.S. state or local

Applicable Law.

    6    

“FCPA” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(b).

“Final Subcontractor Payments” means the amounts to be paid as part of the Indebtedness in accordance with Section 2.02(a)(i) to

the Persons set forth on Schedule 3.14(f) under the heading “Final Subcontractor Payments.”

    “Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(a).

    “Flow-Thru Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(j).

“Fraud”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  intentional  and  knowing  Delaware  common  law  fraud  committed  by  such  Person  in
connection with the making of the express representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.
For  the  avoidance  of  doubt  and  without  limiting  the  foregoing,  it  is  agreed  and  understood  that  Fraud  does  not  include  any  claim  for
negligence or recklessness (including constructive fraud).

“Government Program” means all government provided healthcare and welfare programs under Applicable Law, including, in the
United States, the Medicare (including Medicare Part D and Medicare Advantage), Medicaid, Medicaid-waiver and CHAMPUS/TRICARE
programs, any other similar or successor federal health care program (as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f)), and any state, local or non-U.S.
health care programs.

“Governmental Entity” means any national, state, district, municipal, local or foreign government, any instrumentality, subdivision,
court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, or any quasi-governmental or private body
exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority.

“Hazardous  Material”  means  any  substance  regulated  or  as  to  which  liability  might  arise  under  any  Environmental  Law  and
including,  without  limitation:  (a)  any  chemical,  compound,  material,  product,  byproduct,  substance  or  waste  defined  as  or  included  in  the
definition  or  meaning  of  “hazardous  substance,”  “hazardous  material,”  “hazardous  waste,”  “solid  waste,”  “toxic  waste,”  “extremely
hazardous  substance,”  “toxic  substance,”  “contaminant,”  “pollutant,”  or  words  of  similar  meaning  or  import  found  in  any  Environmental
Law;  (b)  petroleum  hydrocarbons,  petroleum  products,  petroleum  substances,  natural  gas,  oil,  oil  and  gas  waste,  crude  oil,  and  any
components,  fractions,  or  derivatives  thereof;  and  (c)  radioactive  materials,  asbestos  containing  materials,  polychlorinated  biphenyls  or
radon.

“HIPAA”  means  the  Administrative  Simplification  Provisions  of  title  II,  subtitle  F,  of  the  Health  Insurance  Portability  and
Accountability Act of 1996 (Pub. Law No. 104-191) and all regulations promulgated thereunder, including the Privacy Standards (45 C.F.R.
Parts 160 and 164), the Electronic Transactions Standards (45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 162), and the Security Standards (45 C.F.R. Parts 160,
162 and 164), as amended by the HITECH Act, the final HIPAA/HITECH Omnibus Rules published by the U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services on January 25, 2013, and as otherwise may be amended from time to time.

“HITECH  ACT”  means  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  provisions  of  the  American
Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Pub. Law No. 111-5 and its implementing regulations, including 42 C.F.R. §§ 412, 413, 422 and
495, as amended by the HIPAA Omnibus Rule, issued on January 25, 2013, effective as of March 26, 2013.

“Holdback Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

“include,” “includes” and “including” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 10.02.

“Indebtedness” without duplication, means (a) all indebtedness (including the principal amount thereof or, if applicable, the accreted
amount  thereof  and  the  amount  of  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon)  of  a  Company  Entity,  whether  or  not  represented  by  bonds,
debentures, notes or other securities, for the repayment of money borrowed, whether owing to banks, financial institutions, on equipment

    7    

leases or otherwise, (b) all deferred indebtedness of a Company Entity for the payment of the purchase price of property or assets purchased,
(c) all obligations of a Company Entity to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of real or Personal Property which is required to
be classified as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles, (d) any
outstanding reimbursement obligation of a Company Entity with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued
for  the  account  of  the  Company,  (e)  any  payment  obligation  of  a  Company  Entity  under  any  interest  rate  swap  agreement,  forward  rate
agreement,  interest  rate  cap  or  collar  agreement  or  other  financial  agreement  or  arrangement  entered  into  for  the  purpose  of  limiting  or
managing  interest  rate  risks,  (f)  all  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money  secured  by  any  Encumbrance  existing  on  property  owned  by  a
Company Entity, whether or not indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed, (g) all guaranties, endorsements, assumptions and
other contingent obligations of a Company Entity in respect of, or to purchase or to otherwise acquire, indebtedness for borrowed money of
others, (h) all premiums, penalties and change of control payments, required to be paid or offered in respect of any of the foregoing as a result
of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents regardless if any of such are
actually paid, (i) the Final Subcontractor Payments, and (j) obligations under any interest rate, currency or other hedging agreement; provided
that “Indebtedness”  shall  not  include  trade  payables  or  other  current  liabilities  expressly  included  in  the  Estimated  Statement,  as  finally
determined by the Closing Date Statement or pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.03, as applicable.

“Indemnified Party” means a Person who is entitled to indemnification from a party hereto pursuant to Article VIII.

“Indemnifying Party” means a party hereto who is required to provide indemnification under Article VIII to an Indemnified Party.

“Information  Privacy  or  Security  Laws”  means  HIPAA  and  all  other  Applicable  Laws  concerning  the  privacy  or  security  of
Personal  Information,  including  state  data  breach  notification  Applicable  Laws,  state  health  privacy  and  information  security  Applicable
Laws and state consumer protection Applicable Laws.

“Intellectual Property”  means  any  or  all  of  the  following  and  all  rights  in,  arising  out  of  or  associated  therewith:  (a)  all  United
States  and  non-U.S.  patents  and  applications  therefor  and  all  reissues,  divisions,  renewals,  extensions,  provisionals,  continuations  and
continuations in part thereof; (b) all inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, improvements, trade secrets, proprietary
information,  know  how,  rights  in  technology,  technical  data  and  customer  lists,  all  documentation  relating  to  any  of  the  foregoing  and  all
rights under applicable trade secret law in any of the foregoing; (c) all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor and all
other  rights  corresponding  thereto  throughout  the  world;  (d)  all  rights  in  software;  (e)  all  industrial  designs  and  any  registrations  and
applications therefor throughout the world; (f) all mask works and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (g) all
trade names, logos, URLs, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor
throughout the world; (h) all databases and data collections and all rights therein throughout the world; (i) all economic rights of authors and
inventors,  however  denominated,  throughout  the  world  in  any  of  the  foregoing;  and  (j)  any  similar  or  equivalent  intellectual  property  or
proprietary rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

“Knowledge  Persons”  means  each  Principal  Shareholder,  Nicolás  Chiappara  Algorta,  Andrés  Levin  Fiorelli,  Mercedes  Ros,

Gonzalo Ignacio Cuiñas Isola, Gerardo Gabriel Fernández Sulé and Alfredo Santiago Burgues López.

“Lease Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.18.

“Leased Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.18.

“Licensed Software” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(b).

“Material Contract” means any of the following:

    8    

basis or that might result in payments to a Company Entity in excess of $50,000 on an annual basis;

(a)    Any Contract that requires or may require future expenditures by a Company Entity in excess of $50,000 on an annual

of 30 days or less;

(b)    Any Contract to which a Company Entity is a party or otherwise subject that is not terminable without penalty on notice

Personal Property (other than Personal Property owned by a Company Entity);

(c)    Each Lease Agreement and each Contract or other right pursuant to which a Company Entity uses or possesses any

(d)    Any Contract with a Shareholder or any director, manager or officer of a Company Entity, or any Affiliate of any of
such  Persons,  including  any  Contract  providing  for  the  furnishing  of  services  by,  rental  of  Real  Property  or  Personal  Property  from  or
otherwise requiring payments to any such Person;

Intellectual Property Rights, other than those pertaining to off-the-shelf software;

(e)       Any  Contract  relating  to  the  licensing  or  transfer  of  Intellectual  Property  of  a  Company  Entity  or  any  Third  Party

(f)    Any Contract containing any covenant (i) limiting the right of a Company Entity to engage in any line of business, make
use of any Intellectual Property, Third Party Intellectual Property Rights or any Confidential Information or compete with any Person in any
line of business, (ii) granting any exclusive distribution or supply rights, (iii) requiring a Company Entity to purchase its total requirements of
any product or service from a third party or that contain “take or pay” provisions, or (iv) otherwise having an adverse effect on the right of a
Company  Entity  to  sell,  distribute  or  manufacture  any  products  or  services  or  to  purchase  or  otherwise  obtain  any  software,  components,
parts or subassemblies;

(g)    Any Contract between a Company Entity and any current or former employee, consultant or director of a Company
Entity,  including  any  Contract  pursuant  to  which  benefits  would  vest  or  amounts  would  become  payable  or  the  terms  of  which  would
otherwise be altered by virtue of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document
to which a Company Entity is a party (whether alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events);

Date;

(h)    Any Contract that requires a consent to a change of control, merger or an assignment, either before or after the Closing

into with customers in the ordinary course of business) or the assumption of any Tax, environmental or other liability of any Person;

(i)    Any Contract that provides for the indemnification by a Company Entity of any Person (other than Contracts entered

other Person or any Real Property (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);

(j)    Any Contract that relates to the acquisition or disposition of any business, a material amount of stock or assets of any

capital stock of a Company Entity; or

(k)    Any Contract providing for or governing any Indebtedness of a Company Entity or any Encumbrance on the assets or

expected to have, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(l)       Any  other  Contract,  or  group  of  Contracts,  the  termination  or  breach  of  which  would  have,  or  would  be  reasonably

“Net Working Capital” means the amount, calculated in accordance with Parent’s GAAP, equal to (a) all cash and cash equivalents
held by the Company Entities, prepaid expense assets and Accounts Receivable net of allowance for uncollectible accounts and returns of the
Company  Entities,  less  (b)  the  liabilities  of  the  Company  Entities  excluding  any  right  of  use  liability,  all  as  reflected  on  the  Estimated
Statement, as finally determined by the Closing Date Statement or pursuant to the procedures set forth in

    9    

Section 2.03, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of Net Working Capital shall: (a) exclude any right of use liability; (b)
deem  any  Accounts  Receivable  not  collected  within  180  days  of  the  Closing  Date  for  any  reason  to  be  “uncollectible”  and  thus  excluded
from such calculation; (c) include as a liability an amount equal to the fees, costs and expenses to be incurred by the Company Entities in
connection with termination of any November Converted Contractor that is not converted to an employee on or before November 1, 2021
(whether  or  not  such  amounts  would  be  recorded  as  a  liability  in  accordance  with  Parent’s  GAAP  as  of  the  close  of  business  on  the  day
immediately  prior  to  the  Closing  Date);  (d)  exclude  any  deferred  revenue  for  services  provided  prior  to  the  Closing  that  has  not  been
recognized as revenue as of or before Closing solely due to the applicable Company Entity not having obtained an executed statement of
work or other applicable documentation; and (e) exclude any Indebtedness repaid in accordance with Sections 2.02(a)(i) and 2.05(c)(xiii).

“Net Working Capital Threshold Amount” means $4,096,115.00.

“Non-Control Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(b).

“November Converted Contractor” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03.

“OFAC” means the United States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Controls.

“Open Source Licenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(c).

“Open Source Software” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(c).

“Owned Software” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(b).

“Parent” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Parent Common Stock” means the Parent’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

“Parent Material Adverse Effect” means any event, circumstance, condition, development or occurrence causing, resulting in or
having  (or  with  the  passage  of  time  reasonably  likely  to  cause,  result  in  or  have)  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  business  or  financial
condition of the Buyer Parties, taken as a whole; provided, however, that in no event shall any of the following be deemed to constitute or be
taken into account in determining a Parent Material Adverse Effect: any event, circumstance, condition, development, occurrence or effect
that results from (i) changes affecting the economy generally or a general deterioration in the industry in which the Buyer Parties operate, (ii)
the  public  announcement  or  pending  nature  of  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated  hereunder,  (iii)  each  Buyer  Party’s
compliance  with  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or  (iv)  any  effect  resulting  from  wars,  terrorism,  cyber-attacks,  natural  disasters,  epidemics,
plagues or pandemics (including COVID-19).

“Parent SEC Filings” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07.

“Parent Stock Participating Shareholder” means each Shareholder who, as set forth on the Consideration Spreadsheet, is entitled

to shares of Parent Common Stock comprising a portion of the Escrowed Consideration.

“Parent  Stock  Per  Share  Price”  means  the  average  closing  sale  price  of  one  share  of  Parent  Common  Stock  as  reported  on  the
Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  for  the  30  consecutive  trading  days  ending  on  the  date  that  is  one  trading  day  immediately  preceding  the
applicable  measurement  date  (as  adjusted  as  appropriate  to  reflect  any  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  combinations,  reorganizations,
reclassifications or similar events).

“Parent’s GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as applied by Parent in the Parent SEC Filings as of

the Closing Date.

    10    

“Payroll Tax Executive Order” means any U.S. presidential memorandum, executive order or similar pronouncement permitting or
requiring the deferral of any payroll Taxes (including those imposed by Sections 3101(a) and 3201 of the Code). For the avoidance of doubt,
the  Presidential  Memorandum  of  August  8,  2020,  Deferring  Payroll  Tax  Obligations  in  Light  of  the  Ongoing  COVID-19  Disaster  85  FR
49587, shall constitute a Payroll Tax Executive Order.

“Permits” means all licenses, permits, authorizations, certificates, franchises, variances, waivers, consents and other approvals from

any Governmental Entity relating to the operation of the Company Entities’ business.

“Permitted Encumbrances” means (a) any Encumbrance for Taxes that are not yet due or payable, (b) any Encumbrance for Tax
assessments and other charges or claims with respect to Taxes that are due and payable and the validity of which are being contested in good
faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  (as  described  on  Schedule  3.12)  and  for  which  adequate  reserves  have  been  established  by  a  Company
Entity in accordance with the Accounting Principles, (c) any minor imperfection of title or similar Encumbrance which individually or in the
aggregate with other such Encumbrances does not materially impair the value of the property subject to such Encumbrance or the use of such
property in the conduct of the applicable Company Entity’s business, (d) mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens incurred in the ordinary course
of business, (e) statutory liens of landlords’ and workmen’s, repairmen’s, warehousemen’s and carriers’ liens and other similar Encumbrances
arising in the ordinary course of business, (f) requirements incurred or other Encumbrances relating to deposits made in the ordinary course
of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, social security, and other similar statutory requirements, (g)
Encumbrances constituted by the terms of any Material Contract, (h) Encumbrances, deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids,
tenders, Contracts (other than Contracts for the payment of money), leases, public or statutory obligations, surety, stay, appeal, indemnity,
performance  or  other  similar  bonds,  or  other  similar  obligations  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  (i)  judgment  and  other  similar
Encumbrances arising in connection with court proceedings, provided the execution or other enforcement of such Encumbrance is effectively
stayed and the claim secured thereby is being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves
have been established by a Company Entity in accordance with the Accounting Principles, (j) easements, rights-of-way, zoning ordinances,
restrictions and other similar Encumbrances which, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the occupation, use, and enjoyment by
the applicable Company Entity of its assets encumbered thereby in the normal course of its business or materially impair the value of the
property subject thereto, or (k) the Encumbrance created by the express terms of the Master Receivable Purchase Agreement entered into by
and between One Button Word LLC and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, dated November 3, 2019 and the related financing statement
evidencing such Encumbrance.

“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or

other entity.

“Personal Information” means any information with respect to which there is a reasonable basis to believe that the information can
be  used  to  identify  an  individual,  including  “individually  identifiable  health  information”  as  defined  in  45  C.F.R.  §  160.103,  other
information protected by HIPAA, demographic information, and Social Security numbers.

“Personal  Property”  means  all  of  the  machinery,  equipment,  computer  hardware,  tools,  motor  vehicles,  furniture,  furnishings,
leasehold  improvements,  office  equipment,  inventories,  supplies,  plant,  spare  parts,  and  other  tangible  personal  property  that  is  owned  or
leased by a Company Entity and which are used or held for use in its business or operations as of the Closing Date.

“Post-Closing Tax Period” means (a) any taxable period that begins on or after the day immediately following the Closing Date, and
(b) with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period after the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section
6.02(c).

“PPP Loan Note” means that certain Note executed by Overactive Inc. as borrower thereunder on May 15, 2020, in the aggregate

principal amount of $106,040 under the U.S. Small Business

    11    

Administration Paycheck Protection Program, evidencing loan number 4216425-1, and any and all other agreements, instruments, certificates
and documents related thereto.

“Pre-Closing Income Tax Returns” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(a).

“Pre-Closing Tax Period” means (a) any taxable period that ends on or before the Closing Date, and (b) with respect to any Straddle

Period, the portion of such Straddle Period ending on (and including) the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 6.02(c).

“Principal Shareholders” means Martín Troisi Ferrán and Juan José Zangaro Cabrera.

“Real  Property”  means  all  land,  buildings,  structures,  improvements,  and  fixtures  thereon,  together  with  all  rights  of  way,
easements, privileges, and appurtenances pertaining or belonging thereto, that are owned or leased by a Company Entity and which are used
or held for use in its business or operations as of the Closing Date.

“Related Party Transactions” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21.

“Representative” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. For all purposes related to the Shareholders, the Representative acts as

their agent (mandatario con representación).

“Restrictive Agreements” means: (a) the Stock Restriction and Non-Compete Agreement, to be entered into by Parent and each of
the Shareholders other than: the Principal Shareholders; Gabriel Inchausti Blixen; and Pablo Darío Taraciuk Vainer, substantially in the form
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B-1;  and  (b)  the  Non-Compete  Agreement,  to  be  entered  into  by  Parent  and  each  Principal  Shareholder,
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2.

“Revenue Earnout Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c)(ii).

“Sanctioned Country” means any country or region that is the subject or target of a comprehensive embargo under Sanctions Laws

(including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and the Crimea region of Ukraine).

“Sanctioned  Person”  means  any  Person  that  is  the  subject  or  target  of  sanctions  or  restrictions  under  Sanctions  Laws  or  Ex-Im
Laws, including: (a) any Person listed on any applicable U.S. or non-U.S. sanctions- or export-related restricted party list, including OFAC’s
Specially  Designated  Nationals  and  Blocked  Persons  List;  (b)  any  Person  that  is,  in  the  aggregate,  50%  or  greater  owned,  directly  or
indirectly, or otherwise controlled by a Person or Persons described in clause (a); or (c) any Person who is ordinarily resident in a Sanctioned
Country.

“Sanctions Laws” means all U.S. and non-U.S. Laws, Regulations, and Executive Orders relating to economic or trade sanctions,
including  the  laws  administered  or  enforced  by  the  United  States  (including  by  OFAC  or  the  U.S.  Department  of  State)  and  the  United
Nations Security Council.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Settlement Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(b).

“Shareholder Carved-Out Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(c).

“Shareholder Indemnification Basket” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(d).

“Shareholder Indemnitee” or “Shareholder Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(d).

    12    

“Shareholder Loans” means the amounts owed by the applicable Shareholder to the Company Entity, as set forth under the heading
“Shareholder  Loans”  on  Schedule  3.21,  which  loan  amount  shall  be  deducted  from  the  payment  of  the  consideration  to  each  applicable
Shareholder in accordance with Section 2.02(a)(i) and paid by the Buyer on behalf of the applicable Shareholder to the applicable Company
Entity.

“Shareholder  Percentage”  means,  with  respect  to  each  Shareholder,  the  applicable  percentage  set  forth  on  the  Consideration

Spreadsheet under the heading “Shareholder Percentage.”

“Shareholders” means the holders of all outstanding Company Shares, as listed on Schedule 3.02(a).

“Shareholders’ Agreement” means the shareholders’ agreement in regards to the Company Shares executed on March 16, 2021.

“Software” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(b).

“Straddle Period” means any taxable period that begins before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity of which (a) if a
corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to
vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (b) if a partnership, association or other business entity, a majority
of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or
more  Subsidiaries  of  that  Person  or  a  combination  thereof.  For  purposes  hereof,  a  Person  or  Persons  shall  be  deemed  to  have  a  majority
ownership interest in a partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of partnership,
association  or  other  business  entity  gains  or  losses  or  shall  be  or  control  the  managing  director  or  general  partner  of  such  partnership,
association or other business entity.

“Tax” and “Taxes” means, whether or not disputed, any and all (a) U.S. federal, state, district and local and non-U.S. taxes of any
kind (together with any and all interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax and other additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed
by  any  Tax  Authority,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  taxes  that  are  measured  by  net  income,  gross  income,  gross  receipts,  sales,  use,  ad
valorem,  franchise,  profits,  license,  lease,  service,  service  use,  withholding,  employment,  payroll,  earnings,  net  worth,  unemployment
insurance, Social Security, excise, severance, transfer, value added, documentary, mortgage, registration, stamp, occupation, real or personal
property,  unclaimed  property,  escheat,  environmental,  premium,  property,  windfall  profits,  customs,  duties  and  other  taxes,  fees,  levies,
assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalties, fines, additions to taxes, and other additions amounts
imposed  with  respect  thereto  imposed  by  any  Tax  Authority;  and  (b)  any  liability  for  any  items  described  in  clause  (a)  whether  imposed,
assessed,  due  or  otherwise  payable  directly,  jointly  or  severally  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulation  Section
1.1502-6  (or  any  analogous  provisions  of  Applicable  Laws),  as  transferee  or  successor,  by  contract,  as  a  result  of  any  express  or  implied
obligation to indemnify or pay the Tax obligations of another Person or under similar grounds, or otherwise.

“Tax Authority” means any entity, body, instrumentality, division, bureau or department of any U.S. federal, national, district, state,
municipal, local or any non-U.S. Governmental Entity, or any agent thereof (third party or otherwise), legally authorized to assess, lien, levy
or otherwise collect, litigate or administer Taxes.

“Tax Incentive” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(q).

“Tax Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(d)(i).

    13    

“Tax  Returns”  means  collectively  but  without  limitation,  all  reports,  declarations,  filings,  questionnaires,  estimates,  returns,
information statements, notices, computations, elections, claims, disclaimers, registrations and similar documents relating to, or required to
be filed under Applicable Laws in any jurisdiction in respect of any Taxes, including, without limitation, any amendments thereof; and the
term “Tax Return” means any one of the foregoing Tax Returns.

“Third  Party  Claim”  means  any  claim,  action,  suit,  proceeding,  investigation  or  like  matter  which  is  asserted  or  threatened  by  a
party other than the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns, against any Indemnified Party or to which any Indemnified Party is
subject.

“Third Party Intellectual Property Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(d).

“to the knowledge of the Shareholders” has the meaning set forth in Article III.

    “Total Cash Consideration” means the amount in cash equal to $83,115,551.43, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.03, paid to
the Shareholders pursuant to Section 2.02(a).

“Total Consideration” means the sum of: (a) the Total Cash Consideration; (b) the Total Stock Consideration; (c) the portion of the

Escrowed Consideration payable to the Shareholders; and (d) the portion of the Earnout Payments payable to the Shareholders.

“Total Stock Consideration” means that number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the quotient of $2,509,448.57, divided

by the Parent Stock Per Share Price as of the Closing Date, rounded to the nearest whole share.

“Transaction  Documents”  means  this  Agreement,  the  Escrow  Agreement,  the  Restrictive  Agreements  and  the  other  ancillary

agreements executed in connection with this Agreement or any of the foregoing agreements.

“Transaction Expenses” means the third-party fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a Company Entity in connection with
the  drafting,  negotiation,  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Transaction  Documents  and  the  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated herein and therein (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not to include any fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf
of  the  Buyer  Parties  or  any  of  their  respective  Affiliates)  as  determined  immediately  prior  to  the  Closing,  including  the  one-half  of  the
Escrow Agent’s fees for which the Shareholders are responsible.

“Transfer Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(e).

“Workers’  Compensation  Acts”  means  Applicable  Laws  that  provide  for  awards  to  employees  and  their  dependents  for

employment-related accidents and diseases.

“$” means U.S. dollars.

ARTICLE II.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF STOCK

2.01.    Agreement to Sell and Buy. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Shareholder shall sell,
assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer on the Closing Date, and Buyer shall purchase on the Closing Date, all of such Shareholder’s right, title
and interest in and to all of his, her or its Company Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, against receipt by such Shareholder of the
Total Consideration pursuant to Section 2.02. The sale, assignment, transfer and delivery of the Company Shares includes the transfer of all
present  and  future  political  and  economic  rights  entitlements  relating  thereto,  without  any  limitation  or  exception  whatsoever,  including
accrued earnings, the right to receive dividends (whether or not declared as at the Closing Date, payable or not), shares issued to shareholders
without consideration (acciones liberadas), voluntary or mandatory capital contributions, other distribution rights whatsoever, and subscribed
shares or the preferential right to subscribe additional

    14    

shares.  For  absence  of  doubt,  the  sale,  assignment,  transfer  and  delivery  of  Company  Shares  does  not  include  the  transfer  of  debts  that  a
Shareholder may have with the Company or any Company Entity.

2.02.    Payment of Consideration.

(a)    In consideration of the sale, assignment, transfer and deliverance of each Shareholders’ right, title and interest in and to
all of his, her or its Company Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, Buyer shall pay (or shall procure the payment by Parent on its
behalf) to the Shareholders the Total Consideration as follows:

(i)    Shareholder Consideration. At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver (or shall procure the delivery by Parent on its
behalf)  or  cause  to  be  delivered  to  the  Representative  in  accordance  with  the  wiring  instructions  set  forth  on  Schedule  2.02  for  further
distribution to each Shareholder: (A) cash in an amount equal to the aggregate portion of the Total Cash Consideration set forth next to such
Shareholders’ names on the Consideration Spreadsheet (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 2.03), less such Shareholders’ pro rata
share of the Holdback (if any), less such Shareholders’ pro rata share of the Expense Fund, less the amount owed by each Shareholder under
a Shareholder Loan, if applicable, less such Shareholders’ pro rata share of the Indebtedness to be paid at Closing; (B) the number of shares
of  Parent  Common  Stock  set  forth  next  to  such  Shareholders’  names  on  the  Consideration  Spreadsheet  in  regards  to  each  Parent  Stock
Participating Shareholder’s portion of the Total Stock Consideration; and (C) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock, if any, and cash
with respect to the Escrowed Consideration, which shall be delivered on behalf of such Shareholder to the Escrow Agent in accordance with
Section  2.02(a)(ii).  Upon  delivery  of  such  consideration  to  the  Representative,  the  Buyer  Parties  shall  have  no  further  obligation  to  any
Shareholder with respect to the Total Cash Consideration.

(ii)    Escrowed Consideration. Buyer shall deposit (or shall procure the deposit by Parent) or cause to be deposited
with the Escrow Agent the Escrowed Consideration payable to the Shareholders, including certificates representing a portion of the Escrowed
Consideration payable pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(ii)(B).

Representative cash equal to the Expense Fund for the purposes described in Section 9.02(a).

(iii)    Expense Fund.  Buyer  shall  deliver  (or  shall  procure  the  delivery  by  Parent)  or  cause  to  be  delivered  to  the

2.03.

(iv)    Net Working Capital Adjustment. The Total Cash Consideration paid will be adjusted as set forth in Section

accordance with Section 2.02(c).

(v)    Earnout Payments. The portion of the Earnout Payments, if any, payable to the Shareholders shall be paid in

(b)    Escrowed Consideration. The Escrowed Consideration shall be held by the Escrow Agent for the term provided for in
the  Escrow  Agreement,  released  in  accordance  with  Section  8.03(i)  and  used  solely  to  satisfy  Damages,  if  any,  for  which  the  Buyer
Indemnitees  are  entitled  to  indemnification  pursuant  to  Article  VIII,  including  any  payment  obligations  set  forth  in  Section  2.03  or  as
provided in the Escrow Agreement. The Shareholders’ interest in, and distributions from, the Escrow Account shall be determined and made
pursuant  to,  such  Shareholder’s  applicable  Shareholder  Percentage.  One-half  of  all  Escrow  Agent  fees  and  expenses  will  be  paid  by  the
Buyer Parties and one-half will be paid by the Representative on behalf of the Shareholders in accordance with the Escrow Agreement.

(c)    Earnout Payments.

(i)    EBITDA Earnout Payment. Buyer shall pay (or shall procure the payment by Parent) to the Shareholders as part
of the Total Consideration the amount, if any, equal to the product of (A) 2.0125, multiplied by (B) the amount by which Company EBITDA
for the Earnout Period exceeds $5,000,000 (such payment amount, as limited by the immediately following sentence, the

    15    

“EBITDA Earnout Payment”). The maximum amount to be paid by the Buyer Parties to the Shareholders under the EBITDA Earnout shall
be $10,062,500.

(ii)    Revenue Earnout Payment. Buyer shall pay (or shall procure the payment by Parent) to the Shareholders as part
of the Total Consideration the amount, if any, equal to the product of (A) 0.4313; multiplied by (B) the amount by which the Earnout Period
Revenue exceeds $40,000,000 (such payment amount, as limited by the immediately following sentence, the “Revenue Earnout Payment”).
The maximum amount to be paid by the Buyer Parties to the Shareholders under the Revenue Earnout shall be $4,312,500.

(iii)    Earnout Payment Calculation Procedure. As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days following
the end of the Earnout Period, Parent will prepare and deliver to the Representative a calculation and statement of the Earnout Payments (the
“Earnout Statement”). Parent  will  prepare  the  Earnout  Statement  in  good  faith  and  amounts  included  on  the  Earnout  Statement  shall  be
determined  in  accordance  with  Parent’s  GAAP.  Parent  will  furnish  the  Representative  with  the  Earnout  Statement  and  such  supporting  or
back-up schedules and documentation as may be reasonably necessary to confirm such calculations. The Representative agrees to cooperate
with Parent in the preparation of the Earnout Statement, including providing Parent with supporting or back-up schedules and documentation
reasonably requested by Parent. After delivery of the Earnout Statement, the Representative shall be granted reasonable access by Parent to
the books and records of Parent (including the Company Business Unit) for purposes of verifying the accuracy of the Earnout Statement. The
Representative may submit to Parent, not later than 60 days from the receipt of an Earnout Statement from Parent, a list of any components of
the Earnout Statement with which the Representative disagrees, if any (an “Earnout Dispute Notice”), in which case the disagreement shall
be resolved pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.04. If the Representative does not issue an Earnout Dispute Notice prior to such
date, the Earnout Statement, as supplied to the Representative, shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed to by Representative, and
shall be final and binding on the Shareholders.

(iv)    Earnout Payment Procedure. Within 10 days after final determination of the Earnout Payments and subject to
Section 2.02(c)(vi) below, Buyer shall pay (or shall procure the payment by Parent) to the Representative on behalf of the Shareholders the
Earnout Payments for further distribution by the Representative to the Shareholders in accordance with the Shareholder Percentages. Such
payment shall be in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the wiring instructions provided to the Buyer
Parties by the Representative.

(v)        Company  Business  Unit  Operation.  During  the  Earnout  Period,  the  Buyer  Parties  shall  cause  the  Company
Business Unit to be operated as a separate operating unit from Parent’s other operations, and separate books and records will be kept and
maintained by the Company Business Unit. Parent shall provide, or cause to be provided, adequate funding so that the Company Business
Unit has sufficient working capital in order to conduct its business operations in the ordinary course of business.

(vi)    Earnout Payment Offset. If, at the time the Buyer Parties are required to pay the Earnout Payments, if any, a
Buyer Party has asserted a claim for indemnification pursuant to Article VIII, the Buyer Parties shall be entitled to withhold payment of and
offset (subject to Section 8.03(c)) against payment of the Earnout Payments, the Buyer Parties’ good faith estimate of the aggregate unpaid
amount of such claim, such offset to be applied against the full amount of such Buyer Party’s claim. The right of offset is subject to Section
8.03(c)  and  cumulative  to  any  other  rights  or  remedies  the  Buyer  Parties  may  have.  Once  the  claim  for  indemnification  for  which  the
withheld payment relates has been finally resolved by the parties, Buyer shall promptly pay (or shall procure the payment by Parent) to the
Representative on behalf of the Shareholders any Earnout withheld in excess of such resolved claim plus interest at the rate of 5% per annum
from  the  date  the  Earnout  Payments  were  due  for  further  distribution  by  the  Representative  to  the  Shareholders  in  accordance  with  the
Shareholder  Percentages.  Such  payment  shall  be  in  cash  by  wire  transfer  of  immediately  available  funds  in  accordance  with  the  wiring
instructions provided to the Buyer Parties by the Representative.

Earnout Payments, act in good faith and the spirit of fair dealing.

(vii)    Good Faith and Fair Dealing. Each party hereto agrees that it shall, with respect to all matters related to the

    16    

complete payment of the payment obligations of Buyer contained in this Section 2.02(c) and waives all surety defenses.

(viii)        Guarantee.  Parent  hereby  irrevocably  and  unconditionally  guarantees  to  the  Shareholders  the  timely  and

(ix)    Tax Treatment. The Shareholders and the Buyer Parties shall (and the Buyer Parties shall cause the Company
Entities and their Affiliates to) treat the payment pursuant to this Section 2.02(c), other than the portion of such payments treated as interest
under Section 483 of the Code ((or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law) or Section 1274 of the
Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law), as an adjustment to the Total Consideration for
U.S. federal and, as applicable, state, local, and non-U.S. income Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law as determined
in Buyer’s reasonable discretion in consultation with the Representative.

(x)    Survival. The terms, conditions and provisions of this Section 2.02(c) shall expressly survive the Closing.

(d)    Consideration Spreadsheet. Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and deliver to the Buyer Parties a
spreadsheet (the “Consideration Spreadsheet”), certified by the President of the Company, which shall set forth, as of the Closing Date, the
following: (i) the name of each Shareholder and the number of Company Shares held by each such Shareholder; (ii) the allocation of the
Total  Consideration  among  the  Shareholders,  including  the  detail  of  the  allocations  among  the  components  of  the  Total  Consideration  to
which  such  Shareholder  is  entitled,  as  applicable;  (iii)  each  Shareholder’s  Shareholder  Percentage;  and  (iv)  the  name  of  each  Person  to
receive a payment (including Transaction Expenses, the Escrowed Consideration and the Expense Fund) at the Closing, the amount payable
to  each  such  Person,  and  wire  instructions  for  each  such  Person.  The  parties  agree  that  the  Buyer  Parties  shall  be  entitled  to  rely  on  the
Consideration  Spreadsheet  in  making  payments  under  Article II  and  the  Buyer  Parties  shall  not  be  responsible  for  the  calculations  or  the
determinations regarding such calculations in such Consideration Spreadsheet.

(e)    Withholding. Each Buyer Party shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable to the
Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement any amounts required to be deducted and withheld by it under any provision of Applicable Laws;
provided that prior to any such deduction or withholding, the Buyer Party shall give any such Shareholder notice of its intention to deduct or
withhold and provide reasonable cooperation to such Shareholder in minimizing or eliminating such deduction or withholding. If any Buyer
Party so withholds amounts, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Shareholder from
whom such deduction or withholding and payment to a Tax Authority was made.

2.03.    Working Capital Determination.

(a)    Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and deliver to the Buyer Parties (i) an estimated consolidated
balance sheet of the Company Entities as of the close of business on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date, together with supporting
or  back-up  schedules  and  documentation  reasonably  requested  by  Parent  (the  “Estimated  Closing  Date  Balance  Sheet”)  and  (ii)  a
calculation and statement of its estimated Net Working Capital as of the close of business on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date
calculated from the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet (the “Estimated Statement”). The Company shall prepare the Estimated Closing
Date Balance Sheet and Estimated Statement in good faith and all assets, liabilities and other amounts included on the Estimated Closing
Date Balance Sheet and Estimated Statement shall be determined in accordance with Parent’s GAAP subject to Parent’s good faith review
and reasonable satisfaction. If the Net Working Capital set forth on the Estimated Statement (the “Estimated Net Working Capital”) is less
than the Net Working Capital Threshold Amount, then the Total Cash Consideration will be reduced by the amount of such deficiency. If the
Estimated Net Working Capital is more than the Net Working Capital Threshold Amount, then the Total Cash Consideration will be increased
by the amount of such excess, provided that such excess amount (the “Holdback Amount”) shall be held back by the Buyer Parties until
such time as the Net Working Capital is finally determined based upon the Closing Date Statement or pursuant to the procedures set forth in
Section 2.04 below. Any adjustment pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall adjust the

    17    

consideration  received  by  each  Shareholder  pro  rata  by  its  respective  Shareholder  Percentage  multiplied  by  the  total  adjustment  amount,
subject to Section 2.03(c).

(b)    As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 180 days following the Closing Date, Parent will prepare and deliver
to the Representative a calculation and statement of the Net Working Capital as of the close of business on the day immediately prior to the
Closing Date (the “Closing  Date  Statement”). Parent  will  prepare  the  Closing  Date  Statement  in  good  faith  and  all  assets,  liabilities  and
other amounts included on the Closing Date Statement shall be determined in accordance with Parent’s GAAP. To the extent the Closing Date
Statement varies from the Estimated Statement, Parent will furnish the Representative with the Closing Date Statement such supporting or
back-up  schedules  and  documentation  as  may  be  reasonably  necessary  to  confirm  such  variances.  The  Representative  agrees  to  cooperate
with  Parent  in  the  preparation  of  the  Closing  Date  Statement,  including  providing  Parent  with  supporting  or  back-up  schedules  and
documentation reasonably requested by Parent. After delivery of the Closing Date Statement, the Representative shall be granted reasonable
access  by  the  Buyer  Parties  to  the  books  and  records  of  the  Buyer  Parties  for  purposes  of  verifying  the  accuracy  of  the  calculation  and
statement of Net Working Capital in the Closing Date Statement. The Representative may submit to Parent, not later than 45 days from the
receipt of the Closing Date Statement from Parent, a list of any components of the Closing Date Statement with which the Representative
disagrees, if any (a “Closing Date Dispute Notice”), in which case the disagreement shall be resolved pursuant to the procedures set forth in
Section 2.04. If the Representative does not issue a Closing Date Dispute Notice on or prior to such date, the Closing Date Statement, as
supplied to the Representative, shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed to by, and shall be final and binding on, the parties to this
Agreement.

(c)    If the Net Working Capital, as finally determined based upon the Closing Date Statement or pursuant to the procedures
set forth in Section 2.04, as applicable, is less than the Estimated Net Working Capital, then the amount of such deficiency shall be released
promptly from the Holdback Amount, if any, and paid to Buyer (or if it shall direct, to Parent). If the amount of such deficiency owed to
Buyer is less than the Holdback Amount, the remaining balance of the Holdback Amount shall be distributed to the Representative promptly
after the final determination of the Net Working Capital on behalf of the Shareholders for further distribution by the Representative to the
Shareholders in accordance with the Shareholder Percentages. Any such payment to the Representative on behalf of the Shareholders shall be
in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with wire transfer instructions provided to the Buyer Parties by the
Representative. In the event that the Holdback Amount, if any, is insufficient to satisfy the amount of such deficiency, the Representative on
behalf of the Shareholders shall within five Business Days tender to Buyer (or if it shall direct, to Parent), in cash, an amount equal to the
amount not satisfied by the Holdback Amount or the Buyer Parties may elect, in their sole discretion, to claim any remaining deficiency as
Damages  pursuant  to  Article  VIII.  The  Representative  covenants  and  agrees  to  jointly  instruct  the  Escrow  Agent  in  writing  as  soon  as
reasonably practicable after the final determination of the Net Working Capital to make any disbursement required by this Section 2.03.

(d)    If the Net Working Capital, as finally determined based upon the Closing Date Statement or pursuant to the procedures
set forth in Section 2.04, as applicable, is greater than the Estimated Net Working Capital, then Buyer shall (or shall procure that Parent shall)
pay the Holdback Amount, if any, to the Representative on behalf of the Shareholders for further distribution by the Representative to the
Shareholders  in  accordance  with  the  Shareholder  Percentages.  Further,  the  Total  Cash  Consideration  will  be  increased  by  an  amount
calculated as follows: (i) if there is a Holdback Amount, an amount equal to (A) the Net Working Capital less (B) the Net Working Capital
Threshold Amount less (C) the Holdback Amount; and (ii) if there is no Holdback Amount, an amount equal to (A) the Net Working Capital
less (B) the Estimated Net Working Capital. Buyer shall (or shall procure that Parent shall) promptly pay such amount to the Representative
on  behalf  of  the  Shareholders  for  further  distribution  by  the  Representative  to  the  Shareholders  in  accordance  with  the  Shareholder
Percentages.  Such  payment  shall  be  made  promptly  after  the  final  determination  of  the  Net  Working  Capital  in  cash  by  wire  transfer  of
immediately available funds in accordance with wire transfer instructions provided to the Buyer Parties by the Representative.

release of, the Holdback Amount, a Buyer Party has asserted a

(e)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03 to the contrary, if, at the time Buyer is required to release, or procure the

    18    

claim for indemnification pursuant to Article VIII which exceeds the Escrowed Consideration not subject to claims at such time, Buyer shall
be entitled to (or procure that Parent shall be entitled to) withhold payment of and offset against payment of the Holdback Amount (subject to
Section 8.03(c)), the Buyer Parties’ good faith estimate of the aggregate unpaid amount of such claim, such offset to be applied against the
full amount of such Buyer Party’s claim. The right of offset is subject to Section 8.03(c) and cumulative to any other rights or remedies the
Buyer Parties may have. Once the claim for indemnification for which the withheld payment relates has been resolved by the parties, Buyer
shall  promptly  pay  (or  procure  that  Parent  shall  promptly  pay)  to  the  Representative  on  behalf  of  the  Shareholders  any  portion  of  the
Holdback Amount withheld in excess of such resolved claim plus interest at the rate of 5% per annum from the date the Holdback Amount
was due for further distribution by the Representative to the Shareholders in accordance with the Shareholder Percentages. Such payment
shall be in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the wiring instructions provided to the Buyer Parties by
the Representative.

2.04.    Dispute Resolution. In the event a Closing Date Dispute Notice or an Earnout Dispute Notice, as the case may be, is timely
delivered to Parent by the Representative, Parent and the Representative shall negotiate thereafter for a period of up to 30 days in good faith
to resolve any items of dispute. If, at the end of such period, Parent and the Representative do not resolve such items of dispute, Parent and
the Representative shall promptly, but in any event, within ten days retain Ernst & Young LLP or, to the extent Ernst & Young LLP does not
accept such designation, a reputable financial expert firm (the “Expert Accountant”). The Expert Accountant will act as an expert and not as
an  arbitrator.  The  Expert  Accountant  shall  have  access  to  all  documents,  records  and  work  papers  reasonably  necessary  to  perform  its
function. The determination by the Expert Accountant applying the procedures described herein shall be final, binding, and conclusive on the
parties  hereto,  absent  fraud  or  manifest  error  and  judgment  may  be  entered  thereon  in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction.  Parent  and  the
Representative shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cause the Expert Accountant to make its determination within 30 days of its
engagement,  and  the  Buyer  Parties,  the  Company,  the  Representative,  the  Shareholders  and  their  respective  employees  or  agents  will
cooperate with the Expert Accountant during its engagement. Parent and Representative shall instruct the Expert Accountant to consider only
those items and amounts in the Closing Statement that are set forth in the Closing Date Dispute Notice or the Earnout Dispute Notice, as the
case  may  be,  which  Parent  and  Representative  are  unable  to  resolve.  Parent  and  Representative  shall  each  submit  a  binder  to  the  Expert
Accountant and the other party promptly (and in any event within 30 days after the Expert Accountant’s engagement), which binder shall
contain such party’s computation of the disputed items (calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles) and information, arguments
and  support  for  such  party’s  position.  The  Expert  Accountant  shall  review  such  binders  and  base  its  determination  solely  on  them  in
accordance  with  Parent’s  GAAP  and  in  accordance  with  the  definition  of  applicable  components  and  methodologies  of  the  Net  Working
Capital or Earnout Payments set forth herein, as the case may be. In resolving any disputed item, the Expert Accountant may not assign a
value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either party or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by
either party. All communications between a party and the Expert Accountant shall be in writing and shall be transmitted to the other party at
the same time they are transmitted to the Expert Accountant and neither Parent nor Representative shall have ex parte communications with
the Expert Accountant. The fees, costs and expenses of the Expert Accountant shall be shared by Parent and the Representative as follows: of
the  aggregate  amount  in  dispute,  if  the  Expert  Accountant  adopts  Parent’s  position  absolutely,  the  Representative  on  behalf  of  the
Shareholders shall pay all such fees, costs and expenses, and if the Expert Accountant adopts the Representative’s position absolutely, then
the Buyer Parties shall pay all such fees, costs and expenses. If the Expert Accountant adopts a compromise between the two positions, then
the Buyer Parties, on the one hand, and the Representative, on the other hand and on behalf of the Shareholders, shall share the fees, costs
and  expenses  in  inverse  proportion  to  the  relative  success  of  each  party,  with  the  more  successful  party  bearing  a  proportionately  smaller
share of the fees, costs and expenses. In addition, if the Expert Accountant adopts one of the party’s position absolutely, the other party shall
pay all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred by the prevailing party related to or arising
from  the  resolution  of  the  Closing  Date  Dispute  Notice  or  the  Earnout  Dispute  Notice,  as  applicable.  If  the  Expert  Accountant  adopts  a
compromise between the two parties’ positions, then each party shall be responsible for its own costs and expenses related to or arising from
the resolution of the Closing Date Dispute Notice or the Earnout Dispute Notice, as applicable.

    19    

2.05.    The Closing.

(a)    Time and Location. Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, the closing of the Acquisition (the “Closing”)
shall take place at the offices of Guyer & Regules at Plaza Independencia 811, Montevideo, Uruguay, at 9:30 am Uruguay time and remotely
via the exchange of documents and signatures and the electronic transfer of funds on the date hereof, as applicable (the “Closing Date”). For
purposes of this Agreement, the Closing shall be deemed to occur at 12:01 a.m. U.S. Central Time on the Closing Date, such that Buyer owns
the Company Shares for the full Business Day of the Closing Date.

(b)        Closing  Deliveries  of  the  Buyer  Parties.  At  the  Closing,  the  relevant  Buyer  Party  shall  deliver  the  Escrowed

Consideration to the Escrow Agent and shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable Shareholder all of the following:

the Expense Fund, the Indebtedness and the Shareholders’ Loan as detailed in the funds flow memorandum;

(i)    the payment of the Total Consideration to be paid at Closing as provided in Section 2.02(a) and the payment of

(ii)    the Escrow Agreement, executed by Parent and the Escrow Agent;

(iii)    the funds flow memorandum, executed by Parent;

(iv)    each Restrictive Agreement, executed by Parent; and

certificates, or other items reasonably required to be delivered by a Buyer Party under this Agreement.

(v)        without  limitation  by  specific  enumeration  of  the  foregoing,  all  other  agreements,  documents,  instruments,

Buyer Parties all of the following:

(c)    Closing Deliveries of the Shareholders. At the Closing, the Shareholders shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the

(i)    stock certificates evidencing the Company Shares, duly endorsed by each Shareholder;

(ii)    the Escrow Agreement, executed by the Representative;

(iii)    the funds flow memorandum, executed by the Representative;

(iv)    the certified Consideration Spreadsheet contemplated by Section 2.02(d);

(v)    each Restrictive Agreement, executed by the parties thereto (other than Parent);

liability) for a term of no less than two years, in form and amounts reasonably agreed to by the Buyer Parties and the Representative;

(vi)        a  tail  insurance  policy  under  the  Company’s  errors  and  omissions  policy  (including  directors  and  officers

(vii)        resignations  of  each  officer,  director  and,  to  the  extent  applicable,  fiscal  auditor  of  the  Company  Entities,
evidence of acceptance by appropriate general meetings and appointments of directors and officers chosen by the Buyer Parties as disclosed
in Schedule 2.05(c)(vii);

(viii)    reserved;

(ix)        transfer  of  ownership  over  trademarks  disclosed  and  in  benefit  of  the  Company  Entities  as  disclosed  in

Schedule 2.05(c)(ix);

    20    

domestic partner of a Shareholder, consenting to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in accordance with Exhibit 2.05(c)(x);

(x)    a consent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer Parties, duly executed by each spouse or

the minutes of board of directors’ and partners’ resolutions of SOFT OA S.R.L.;

(xi)    a certificate of an authorized officer of the Company certifying each Company Entity’s Charter Documents and

(xii)    a certificate of good standing or similar certificate to the extent the good standing concept is not recognized in
such jurisdiction (i.e. certificate of existence and legal representation) for each Company Entity from the applicable Governmental Entity or
by a notary public, dated no more than ten days prior to the Closing Date;

(xiii)    evidence of the payment of all Indebtedness as of the Closing Date and, to the extent applicable, lien releases,
payoff letters and lien termination statements as may be necessary to pay all Indebtedness and evidence the release and termination of all
Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) on any of the properties or assets of any Company Entity;

(xiv)    an IRS Form W-8 duly executed by each Shareholder;

(xv)    reserved;

before the Registry of Commerce;

(xvi)    affidavit acknowledging the termination of the Shareholders’ Agreement for purposes of submitting the same

(xvii)    evidence of the execution of the quota assignment deed of 100% of Martin Troisi’s interest in SOFT OA
SRL,  a  Company  Entity,  by  Martín  Troisi  Ferrán,  to  Overactive  SPA,  a  Company  Entity  and  amendment  of  the  former’s  articles  of
association allowing for the board of directors to be appointed by resolution of a partners’ meeting;

Company; and

(xviii)    the minute books of the Company and the stock ledger (Libro de Registro de Títulos Nominativos) of the

certificates, or other items reasonably required to be delivered by any Shareholder under this Agreement.

(xix)    without limitation by specific enumeration of the foregoing, all other agreements, documents, instruments,

(d)    Further Acts Performed at Closing.

(i)    The Company shall be notified by the Shareholders and the Buyer of the transfer of the Company Shares and
the transfer of the Company Shares is registered in the stock ledger (Libro de Registro de Acciones Nominativas) of the Company and such
registry  shall  be  signed  by  an  authorized  attorney-in-fact  of  the  Shareholders,  an  authorized  attorney-in-fact  of  the  Buyer  and  statutory
representatives of the Company, in accordance with section 333 of law 16,060.

(ii)    Two shareholders meetings of the Company shall take place on the Closing Date, as follows: (A) the first one,
prior  to  the  transfer  of  the  Company  Shares,  whereby  the  Shareholders  as  shareholders  of  the  Company,  approve  the  performance  of  the
outgoing directors of the Company; and (B) the second one, which occurs after the transfer of the Shares, whereby the Buyer modifies the
composition of the board of directors of the Company, designating Paul E. Martin, Cameron Walbert and Nicolás Chiappara Algorta as board
members  of  the  Company.  The  outgoing  board  members  of  the  Company  shall  gather  the  acceptance  of  the  new  board  members  of  the
Company in accordance with Section 380 of law 16,060, through a board meeting minute executed by both the outgoing and the new board
members.

the new composition of the board of directors of the Company.

(iii)    The execution of an affidavit (Declaratoria) by the Company pursuant to Uruguayan Law 17,904 identifying

    21    

ARTICLE III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE COMPANY

The  Principal  Shareholders  jointly  and  severally  (with  respect  to  themselves  and  with  respect  to  all  Shareholders)  represent  and
warrant  to  the  Buyer  Parties,  and  each  Shareholder  (other  than  the  Principal  Shareholders)  severally  but  not  jointly  (pro  rata  to  their
respective Shareholder Percentage) represent and warrant to the Buyer Parties, that the statements contained below are true and correct as of
the date hereof, except as set forth in the disclosure schedule (the “Disclosure Schedule”) delivered to the Buyer Parties, on the date hereof.
The disclosures in any section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedule shall qualify other sections and subsections in this Article III where it
should  be  reasonably  apparent  that  such  disclosure  relates  to  other  such  sections  and  subsections.  When  used  herein,  the  term  “to  the
knowledge  of  the  Shareholders”  or  words  of  comparable  import,  means  facts  or  circumstances  (a)  within  the  actual  knowledge  of  the
Knowledge Persons after having conducted a commercially reasonable inquiry, or (b) which should reasonably be expected to be known or
otherwise discovered by such individuals during the performance of their ordinary duties.

3.01.    Organization; Qualification. Each Company Entity is duly incorporated or organized, as applicable, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, which jurisdictions are listed on Schedule 3.01, and has
the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.
Each Company Entity is duly qualified and in good standing (with respect to any jurisdiction which recognizes such concept) to do business
in each jurisdiction in which the nature of such Company Entity’s business and operations or the character or location of the properties and
assets owned by it and used in such Company Entity’s business and operations makes such qualification necessary, which jurisdictions are
listed on Schedule 3.01 and such jurisdictions are the only jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or operations or the ownership or
leasing of its properties and assets makes qualification necessary, except where failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to
have  a  Company  Material  Adverse  Effect.  The  Company  has  delivered  to  the  Buyer  Parties  true  and  complete  copies  of  each  Company
Entity’s Charter Documents. No Company Entity is in violation of any of the provisions of its Charter Documents. Each Company Entity is
solvent and able to pay its debts when they become due to be paid. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01, no Company Entity holds or has, or
has ever owned, held or had, directly or indirectly, any interest in any capital stock or other equity interests, or rights or obligation to acquire
capital stock or other equity interests of any other Person. No Company Entity is, or has agreed to become, a member of any partnership
(incorporated or unincorporated) or any unincorporated association, joint venture or consortium. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01, there
are no outstanding powers of attorney executed by or on behalf of a Company Entity.

3.02.    Capital Structure.

(a)    Equity Interests. As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 16,481,119.79 Company
Shares. At the date hereof, there are 16,481,119.79 Company Shares, all of which are owned by the Shareholders and in the amounts as set
forth on Schedule 3.02(a), and there are no other issued or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company. All of the Company Shares
are held beneficially and of record by the Shareholders set forth on Schedule 3.02(a) free and clear of all Encumbrances. All of the Company
Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and not subject to any preemptive rights. All of the
Company Shares have been issued in compliance with all Applicable Laws. With respect to each Company Entity other than the Company:
(i)  the  authorized  equity  interests  of  such  Company  Entity  are  set  forth  on  Schedule 3.02(a);  (ii)  there  are  no  other  issued  or  outstanding
shares  of  capital  stock  of  such  Company  Entity;  (iii)  all  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  equity  interest  of  such  Company  Entity  are  held
beneficially and of record by the Company, free and clear of all Encumbrances; (iv) all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of such
Company Entity have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and not subject to any preemptive rights;
and (v) all of such equity interests have been issued in compliance with all Applicable Laws.

(b)        Agreements.  Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  3.02(a)  or  Schedule  3.02(b),  there  are  no  outstanding  securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Company Shares or other equity interests or ownership interest of any Company Entity, or
options, warrants or other rights to

    22    

acquire capital stock or other equity interest or ownership interests in Company Entity. Neither the Company  Shares  nor  any  other  equity
interests  or  ownership  interest  of  any  Company  Entity  is  subject  to  any  voting  trust  agreement  or  any  other  Contract  relating  to  the
acquisition  (including  rights  of  first  refusal  or  preemptive  rights),  registration  under  any  Applicable  Laws,  voting,  dividend  rights  or
disposition. Other than the Shareholders, no other Person shall have any claim to or interest in any of the Total Consideration paid by the
Buyer Parties hereunder.

3.03.    Authority and Due Execution.

(a)        Authority.  The  Company  has  all  requisite  power  and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and  the  other
Transaction  Documents  to  which  the  Company  is  a  party,  to  perform  its  obligations  hereunder  and  thereunder  and  to  consummate  the
transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party. The execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party, and the consummation by the
Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company
and no other proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
and the other Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(b)    Due Execution. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Company is a party have been duly
and  validly  executed  and  delivered  by  the  Company  and,  assuming  due  execution  and  delivery  by  the  Buyer  Parties  and  any  other  party
hereto  and  thereto  (other  than  the  Company),  this  Agreement  and  each  other  Transaction  Document  to  which  the  Company  is  a  party,
constitutes the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms,
subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency (including without limitation all Applicable Laws relating to
fraudulent transfers), moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and subject, as to enforceability, to the
effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

3.04.    Non-Contravention; Consents.

(a)    Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the
Company is a party do not, and the performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by the Company will not (i) conflict
with or violate the Charter Documents of any Company Entity, (ii) conflict with or violate any Applicable Laws, or (iii) result in any breach
or violation of or constitute a default (or any event, which, with notice or lapse of time, or both would constitute a default) under, alter the
rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result
in the creation of an Encumbrance on any asset of a Company Entity pursuant to any Material Contract to which a Company Entity is a party
or otherwise subject, except as set forth in Schedule 3.04(b).

(b)    Consents. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.04(b), no Consent is required to be obtained under any Material Contract in
connection  with  the  execution,  delivery  or  performance  by  the  Company  of  this  Agreement  or  any  other  Transaction  Document  by  the
Company or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

3.05.    Material Contracts.

(a)        Schedule 3.05(a)  sets  forth  a  list  of  all  Material  Contracts,  including  the  name  of  the  parties  thereto  (including  the
applicable Company Entity), the date of each such Material Contract and each amendment thereto. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.05(a),
(i) each Material Contract is legal, valid and binding upon the applicable Company Entity and, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, on the
other  parties  thereto  and  in  full  force  and  effect,  (ii)  the  applicable  Company  Entity  has  performed  all  material  obligations  required  to  be
performed by it to date (or to the extent of any breach, the same has been remedied) and is entitled to all material benefits under each such
Material Contract, (iii) the applicable Company Entity is not, and to the knowledge of the Shareholders, no other party is in breach or

    23    

default in any material respect under any Material Contract, (iv) no event or condition exists which constitutes or, after notice or lapse of time
or  both,  would  constitute,  a  material  breach  or  default  of  the  applicable  Company  Entity  under  any  Material  Contract,  (v)  the  applicable
Company Entity has not received written notice within the past 12 months that any party to a Material Contract intends to terminate such
Material Contract, and (vi) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to
which  the  Company  is  a  party  will  not  give  any  Person  the  right  to  declare  a  default  or  exercise  any  remedy  under,  or  to  accelerate  the
maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify any Material Contract. The Company has provided to the Buyer Parties true
and complete copies of all Material Contracts including all amendments, terminations and modifications thereof.

(b)    No Material Contract: (i) was entered into on the basis that the applicable Company Entity constituted, or asserted that
it is, was or will be, a minority business, a disadvantaged business enterprise, or a woman-owned business enterprise or was entitled to any
preferential  or  set  aside  status  afforded  by  Applicable  Law;  (ii)  entitles  the  applicable  Company  Entity  to  any  benefit  as  a  result  of  the
applicable Company Entity’s actual or asserted status as a minority business, a woman-owned business enterprise, a disadvantaged business
enterprise, or other preferential status afforded by Applicable Law; or (iii) contains a representation, warranty, covenant or requirement that
the  applicable  Company  Entity  is,  was  or  will  be  a  minority  business,  a  woman-owned  business  enterprise,  or  a  disadvantaged  business
enterprise, or entitled to other preferential status afforded by Applicable Law.

3.06.    Title to Assets; Sufficiency.

(a)    Each Company Entity has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of the assets owned, held or
used by such Company Entity (other than any licensed or leased assets, as to which such Company Entity has valid licenses or leasehold
interests)  and  owns  all  of  such  assets  (including  such  licenses  or  leasehold  interests)  free  and  clear  of  any  Encumbrances,  other  than
Permitted Encumbrances. Such assets constitute all of the assets necessary or used to conduct the business of such Company Entity as it is
presently conducted. No such asset is owned by any other Person without a valid and enforceable right of such Company Entity to use and
possess such assets.

(b)        Schedule  3.06  lists  all  material  items  of  Personal  Property  owned  or  leased  by  a  Company  Entity.  Such  Personal
Property  is  adequate  for  the  conduct  of  the  business  of  such  Company  Entity  as  currently  conducted  and  in  good  operating  condition,
regularly and properly maintained, subject to normal wear and tear. Each Company Entity has sole and exclusive ownership of, free and clear
of  any  Encumbrances  other  than  Permitted  Encumbrances,  and  the  valid  right  to  use,  unrestricted  by  contract,  all  of  its  customer  lists,
customer  contact  information,  customer  correspondence  and  customer  licensing  and  purchasing  histories  relating  to  current  and  former
customers of such Company Entity and their transaction of business with such Company Entity, in each case except as prohibited or restricted
by  Applicable  Law.  No  Person  other  than  a  Company  Entity  possesses  any  licenses,  claims  or  rights  with  respect  to  the  use  of  any  such
customer information owned by a Company Entity.

(c)    The computer software, hardware, systems, databases and information technology services used in the operation of the
Company  Entities’  business  (the  “Computer  System”)  are  sufficient,  in  all  material  respects,  for  the  immediate  needs  of  such  business,
including any remote work arrangements implemented in response to or as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and restrictions imposed or
recommended  by  any  applicable  Governmental  Entity  in  response  to  such  pandemic.  The  Company  Entities  have  arranged  for  disaster
recovery or back-up data processing services reasonable to meet the Company Entities’ data processing needs in all material respects in the
event the Computer System or any of its material components is rendered temporarily or permanently inoperative as a result of a natural or
other  disaster,  and  is  tested  at  least  on  an  annual  basis.  The  Computer  System  has  not  suffered  any  failures,  errors  or  breakdowns  in  the
Computer System within the past 12 months that have caused any substantial disruption or material interruption in the Company Entities’
business. Each Company Entity has taken Commercially Reasonable Efforts to protect and maintain the security, operation and integrity of
the  material  Computer  Systems,  and  all  information  stored  or  contained  therein  or  transmitted  thereby.  Each  Company  Entity  has  taken
Commercially  Reasonable  Efforts  to  ensure  that  all  such  Computer  Systems  (i)  are  free  from  any  bug,  virus  or  programming,  design  or
documentation error or corruption or material defect that could reasonably be expected to result in a substantial

    24    

disruption or interruption in such Company Entity’s business, and (ii) are fully functional and operate and run in a reasonable and efficient
business manner. Such Computer Systems are sufficient for the conduct of the Company Entities’ business as currently conducted.

3.07.    Financial Statements; Indebtedness.

(a)    Attached as Schedule 3.07(a) are true and complete copies of the (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the
Company  Entities  (consisting  of  the  statement  of  financial  position,  statement  of  profit  and  loss,  statement  of  comprehensive  income,
statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and (ii) the unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  Entities  (consisting  of  the  statement  of  financial  position,  statement  of  profit  and  loss,
statement  of  changes  in  equity  and  statement  of  cash  flows)  as  of  and  the  eight-month  period  ended  August  31,  2021  (collectively,  the
“Financial  Statements”).  The  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  Accounting  Principles  (except  that  the
interim Financial Statements do not contain all notes required by the Accounting Principles and the interim Financial Statements are subject
to normal year-end adjustments which will not be material in amount in the aggregate) consistently applied and in accordance with historic
past practices throughout the periods involved and fairly present in all material respects the financial position and results of operations of the
Company Entities as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein.

(b)    Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, no Company Entity has any material liabilities, contingent or otherwise,
other  than  (i)  liabilities  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  subsequent  to  the  date  of  the  most  recent  Financial  Statements,
(ii)  liabilities  under  Contracts  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  which  are  not  required  under  the  Accounting  Principles  to  be
reflected  in  the  Financial  Statements  and  (iii)  any  debts,  liabilities  or  obligations  arising  out  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party. For all periods covered by the Financial Statements, the
Company  Entities  have  maintained  a  standard  system  of  accounting  established  and  administered  in  accordance  with  the  Accounting
Principles. No Company Entity has any Personal Property, assets, accounts or monies owed subject to the unclaimed property laws of any
state or other jurisdiction.

(c)        No  Company  Entity  has,  or  is  otherwise  subject  to,  any  Indebtedness  of  any  type  (whether  accrued,  absolute,
contingent, matured, unmatured or other and whether or not required to be reflected in the Financial Statements) that is not fully reflected on
Schedule 3.07(c). Schedule 3.07(c) lists each item of Indebtedness identifying the applicable Company Entity, creditor including name and
address,  the  type  of  instrument  under  which  the  Indebtedness  is  owed  and  the  amount  of  the  Indebtedness  as  of  the  Business  Day
immediately prior to the date hereof. With respect to each item of Indebtedness, the applicable Company Entity is not in default, no payments
are past due, and to the knowledge of the Shareholders, no circumstance exists that, with notice, the passage of time or both, could constitute
a default by such Company Entity under any item of Indebtedness. No Company Entity has received any notice of a default, alleged failure to
perform or any offset or counterclaim with respect to any item of Indebtedness that has not been fully remedied and withdrawn. Except as
provided on Schedule 3.07(c), the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to
which the Company is a party will not cause a default, breach or an acceleration, automatic or otherwise, of any conditions, covenants or any
other  terms  of  any  item  of  Indebtedness.  No  Company  Entity  is  a  guarantor  or  otherwise  liable  for  any  liability  or  obligation  (including
indebtedness) of any other Person including any other Company Entity. As of the Closing Date, the Company Entities will have repaid all
Indebtedness.  All  amounts  payable  under  the  PPP  Loan  Note  have  been  forgiven  in  accordance  with  the  terms  thereof,  and  no  Company
Entity has any further Liability thereunder.

3.08.    Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.08,  since  December  31,  2020,  each  Company
Entity has conducted its business in the ordinary course of business and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there has not been
any  Company  Material  Adverse  Effect  since  such  date,  and,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Shareholders,  no  fact  or  condition  specific  to  the
Company Entities exists since such date which would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

    25    

3.09.    Accounts Receivable. Schedule 3.09 sets forth all outstanding Accounts Receivable as of the date of this Agreement, with a
range  of  days  elapsed  since  the  invoice  date  for  each  such  Account  Receivable,  and  the  aggregate  amount  of  reserves  or  allowances  for
doubtful accounts in the aggregate. All such Accounts Receivable are bona fide, arose in the ordinary course of business and are collectible in
the book amounts thereof, less the allowance for doubtful accounts and returns which are adequate. All such Accounts Receivable have been
recorded in accordance with the Accounting Principles as reflected in the Financial Statements. None of such Accounts Receivable is subject
to any factoring, purchase or other similar arrangement. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, none of such Accounts Receivable is subject to
any  material  claim  of  offset  or  recoupment  or  counterclaim,  subject  to  allowances  and  accruals  for  bad  debt  as  reflected  in  the  Financial
Statements,  and  the  Company  has  no  knowledge  of  any  specific  facts  that  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  give  rise  to  any  such  claim.
Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, no material amount of such Accounts Receivable is contingent upon the performance by the applicable
Company Entity of any obligation which will not have been performed in a satisfactory manner by such Company Entity prior to the Closing
Date. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, no request or agreement for deduction, discount or delayed or deferred payment terms has been
made with respect to any of such Accounts Receivable. No Company Entity has any fixed fee project with a customer that is expected to
result  in  a  net  loss  to  such  Company  Entity  which  would  require  such  Company  Entity  to  treat  the  underlying  arrangement  as  a  “loss
contract” under the Accounting Principles, except as set forth on Schedule 3.09 and to the extent the estimated loss from such arrangement is
reflected in the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet.

3.10.        Business;  Restrictions  on  Business  Activities. Each Company Entity is and has always been engaged in the business of
software  strategy,  design,  architecture,  engineering  and  development  services,  software  migration  services,  mobility  services,  application
enhancement  services,  application  assessment  services,  user  experience  design  services,  visual  design  services,  service  design  services,
application  management  services,  cloud  services,  DevOps  services,  infrastructure  services,  quality  engineering  services,  quality  assurance
services,  testing  automation  services,  robotic  process  automation  services,  enterprise  evolution  services,  process  assessment  services,  tech
assessment services, agile methodology services, business analysis & security services, innovation and trends services, artificial intelligence
services, data science services, data manipulation services, data engineering services, data visualization services, data prediction services and
technology staffing augmentation services. No Company Entity has engaged in any other business. No Company Entity has entered into any
agreement and is not otherwise subject to any judgment, injunction, order or decree, under which such Company Entity is, or any Buyer Party
or  any  of  their  respective  Affiliates  after  the  Closing  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  be,  restricted  from  selling,  licensing  or  otherwise
distributing any of its technology or products or from providing services to customers or potential customers or any class of customers, in any
geographic area, during any period of time or in any segment of any market or otherwise having the effect of prohibiting or impairing any
business practice of such Company Entity, any Buyer Party or any of their respective Affiliates, any acquisition or sale of property by such
Person or the conduct of such Person’s business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted, whether before or after the Closing.

3.11.    Legal Proceedings. There is no claim, action, suit or proceeding, or governmental inquiry or investigation, pending, or to the
knowledge  of  the  Shareholders,  threatened,  against  any  Company  Entity,  its  assets,  a  Shareholder,  in  his  capacity  as  such,  or  any  officer,
director, manager or employee of a Company Entity in his or her capacity as such, nor to the knowledge of the Shareholders is there any basis
for  any  such  claim,  action,  suit,  proceeding,  inquiry  or  investigation  (except  for  any  immaterial  claim  or  complaint  by  a  customer  in  the
ordinary course of business). There is no judgment, decree or order against a Company Entity or adversely affecting a Company Entity which
restricts  such  Person’s  ability  to  conduct  its  business  in  any  area  where  it  is  currently  conducting  such  business.  Schedule  3.11  lists  all
litigation that a Company Entity has pending or threatened against any other Person.

3.12.    Taxes.

(a)    (i) All Tax Returns which were required to be filed by a Company Entity have been duly and timely filed (taking into
account any applicable extensions), (ii) all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit or other items required to be included in each
such Tax Return have been so included and all such Tax Items and any other provision in each such Tax Return is true, correct and

    26    

complete in all material respects, (iii) all Taxes owed by a Company Entity which have become due have been timely paid in full, (iv) no
penalty, interest or other charge is or will become due with respect to the late filing of any such Tax Return which should have been filed
before the Closing Date or late payment of any such Tax, and (v) all Tax withholding and deposit requirements imposed on or with respect to
a Company Entity have been satisfied in full in all respects. Each Company Entity has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been
withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder, or other third party, and
all Forms W-2 and 1099 (or any similar form or return or the equivalent thereof in any other relevant jurisdiction or under any relevant non-
U.S.  law  or  regulation,  including  any  form  required  by  DGI  Resolutions  662/007  and  501/011)  required  with  respect  thereto  have  been
properly completed and timely filed.

(b)    There are no Encumbrances on a Company Entity, its business or assets with respect to any Taxes (other than Permitted
Encumbrances). There are no ongoing, pending or to the knowledge of the Shareholders, threatened audits, investigations, claims, proposals
or assessments for or relating to any Taxes or Tax Returns of a Company Entity relating to its business or assets. There are no matters under
discussion with any Tax Authority with respect to Taxes or Tax Returns of a Company Entity that could result in any additional amount of
Taxes with respect to its business or assets.

(c)    Schedule 3.12(c): (i) lists all U.S. federal, national, state, district, municipal, local and non-U.S. Tax Returns filed with
respect to the Company Entities for annual taxable periods ended on or after December 31, 2015 and the monthly tax returns for VAT for the
past  12  months;  (ii)  indicates  those  Tax  Returns  that  have  been  audited;  (iii)  indicates  those  Tax  Returns  that  are  currently  the  subject  of
audit;  (iv)  indicates  those  Tax  Returns  whose  audits  have  been  closed;  and  (v)  indicates  those  for  which  amendments  were  filed.  The
Company  Entity  has  delivered  to  Parent  true,  correct  and  complete  copies  of  all  Tax  Returns,  examination  reports,  and  statements  of
deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by a Company Entity since December 31, 2015.

(d)        There  is  no  claim  against  a  Company  Entity  for  any  Taxes  that  remains  unpaid,  and  no  assessment,  deficiency  or
adjustment  has  been  asserted,  proposed,  or  threatened  in  writing  with  respect  to  any  Tax  Return  of  or  with  respect  to  a  Company  Entity.
There are no requests for rulings or determinations, or applications requesting permission for a change in accounting practices, in respect of
Taxes of a Company Entity, pending with any Governmental Entity.

(e)    Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12(e), there is not in force any extension of time with respect to the due date for the
filing of any Tax Return of or with respect to a Company Entity or any waiver of any statute of limitations or agreement for any extension of
time for the assessment or payment of any Tax of or with respect to a Company Entity.

(f)    There are no Tax allocation, sharing or indemnity agreements or arrangements affecting the Company Entities (other
than agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary purpose of which does not relate to Taxes). No Company Entity
(i) has ever been a member of an affiliated, consolidated or unitary group (other than a group whose members are all Company Entities) or
(ii)  has  liability  for  the  Taxes  of  any  Person  jointly  or  severally  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulation  Section
1.1502-6 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law), as transferee or successor, by contract, as a
result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify or pay the Tax obligations of another Person or under similar grounds (other than
pursuant to agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary purpose of which does not relate to Taxes). All amounts
payable with respect to (or by reference to) Taxes pursuant to those agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary
purpose of which does not relate to Taxes have been timely paid in accordance with the terms of such agreements.

(g)    Accurately set forth in Schedule 3.12(g) is a list of all states, counties, cities and other taxing jurisdictions (whether
non-U.S.  or  domestic)  to  which  any  Tax  is  properly  payable  by  a  Company  Entity.  No  claim  has  ever  been  made  in  writing  by  any  Tax
Authority in a jurisdiction where a Company Entity does not file Tax Returns that such Company Entity is or may be subject to taxation by
that jurisdiction.

    27    

(h)    No Company Entity has made any payments, is obligated to make any payments, or is a party to any agreement that
under certain circumstances could obligate it to make any payments in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, in
each case, if such payment will not be deductible under Applicable Laws.

(i)    The aggregate amount of the unpaid Tax liabilities of the Company Entities for all Tax periods ending on or before the
date  of  the  most  recent  Financial  Statements  are  reflected  on  the  Financial  Statements  as  of  the  dates  thereof  (excluding  any  reserves  for
deferred  Taxes).  The  aggregate  amount  of  the  unpaid  Tax  liabilities  of  the  Company  Entities  for  all  Pre-Closing  Tax  Periods  (and,  with
respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period ending on (and including) the Closing Date (determined in accordance with
Section 6.02(c))) will not exceed the aggregate amount of the unpaid Tax liabilities of the Company Entities as reflected on such Financial
Statements (excluding any reserves for deferred Taxes), as adjusted for the operations and transactions in the ordinary course of business of
Company Entities for the period from the date of the most recent Financial Statements to and including the Closing Date consistent with the
past custom and practice of Company Entities.

(j)    No Company Entity (i) is a party or subject to any joint venture, partnership or other arrangement or contract that could
be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, (ii) owns an interest in any controlled foreign corporation (as defined in
Section 957 of the Code), passive foreign investment company (as defined in Section 1297 of the Code) or other entity the income of which
is or could be required to be included in the income of its direct or indirect equity holder (collectively, a “Flow-Thru Entity”), or (iii) is (or
has ever been) a Flow-Thru Entity.

(k)        No  Company  Entity  has  been,  in  the  past  five  years,  a  party  to  a  transaction  reported  or  intended  to  qualify  as  a
reorganization under Section 368 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law). During
the  last  two  years,  no  Company  Entity  has  distributed  stock  of  another  Person,  or  has  had  its  stock  distributed  by  another  Person,  in  a
transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Section 355 or 361 of the Code (or any corresponding or
similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law).

(l)    No Buyer Indemnitee or any Company Entity (or any Affiliate thereof) will be required to include any item of income
in,  or  exclude  any  item  of  deduction  from,  taxable  income  for  any  Post-Closing  Tax  Period  as  a  result  of  any:  (i)  change  in  accounting
method  requested  or  occurring  on  or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  (or  as  a  result  of  the  use  of  an  impermissible  method)  or  an  adjustment
pursuant to Section 481 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law); (ii) an agreement
entered into with any Governmental Entity (including a “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding
or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law)) executed on or prior to the Closing Date; (iii) an installment sale transaction
occurring  on  or  before  the  Closing  governed  by  Code  Section  453  (or  any  corresponding  or  similar  provision  of  state,  local  or  non-U.S.
Applicable Law); (iv) a transaction occurring on or before the Closing reported as an open transaction for U.S. federal income Tax purposes
(or  any  corresponding  or  similar  provision  of  state,  local  or  non-U.S.  Applicable  Law);  (v)  use  on  or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  of  the
completed contract method of accounting, long term contract method of accounting or cash method of accounting; (vi) any prepaid amount
received or paid on or prior to the Closing Date or deferred revenue realized or received on or prior to the Closing Date; (vii) transactions
effected or investments made prior to the Closing that result in taxable income pursuant to Code Section 965 (or any corresponding or similar
provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law); (viii) any gain recognition agreement to which any Company Entity is a party prior to
the  Closing  under  Code  Section  367  (or  any  corresponding  or  similar  provision  of  state,  local  or  non-U.S.  Applicable  Law);  or  (ix)  any
COVID-19 Measure attributable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period.

(m)        No  Buyer  Indemnitee  or  any  Company  Entity  (or  any  Affiliate  thereof)  will  be  required  to  include  any  amount  in
income pursuant to Section 965 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law) or pay
any installment of the “net tax liability” described in Section 965(h)(1) of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local
or non-U.S. Applicable Law) for any Post-Closing Tax Period.

    28    

(n)    No Company Entity has deferred the inclusion of any amounts in taxable income pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure
2004-34, Treasury Regulations Section 1.451-5 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law), or
Sections  451(c),  455,  456  or  460  of  the  Code  (or  any  corresponding  or  similar  provision  of  state,  local  or  non-U.S.  Applicable  Law)
(irrespective of whether or not such deferral is elective).

(o)        No  Company  Entity  has  entered  into  any  agreement  or  arrangement  with  any  Tax  Authority  that  requires  such
Company Entity (or any successor company) to take any action or to refrain from taking any action. No Company Entity is a party to any
agreement  with  any  Tax  Authority  that  would  be  terminated  or  adversely  affected  as  a  result  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
Agreement.

(p)    All payments by or to any Company Entity comply with all applicable transfer pricing requirements imposed by any
Governmental  Entity.  Each  Company  Entity  has  maintained  documentation  required  under  Applicable  Law  for  all  material  transactions
subject to transfer pricing laws or regulations and has provided to the Buyer Parties accurate and complete copies of all such transfer pricing
documentation prepared during the past five years.

(q)    Each Company Entity is in compliance with all terms and conditions of any Tax exemption, Tax holiday or other Tax
reduction agreement or order of a Tax Authority (collectively, a “Tax Incentive”). No Company Entity is subject to a Tax Incentive that will
terminate (or be subject to a clawback or recapture) as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. There is no potential for
any Tax Incentive that was realized on or prior to the Closing Date to be subject to recapture as a result of any actions or activities prior to the
Closing Date.

(r)    There is no material property or obligation of the Company Entities, including uncashed checks to vendors, customers,
or  employees,  non-refunded  overpayments,  or  unclaimed  subscription  balances,  that  is  escheatable  to  any  Governmental  Entity  under  any
Applicable Laws as of the date hereof or that may at any time after the date hereof become escheatable to any Governmental Entity under any
Applicable Laws.

(s)    Each Company Entity is and has since its incorporation been resident for all Tax purposes only in its jurisdiction of
incorporation. Schedule 3.12(s) lists each Company Entity’s status for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and whether an election has been
made under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 with respect to the status of each Company Entity. No Company Entity has nor has ever
had a branch, agency or permanent establishment outside of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

(t)    No Company Entity has (i) deferred the employer’s share of any “applicable employment taxes” (as defined in Section
2302(d)(1) of the CARES Act), or (ii) deferred any payroll tax obligations (including those imposed by Sections 3101(a) and 3201 of the
Code) pursuant to any COVID-19 Measure.

(u)    No Company Entity owns an interest in “United States real property” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.
No Company Entity is subject to any gain recognition agreement under Section 367 of the Code. No Company Entity has an “overall foreign
loss”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  904(f)  of  the  Code  (or  any  corresponding  or  similar  provision  of  state,  local  or  non-U.S.  Applicable
Law). No Company Entity has participated in or cooperated with any international boycott within the meaning of Section 999 of the Code (or
any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law).

3.13.    Employee Benefit Plans.

(a)        Schedule  3.13(a)  contains  a  true  and  complete  list  of  each  Company  Benefit  Plan.  With  respect  to  each  Company
Benefit Plan, the Company has delivered to the Buyer Parties true and complete copies (as applicable) of the plan documents and summary
plan descriptions, the most recent actuarial reports (including any estimates of retiree medical liabilities), and all related trust agreements,
insurance contracts and other funding agreements associated with such Company Benefit Plan.

    29    

(b)    With respect to each Company Benefit Plan (and each related trust, insurance contract or fund), no event has occurred
and there exists no condition or set of circumstances, in connection with which a Company Entity would be subject to any material liability
under any Applicable Law.

(c)    All contributions (including all employer contributions and employee salary reduction contributions) that are due and
owing  have  been  paid  to  each  Company  Benefit  Plan  (or  related  trust  or  held  in  the  general  assets  of  the  Company  or  accrued,  as
appropriate), as required by Applicable Law, and all contributions for any period ending on or before the Closing Date that are not yet due
have been paid to each Company Benefit Plan or accrued in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company Entities.

(d)        Each  Company  Benefit  Plan  (and  each  related  trust,  insurance  contract  or  fund)  has  in  all  material  respects  been
administered and operated in material compliance with the terms of the applicable controlling documents and with the applicable provisions
of  all  Applicable  Laws.  Each  Company  Benefit  Plan  (including  any  material  amendments  thereto)  that  is  capable  of  approval  by,  or
registration for or qualification for special tax status with, the appropriate taxation, social security or supervisory authorities in the relevant
jurisdiction  has  received  such  approval,  registration  or  qualification  or  there  remains  a  period  of  time  in  which  to  obtain  such  approval,
registration or qualification retroactive to the date of any material amendment that has not previously received such approval, registration or
qualification.

(e)    Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13(e), no Company Entity maintains or contributes to, and has not ever maintained or
contributed  to,  any  Company  Benefit  Plan  providing  medical,  health  or  life  insurance  or  other  welfare  type  benefits  for  current  or  future
retired or terminated employees, their spouses or their dependents that cannot be unilaterally terminated by the Company.

(f)    There are no unresolved claims or disputes under the terms of, or in connection with, any Company Benefit Plan (other
than  routine  undisputed  claims  for  benefits),  and  no  action,  legal  or  otherwise,  has  been  commenced  with  respect  to  any  such  claim  or
dispute.

(g)        Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  3.13(g),  neither  the  execution  of  this  Agreement  nor  any  of  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events): (i) entitle any current or
former  director,  manager,  officer,  employee,  independent  contractor  or  consultant  of  a  Company  Entity  to  severance  pay  or  any  other
payment;  (ii)  cause  the  payment  of  any  premium,  penalty  or  change  of  control  payment  required  to  be  paid  or  offered  as  a  result  of  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents regardless if any such are actually
paid;  (iii)  accelerate  the  time  of  payment,  funding  or  vesting,  or  increase  the  amount  of  compensation  due  to  any  such  individual;  or  (iv)
increase the amount payable under or result in any other material obligation pursuant to any Company Benefit Plan.

3.14.    Employment Matters.

(a)    To the knowledge of the Shareholders, no Continuing Employee or Continuing Independent Contractor has any plan or
intention to terminate employment or engagement with the applicable Company Entity within 90 days immediately following the Closing
Date. Schedule 3.14(a) contains a true and complete list of all Persons employed by the Company Entities, separated by Company Entity (and
no other Person has an outstanding offer of employment from a Company Entity as of the date of this Agreement), including the respective
dates of hire of each, a description of material compensation arrangements (other than Company Benefit Plans set forth in Schedule 3.13(a)),
a list of any other material agreements affecting such Persons, whether each such Person is actively at work or on inactive or leave status, the
reason for such inactive or leave status, the date the inactive or leave status started, and the anticipated date of such Person’s return to work
from such inactive or leave status.

(b)    As of this date, no Continuing Employee is party to or is bound by any agreement or commitment, or subject to any
restriction,  including  agreements  related  to  previous  employment,  containing  confidentiality,  non-compete  or  similar  restrictive  covenants,
which now or in the future may

    30    

adversely  affect  the  business  of  the  Company  Entities  or  the  performance  by  any  of  the  Continuing  Employees  of  their  duties  for  the
Company Entities or the Buyer Parties.

(c)    None of the employees of the Company Entities is represented by a labor or trade union, and no Company Entity is
subject  to  any  collective  bargaining  or  similar  agreement  with  respect  to  any  of  its  employees.  There  is  no  labor  dispute,  strike,  work
stoppage  or  other  labor  trouble  (including  any  organizational  drive)  against  a  Company  Entity  pending  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  the
Shareholders, threatened.

(d)    Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14(d), no Company Entity, nor to the knowledge of the Shareholders, any employee
or  representative  of  a  Company  Entity  has  committed  or  engaged  in  any  material  breach  of  any  Employment  Laws  or  any  other  statute,
contract  or  other  obligation  owed  to  employees  or  employee  representatives  in  connection  with  the  conduct  of  the  Company  Entities’
business, and there is no action, suit, claim, charge or complaint against a Company Entity pending or, to the knowledge of the Shareholders,
threatened  relating  to  any  labor,  statutory,  contractual,  safety  or  discrimination  matters  involving  any  employee  of  a  Company  Entity,
including  charges  of  breach  of  statute,  Applicable  Laws,  Contract  or  other  obligation  owed  to  employees  or  employee  representatives  or
discrimination complaints and no event or condition exists which is reasonably likely to result in any such matters, charges or complaints.

(e)    All of the Company Entities’ employees are employed without a fixed term. Each Company Entity is in compliance in
all  material  respects  with  all  employment  and  consulting  agreements  and  in  the  past  three  years  has  not  received  any  notice  from  an
employee, consultant or contractor that any term of any such contract has been breached. No notice to terminate the contract of employment
of any employee (whether given by the applicable Company Entity or by the employee) is pending, outstanding or, to the knowledge of the
Shareholders with respect to notices sent by an employee, threatened.

(f)        Each  individual  in  a  consultant  or  independent  contractor  relationship  with  a  Company  Entity  and  the  applicable
Contract  between  the  individual  and  the  applicable  Company  Entity  are  set  forth  on  Schedule 3.14(f).  Each  individual  in  a  consultant  or
independent  contractor  relationship  with  a  Company  Entity  is  in  fact  an  independent  contractor  and  is  not  an  employee,  to  the  extent
applicable  under  Applicable  Law.  There  are  no  Contracts  with  any  consultant  or  independent  contractor  other  than  those  set  forth  on
Schedule  3.14(f).  Each  independent  contractor  relationship  with  a  Company  Entity  has  been  executed,  delivered  and  performed  by  such
Company  Entity  in  compliance  with  all  Applicable  Laws  and,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Shareholders,  each  independent  contractor  party
thereto has complied with all Applicable Laws in his, her or its execution, delivery and performance thereof. Each Company Entity is and has
been  in  compliance,  in  all  material  respects,  with  all  Workers’  Compensation  Acts.  Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule 3.14(f),  there  are  no
agreements, promises or commitments providing for cash or other compensation or benefits to any employee as a result of the consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

of or plead guilty to any crime constituting a felony or involving dishonesty, false statement, theft, fraud, or sexual misconduct.

(g)    To the knowledge of the Shareholders, none of the Continuing Employees has, within the last five years, been convicted

3.15.    Applicable Laws; Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption; Data Privacy; Permits.

(a)    No Company Entity is in conflict with, or in default or in violation of, any Applicable Laws in any material respect.
Each  Company  Entity  has  complied,  and  is  in  compliance,  with  all  restrictions  imposed  or  recommended  by  any  Governmental  Entity  in
response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  No  investigation  or  review  by  any  Governmental  Entity  is  pending,  or  to  the  knowledge  of  the
Shareholders, has been threatened, against a Company Entity. There is no agreement, commitment, judgment, injunction, order or decree by
or with any Governmental Entity binding upon a Company Entity (except for any Applicable Law which applies generally to companies in
the Company Entities’ industries) or adversely impacting its assets. Each Company Entity is in compliance with all statutory and regulatory
requirements  under  applicable  anti-terrorism  and  anti-money  laundering  laws.  No  Company  Entity  has  received  any  communication  that
alleges that such Company Entity or any of its

    31    

representatives, employees and other agents is in violation of, or has liability under any such laws in relation to such Company Entity.

(b)    No Company Entity nor, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate or any
other Person acting on behalf of a Company Entity has (i) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of
1977 (the “FCPA”); (ii) taken any unlawful action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the
payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any third party including a “foreign official”
(as such term is defined in the FCPA); (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, the
OECD Convention on Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-
corruption law; (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment; or (v) used any corporate funds
for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity.

(c)        Each  Company  Entity  has  complied  in  all  material  respects  with  all  Applicable  Laws  (including  the  General  Data
Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (GDPR), Uruguayan Law 18,331 and regulatory decrees or any corresponding or equivalent national
laws  or  regulations),  as  well  as  its  own  rules,  policies  and  procedures,  relating  to  privacy,  data  protection,  and  the  collection,  retention,
protection, and use of Personal Information collected, used, or held for use by the Company Entities. No Company Entity has received any
written  notice  or  allegation  regarding  such  Company  Entity’s  collection,  use  or  disclosure  of  Personal  Information.  Except  as  set  forth  on
Schedule 3.15(c), no breach, security incident or violation of any data security rule, policy or procedure in relation to a Company Entity’s
data has occurred or is threatened, and there has been no unauthorized or illegal processing of any Company Entity’s data. No circumstance
has arisen in which Applicable Law would require a Company Entity to notify a Governmental Entity or other third party of a data security
breach.

(d)    Each Company Entity holds, to the extent required by Applicable Law, all Permits required for the operation of the
business  of  such  Company  Entity  as  presently  conducted.  Schedule  3.15(d)  is  a  complete  list  of  all  such  Permits.  No  suspension  or
cancellation of any such Permit is pending or, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, threatened, and each Company Entity is in compliance
in all material respects with the terms of the Permits.

(e)    Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(e), no Company Entity, nor any of its officers, directors, managers or employees,
nor, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, any agent or other third party representative acting directly or indirectly on behalf of, or pursuant
to a Contract with, a Company Entity, is currently or since January 1, 2016 has been: (A) a Sanctioned Person, (B) organized, resident or
located in a Sanctioned Country, (C) engaging, directly or indirectly, in any dealings or transactions with any Sanctioned Person or in any
Sanctioned Country, or (D) otherwise in violation of applicable Sanctions Laws.

(f)        No  Company  Entity  nor,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Shareholders,  any  director,  manager,  officer,  agent,  employee  or
affiliate  or  any  other  person  acting  on  behalf  of  a  Company  Entity  has  been:  (i)  convicted  of,  charged  with  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  the
Shareholders,  investigated  for,  or  has  engaged  in  conduct  that  would  constitute,  an  offense  related  to  any  Government  Program;  or  (ii)
excluded from participating in any Government Program, subject to sanction pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a or § 1320a-8, convicted of a
crime described at 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b, or debarred or suspended from any federal or state procurement or nonprocurement program by any
Governmental  Entity,  nor  are  any  such  exclusions,  sanctions,  charges,  debarments  or  sanctions  pending  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  the
Shareholders, threatened.

procedures and privacy notices of each Company Entity relating to Information Privacy or Security Laws.

(g)        The  Company  has  provided  to  the  Buyer  Parties  accurate  and  complete  copies  of  the  compliance  policies  and

violation of any Information Privacy or Security Law

(h)    No Company Entity (i) is, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, under investigation by any Governmental Entity for a

    32    

relating to its ownership or operation of the business or its assets, and (ii) has received any written notices from any Governmental Entity
relating to any such violation.

(i)    No Company Entity has acted in any manner, and to the knowledge of the Shareholders, there has not been any incident
involving a Company Entity, that would trigger a notification or reporting requirement under any HIPAA business associate agreement or any
Information  Privacy  or  Security  Law,  including  a  breach  with  respect  to  any  Unsecured  Protected  Health  Information  (as  such  terms  are
defined in 45 C.F.R. § 164.402).

Colombian Superintendency of Industry and Commerce regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(j)       The  Shareholders  have  provided  true,  correct  and  complete  information  for  incorporation  into  the  notification  to  the

3.16.    Product Warranties; Services. Schedule 3.16  sets  forth  (a)  a  description  of  the  express  or  implied  warranties,  written  or
oral, if any, with respect to the products or services of the Company Entities, (b) a description of each outstanding warranty claim that has
been made (and has not been satisfied as of the date of this Agreement) by any of the Company Entities’ customers with respect to products
or services provided to such customer by any Company Entity prior to the date of this Agreement, and (c) the status of any work performed
by a Company Entity to satisfy any such claims. The Company has no knowledge of any specific facts that would reasonably be expected to
give rise to any warranty liabilities in the future. All warranties of the Company Entities with respect to their products and services are set
forth on Schedule 3.16, and no Company Entity has made any oral warranty.

3.17.    Customers and Suppliers.

(a)        Schedule  3.17(a)  lists  each  Company  Entity’s  customers,  separated  by  Company  Entity,  for  the  fiscal  years  ended
December 31, 2020 and for the eight-month interim period ended August 31, 2021, and sets forth opposite the name of each such customer
the dollar amount of sales attributable to such customer for such periods. The applicable Company Entity has a fully executed Contract or
other evidence of agreement, purchase order or invoice with each such customer. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17(a), no Company Entity
is engaged in any material dispute with any current customer, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, no event or condition exists which would
reasonably  be  likely  to  result  in  such  a  material  dispute,  no  such  customer  has  notified  the  applicable  Company  Entity  within  the  past  12
months  that  it  intends  to  terminate  or  materially  reduce  its  business  relations  with  such  Company  Entity  and  to  the  knowledge  of  the
Shareholders,  no  customer  intends  to  file  for  bankruptcy  or  similar  reorganization;  provided,  however,  that  the  Company  makes  no
representation or warranty, express or implied, that any such customer will remain as a customer of the Company Entities after the Closing
Date or will not terminate or reduce its business relations with the Company Entities after the Closing.

(b)        Schedule  3.17(b)  lists  each  Company  Entity’s  material  vendors,  separated  by  Company  Entity,  for  the  fiscal  years
ended December 31, 2020 and for the eight-month interim period ended August 31, 2021. No Company Entity is engaged in any material
dispute  with  any  current  vendor,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Shareholders,  no  event  or  condition  exists  which  would  reasonably  be  likely  to
result in such a dispute, and no such vendor has notified the applicable Company Entity in the past 12 months that it intends to terminate or
materially  reduce  its  business  relations  with  such  Company  Entity;  provided,  however,  that  the  Company  makes  no  representation  or
warranty,  express  or  implied,  that  any  such  vendor  will  remain  as  a  vendor  of  the  Company  Entities  after  the  Closing  Date  or  will  not
terminate or reduce its business relations with the Company Entities after the Closing.

(c)    Schedule 3.17(c) lists all Backlog of each Company Entity as of the date hereof, on a customer-by-customer basis.

3.18.    Properties. No Company Entity owns or has ever owned any real property. Schedule 3.18 sets forth a list of all real property
currently leased by a Company Entity or otherwise used or occupied by a Company Entity (the “Leased  Real  Property”),  the  applicable
Company Entity, the name of the lessor, the date of the lease, the term of the lease and each amendment thereto and the aggregate annual rent
payable  under  any  such  lease.  The  Company  has  delivered  to  the  Buyer  Parties  true,  correct  and  complete  copies  of  all  leases,  lease
guaranties, subleases or other agreements for the leasing, use or

    33    

occupancy  of,  or  otherwise  granting  a  right  in  or  relating  to,  the  Leased  Real  Property,  including  all  amendments,  terminations  and
modifications  thereof  (the  “Lease  Agreements”).  The  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or  any  other
Transaction Document to which the Company is a party will not affect the rights of the Company Entities to the continued use and possession
of the Leased Real Property. The Leased Real Property is in good operating condition and repair, free from material structural, physical and
mechanical  defects,  is  maintained  in  a  manner  consistent  with  standards  generally  followed  with  respect  to  similar  properties  and  is
structurally sufficient and otherwise suitable for the conduct of the business as presently conducted. Each Company Entity has, at all times,
complied  with  the  terms  of  occupancy  and  use  of  the  Leased  Real  Property.  No  Company  Entity  has  received  any  written  notice  of:  (a)
violations of building codes or zoning ordinances or other governmental or regulatory Applicable Laws affecting the Leased Real Property;
(b)  existing,  pending  or  threatened  condemnation  proceedings  affecting  the  Leased  Real  Property;  or  (c)  existing,  pending  or  threatened
zoning, building code or other moratorium proceedings or similar matters which, in each case of clauses (a) through (c), could reasonably be
expected to adversely affect the ability to operate the Leased Real Property as currently operated. Neither the whole nor any material portion
of the Leased Real Property has been damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty. The Leased Real Property is sufficient for the continued
conduct  of  the  Company  Entities’  business  after  the  Closing  in  substantially  the  same  manner  as  conducted  prior  to  the  Closing  and
constitutes all of the real property necessary to conduct such business as currently conducted.

3.19.        Insurance. The  Company  has  provided  to  the  Buyer  Parties  true  and  complete  copies  of  all  policies  of  insurance  of  the
Company Entities currently in effect, a list of which is attached as Schedule 3.19. All of the policies relating to insurance maintained by the
Company Entities (or any comparable policies entered into as a replacement thereof) are in full force and effect, and no Company Entity has
received any notice of cancellation with respect thereto. No Company Entity has any liability for unpaid premium or premium adjustments
for such policies of insurance not properly reflected in the Financial Statements. All claims by a Company Entity under any such policy or
bond have been duly and timely filed. Schedule 3.19 describes any self-insurance arrangements affecting the Company Entities.

3.20.    Intellectual Property.

(a)    Each Company Entity owns, is licensed or otherwise possesses legally transferable and enforceable rights to use all
Intellectual Property which is necessary for the conduct of, or used in, the business of such Company Entity as presently conducted, and such
rights  will  not  be  adversely  affected  by  the  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or  any  other  Transaction
Document  to  which  the  Company  is  a  party.  Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  3.20(a),  no  Company  Entity  has  licensed  any  Intellectual
Property  owned  by  such  Company  Entity,  including  in  source  code  form,  to  any  Person  or  entered  into  any  exclusive  or  non-exclusive
licenses or agreements relating to any Intellectual Property owned by such Company Entity with any Person.

(b)    Schedule 3.20(b) sets forth a true, correct and complete list, separated by Company Entity, of (i) all computer programs
(source code or object code) owned by a Company Entity (collectively, the “Owned Software”), and (ii) all computer programs (source code
or object code) licensed to a Company Entity by any third party (other than any off-the-shelf computer program that is so licensed under a
shrink wrap or click-through license) that is material to the business of a Company Entity as presently conducted (collectively, the “Licensed
Software” and, together with the Owned Software, the “Software”). Each Company Entity has good, marketable and exclusive title to, and
the valid and enforceable power and unqualified right to sell, license, lease, transfer, use or otherwise exploit, all versions and releases of its
Owned Software and all copyrights thereof, free and clear of all Encumbrances. Each Company Entity is in actual possession of the source
code and object code for each computer program included in its Owned Software. Each Company Entity is in actual possession of the object
code and user manuals (if any) for each computer program included in its Licensed Software. No Person other than a Company Entity has
any right or interest of any kind or nature in or with respect to the Owned Software or any portion thereof or any rights to sell, license, lease,
transfer, use or otherwise exploit the Owned Software or any portion thereof. Each Company Entity has adequately documented, maintained
and  organized  the  materials  and  information  related  to,  associated  with  or  used  or  produced  in  the  development  or  performance  of  its
Software,  including  source  code,  internal  notes  and  memos,  technical  and  design  documentation,  compiler  information,  drawings,  flow
charts, diagrams, schematics,

    34    

source language statements, such that a reasonably competent programmer, engineer, consultant or contractor could understand, use, compile,
maintain, support, modify and provide (as applicable) the Software.

(c)        Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  3.20(c),  the  Owned  Software  does  not  contain  any  open  source  or  public  library
software  (such  as,  but  not  limited  to,  software  licensed  under  the  GNU  General  Public  License,  the  GNU  Lesser  General  Public  License,
BSD  License,  Apache  or  Open  LDAP  Public  License)  (collectively,  “Open  Source  Software,”  and  all  licenses  under  which  such  Open
Source  Software  is  used  is  herein,  collectively,  the  “Open  Source  Licenses”). Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  3.20(c),  (i)  the  applicable
Company  Entity  has  complied  with  all  of  the  requirements  of  the  Open  Source  Licenses,  including  all  notice  requirements  of  the  Open
Source Licenses, (ii) none of the Open Source Software as incorporated in any Software has been modified by a Company Entity, and (iii) no
Company Entity is required to provide any source code for any Software to any Person pursuant to any of the Open Source Licenses or as a
result of using any of the Open Source Software.

(d)        Schedule  3.20(d)  sets  forth  a  true  and  complete  list,  separated  by  Company  Entity,  of  (i)  all  patents  and  patent
applications, all unexpired registered and unregistered trademarks, tradenames, service marks and copyrights and all mask works included in
the Intellectual Property of the Company Entities, showing the jurisdictions in which each such Intellectual Property right has been issued or
registered or in which any application for such issuance or registration has been filed, (ii) all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements to
which a Company Entity is a party and pursuant to which any Person is authorized to use any Intellectual Property of the Company and (iii)
all  third-party  patents,  trademarks  or  copyrights  including  Licensed  Software  (collectively,  “Third  Party  Intellectual  Property  Rights”)
that are incorporated in, are or form a part of any product or service offering of the Company Entities, including products or service offerings
that are currently under development, and each Company Entity has entered into legally enforceable licenses, sublicenses or other agreements
authorizing the use of such Third Party Intellectual Property Rights by such Company Entity, each of which, other than Contracts entered into
with customers of the Company Entities in the ordinary course of business, is listed on Schedule 3.20(d). The Company has delivered to the
Buyer  Parties  true  and  complete  copies  of  all  such  agreements  listed  on  Schedule  3.20(d),  including  all  amendments,  terminations  and
modifications thereof.

(e)        To  the  knowledge  of  the  Shareholders,  there  is  no,  and  there  has  not  been  any,  unauthorized  use,  disclosure,
infringement or misappropriation, or any allegation made thereof, of any Intellectual Property rights of the Company Entities by any third
party, including any employee or former employee of the Company Entities. To the knowledge of the Shareholders, there is no, and there
never  has  been  any,  unauthorized  use,  disclosure,  infringement  or  misappropriation,  or  any  allegation  made  thereof,  of  any  Intellectual
Property rights of any third party by the Company Entities or by any employee of the Company Entities. There is no, and there never has
been  any,  unauthorized  use,  disclosure,  infringement  or  misappropriation  of  any  Third  Party  Intellectual  Property  Rights  by  the  Company
Entities or, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, by any employee or former employee of the Company Entities. No Company Entity has
entered into any agreement to indemnify any other Person against any charge of infringement of any Intellectual Property or any Third Party
Intellectual Property Rights, except for indemnification clauses in Contracts entered into with customers or vendors of such Company Entity
in the ordinary course of business.

(f)        No  Company  Entity  is,  or  as  a  result  of  the  execution,  delivery  or  performance  of  this  Agreement  or  any  other
Transaction Document by the Company or the consummation of any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, will be, in material breach
of  any  license,  sublicense  or  other  agreement  relating  to  the  Intellectual  Property  owned  by  a  Company  Entity  or  Third  Party  Intellectual
Property Rights.

(g)    All patents, registered trademarks, service marks and copyrights held by the Company Entities are valid, enforceable
and subsisting. No loss or expiration of any of the Company Entities’ Intellectual Property rights is pending, reasonably foreseeable or, to the
knowledge of the Shareholders, threatened, except for patents, trademarks, service marks or other intellectual property expiring at the end of
their  statutory  term.  None  of  the  Intellectual  Property  rights  of  the  Company  Entities  is  invalid  or  unenforceable  in  whole  or  in  part.  No
Company Entity (i) has been sued in any

    35    

action,  suit  or  proceeding  that  involves,  or  has  otherwise  been  notified  of,  an  objection  or  claim  of  infringement  of  any  of  its  Intellectual
Property or any patents, trademarks, service marks or copyrights or violation of any trade secret or other proprietary right of any third party,
(ii) has knowledge that the manufacturing, marketing, licensing or sale of its products or service offerings infringes, or is claimed to infringe,
any Intellectual Property of any third party and (iii) has brought any action, suit or proceeding for infringement of Intellectual Property or
breach of any license or agreement involving Intellectual Property against any third party.

(h)    Each Company Entity has entered into valid written assignments from all Persons who contributed to the creation or
development  of  the  Intellectual  Property  of  such  Company  Entity  of  the  rights  to  such  contributions  that  are  not  already  owned  by  such
Company Entity by operation of law. Each of the Continuing Employees has duly executed the applicable Company Entity’s standard form of
employee agreement applicable to such Company Entity employees. Each of the Continuing Independent Contractors have duly executed an
independent contractor agreement and non-disclosure agreement substantially similar to the applicable Company Entity’s standard form of
independent contractor agreement and standard form of non-disclosure agreement applicable to independent contractors. Each such employee
agreement,  independent  contractor  agreement  and  non-disclosure  agreement  is  legal,  valid,  and  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Shareholders,
binding on the Persons party thereto.

(i)        Each  Company  Entity  has  taken  commercially  reasonable  steps  to  protect  and  preserve  the  confidentiality  of  all
Intellectual  Property  of  the  Company  Entities  not  otherwise  protected  by  patents,  patent  applications  or  copyright  (collectively,
“Confidential Information”). All use, disclosure or appropriation of Confidential Information owned by a Company Entity by or to a third
party  has  been  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  a  written  agreement  between  such  Company  Entity  and  such  third  party.  All  use,  disclosure,  or
appropriation of Confidential Information not owned by a Company Entity has been pursuant to the terms of a written agreement between
such Company Entity and the owner of such Confidential Information or is otherwise lawful.

3.21.        Transactions with Related Parties. Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule 3.21,  no  manager,  officer  or  director  of  a  Company
Entity  or  a  Shareholder,  any  of  his,  her  or  its  Affiliates  or  members  of  his  or  her  immediate  family  (father,  mother,  stepparent,  spouse,
siblings, descendants or step-children), nor to the knowledge of the Shareholders, any employee of a Company Entity, or any of his or her
Affiliates or members of his or her immediate family (as described above), has any direct or indirect ownership interest in (a) any Person
with which a Company Entity is affiliated or with which a Company Entity has a business relationship (including, but not limited to, any
contractor relationship between such Person and a Company Entity) or (b) any Person that competes with a Company Entity (other than the
ownership of less than 5% of the outstanding class of publicly traded stock in publicly-traded companies that may compete with a Company
Entity). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21 (the “Related Party Transactions”), no manager, officer or director of a Company Entity or a
Shareholder,  any  of  his,  her  or  its  Affiliates  or  members  of  his  or  her  immediate  family  (father,  mother,  stepparent,  spouse,  siblings,
descendants or step-children), nor to the knowledge of the Shareholders, any employee of a Company Entity, or any of his or her Affiliates or
members  of  his  or  her  immediate  family  (as  described  above),  is,  directly  or  indirectly,  a  party  to  or  interested  in  any  Contract  with  a
Company Entity or any of its Affiliates. The Related Party Transactions, if any, were each entered into on an arm’s-length basis on terms no
less favorable to the applicable Company Entity than any Contract entered into by such Company Entity with Persons other than an officer,
shareholder, member, manager or director of a Company Entity or a Shareholder, or any member of his or her immediate family. There are no
loans by a Company Entity to any Shareholder other than the Shareholder Loans.

3.22.        Brokers’  and  Finders’  Fees.  Except  for  the  fees,  expenses  and  costs  of  Clearsight  Advisors,  no  Company  Entity  has
incurred, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with
this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which a Company Entity is a party or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby.

3.23.    Bank Accounts. Schedule 3.23 lists the identity, location, account numbers and authorized signatories of all bank accounts

and lock boxes maintained by a Company Entity at banks, trust companies, securities firms or other brokers or financial institutions.

    36    

3.24.    Books and Records. The minute books of the Company Entities contain records of all meetings and other corporate actions
of the shareholders, members and board of directors or managers (including committees thereof) of the Company Entities that are complete
and accurate in all material respects. The stock ledgers of the Company Entities are complete and reflects all issuances, transfers, repurchases
and cancellations of shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company Entities. True and complete copies of the minute books
and  the  stock  ledgers  of  the  Company  Entities  have  been  made  available  to  Parent.  The  original  minute  books  and  stock  ledger  of  each
Company Entity will be maintained at such Company Entity’s principal office at Closing. The Business Records of the Company Entities are
complete and accurate in all material respects except for records destroyed in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a written policy of a
Company  Entity  consistently  applied.  The  Company  has  delivered  or  made  available  true  and  complete  copies  of  each  document  that  has
been  reasonably  requested  in  writing  by  the  Buyer  Parties  or  its  counsel  in  connection  with  its  legal,  accounting,  financial  and  general
business review of the Company Entities, including, but not limited to those set forth on Schedule 3.24.

3.25.    Environmental Matters.

(a)    Each Company Entity is and has at all times been in compliance with all Environmental Laws in all material respects,
and no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, demand or notice has been made, given, filed or commenced
(or, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, threatened) by any Person against such Company Entity alleging any failure to comply with any
Environmental Law or seeking contribution towards, or participation in, any remediation of any contamination of any property or thing with
Hazardous Materials. Each Company Entity has obtained, and is and has at all times been in compliance in all material respects with all of
the terms and conditions of, all Permits, licenses and other authorizations that are required under any Environmental Law and has at all times
complied with all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables that
are contained in any Environmental Law.

(b)    To the knowledge of the Shareholders, no physical condition exists on or under any property that may have been caused
by or impacted by the operations or activities of the Company Entities that could give rise to any investigative, remedial or other obligation
under any Environmental Law or that could result in any kind of liability to any third party claiming damage to person or property as a result
of such physical condition.

Materials, except for batteries, computers and other items normally found in an office.

(c)       All  properties  and  equipment  used  in  the  business  of  the  Company  Entities  are  and  have  been  free  of  Hazardous

(d)    The Company has provided to the Buyer Parties true and complete copies of all internal and external environmental
audits and studies in its possession or control, if any, relating to the Company Entities and its operations and activities including the Leased
Real Property and all correspondence on substantial environmental matters relating to the Company Entities and its operations and activities
including the Leased Real Property.

ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE SHAREHOLDERS

Each Shareholder, solely with respect to such Shareholder, represents and warrants to the Buyer Parties that the statements contained

below are true and correct as of the date hereof.

4.01.    Natural Person and Spousal and Partner Consent. Such Shareholder is a natural person and that his applicable spouse or
domestic partner, if any, each of which is listed in Schedule 4.01, has consented to the sale, transfer and delivery of the Company Shares
pursuant to this Agreement.

4.02.    Company Shares. Such Shareholder has good and valid title to and unrestricted power to vote and sell, free and clear of all
Encumbrances, the number and type of Company Shares set forth opposite Shareholder’s name on Schedule 3.02(a). Such Shareholder is not
a party to any option, warrant,

    37    

purchase  right  or  other  Contract  or  commitment  other  than  this  Agreement  that  would  require  Shareholder  to  sell,  transfer  or  otherwise
dispose  of  any  capital  stock  of  the  Company,  or  that  gives  any  other  Person  any  rights  with  respect  to  the  capital  stock  of  the  Company
owned  by  Shareholder.  Such  Shareholder  is  not  a  party  to  any  voting  trust  agreement  or  any  other  Contract  relating  to  the  acquisition
(including  rights  of  first  refusal  or  preemptive  rights),  registration  under  the  Applicable  Laws,  voting,  dividend  rights  or  disposition  with
respect to Shareholder’s capital stock of the Company, except for the rights stipulated in the Shareholders’ Agreement (which is terminated
hereby).

4.03.    Authority and Due Execution.

(a)    Authority. Such Shareholder has all requisite capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and
the other Transaction Documents to which the Shareholder is a party, and to perform his, her or its obligations hereunder and thereunder and
to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Shareholder is a party.
The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Shareholder is a party, and the
consummation by the Shareholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on
the  part  of  the  Shareholder  and  no  other  proceeding  on  the  part  of  the  Shareholder  is  necessary  to  authorize  the  execution,  delivery  and
performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Shareholder is a party or to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby.

(b)    Due Execution. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Shareholder is a party have been
duly and validly executed and delivered by the Shareholder and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Buyer Parties and any other
party hereto and thereto (other than the Shareholder), this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Shareholder is a
party, constitutes the valid and binding obligations of the Shareholder, enforceable against the Shareholder in accordance with their respective
terms,  subject  to  the  effect  of  any  applicable  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency  (including  without  limitation  all  Applicable  Laws
relating  to  fraudulent  transfers),  moratorium  or  similar  laws  affecting  creditors’  rights  and  remedies  generally  and  subject,  as  to
enforceability, to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity
or at law).

4.04.    Non-Contravention; Consents.

(a)    Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the
Shareholder is a party do not, and the performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by the Shareholder will not (i)
conflict with or violate any Applicable Laws, or (ii) result in any breach or violation of or constitute a default (or any event, which, with
notice or lapse of time, or both would constitute a default) under, alter the rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any
right  of  termination,  amendment,  acceleration  or  cancellation  of,  or  result  in  the  creation  of  an  Encumbrance  on  the  Shareholder’s  capital
stock of the Company pursuant to any material Contract to which the Shareholder is a party or otherwise subject.

(b)    Consents. No Consent (which has not been previously or is hereby obtained) is required to be obtained in connection
with the execution, delivery or performance by the Shareholder of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by the Shareholder or
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Each Shareholder consents to each other Shareholder executing the
Transaction Documents.

4.05.    Legal Proceedings. There is no claim, action, suit or proceeding, or governmental inquiry or investigation, pending, or to the

knowledge of the Shareholder, threatened, against the Shareholder in his, her or its capacity as such.

4.06.    No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties expressly given in Article III, this
Article IV, Section 6.01 or elsewhere expressly given in any Transaction Document, none of the Shareholders, the Company, the Company
Entities nor any other person makes any other express or implied (including any implied warranty or representation as to the

    38    

value, condition, merchantability or suitability as to any of the Company and the Company Entities’ assets) representation or warranty on
behalf  of  the  Shareholders  or  the  Company  or  the  Company  Entities,  including  any  representation  or  warranty  as  to  the  accuracy  or
completeness  of  any  information  regarding  the  Company  Entities  furnished  or  made  available  to  the  Buyer  Parties  and  its  representatives
(including the Confidential Information Presentation dated May 2021) any information, documents or materials delivered or made available
to  the  Buyer  Parties,  management  presentations  or  in  any  other  form  in  expectations  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or  as  to  the
further revenue, profitability or success of the Company Entities, or any representation or warranty arising from statute or otherwise in law. It
is understood that any estimates, forecasts, projections or other predictions and any other information or materials that have been provided or
made available to the Buyer Parties or any of their Affiliates or their respective representatives (including any presentation by Shareholders
or management of the business) are not, and shall not be deemed to be, representations and warranties of the Shareholders, the Company, the
Company Entities or any of their Affiliates or any of their respective representatives.

ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE BUYER PARTIES

The Buyer Parties represent and warrant, jointly and severally, to the Shareholders that the statements contained below are true and

correct.

5.01.    Organization, Standing and Power. Each Buyer Party is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. Each Buyer Party has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and
to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

5.02.    Authority. Each Buyer Party has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the
other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which a
Buyer  Party  is  a  party  and  the  consummation  by  the  Buyer  Parties  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  thereby  have  been  duly
authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Buyer Parties and no other proceedings on the part of the Buyer Parties are necessary to
authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which a Buyer Party is a party
or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which a Buyer
Party is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Shareholders and any
other party hereto and thereto (other than a Buyer Party), this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which a Buyer Party is a
party, constitutes the valid and binding obligations of the applicable Buyer Party enforceable against it in accordance with their respective
terms,  subject  to  the  effect  of  any  applicable  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency  (including  without  limitation  all  Applicable  Laws
relating  to  fraudulent  transfers),  moratorium  or  similar  laws  affecting  creditors’  rights  and  remedies  generally  and  subject,  as  to
enforceability, to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity
or at law).

5.03.    Non-Contravention and Consents.

(a)    The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which a Buyer Party is a party
do not, and the performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by the Buyer Parties will not (i) conflict with or violate
the  Charter  Documents  of  a  Buyer  Party,  (ii)  conflict  with  or  violate  any  Applicable  Laws,  or  (iii)  result  in  any  breach  or  violation  of  or
constitute a default (or any event, which with notice or lapse of time, or both would constitute a default) under, alter the rights or obligations
of any third party under, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellations of, or result in the creation of
any lien, pledge, security interest, charge or other encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of a Buyer Party pursuant to any material
agreement  to  which  a  Buyer  Party  or  its  Affiliates  is  a  party  or  otherwise  subject,  except  in  the  case  of  clause  (iii)  where  such  violation,
conflict or breach would not reasonably be expected (A) to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect or (B) otherwise adversely affect a Buyer
Party’s

    39    

ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

(b)    No Consent is required to be obtained under any material agreement to which a Buyer Party is a party in connection
with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by a Buyer Party or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(c)    No Consent of any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by a Buyer Party in connection with the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by a Buyer Party or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

5.04.    Litigation. As of the date hereof, there is no claim, action, suit, inquiry, judicial or administrative proceeding, grievance, or
arbitration  pending  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Buyer  Parties,  threatened  in  writing  against  a  Buyer  Party  relating  to  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which a Buyer Party is a party.

5.05.    Parent Common Stock. The shares of Parent Common Stock issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (i) will
have  been  duly  authorized,  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and  non-assessable,  (ii)  will  not  have  been  issued  in  violation  of  any  agreement,
arrangement or commitment to which the Buyer Parties or any of their respective Affiliates is a party or is subject to or in violation of or
subject to any preemptive rights, subscription rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights of any Person, and (iii) will have been offered,
issued, sold and delivered in compliance with all applicable securities laws and all other Applicable Laws.

5.06.    Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees. Except for the fees, expenses and costs of M&A Securities Group, Inc., for which Parent shall
be solely responsible, no Buyer Party has incurred any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges
in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which a Buyer Party is a party or any transaction contemplated
hereby or thereby.

5.07.    Reports. Parent has timely made all filings required to be made by it with the SEC since December 31, 2020 (such filings,
the  “Parent  SEC  Filings”).  As  of  their  respective  dates,  the  Parent  SEC  Filings  complied  as  to  form  in  all  material  respects  with  the
requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as the case may be. As of the date of this Agreement, no event or circumstance has
occurred or information exists with respect to Parent or its business, properties, operations or financial conditions, which, under the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable rule or regulation, requires public disclosure or announcement by Parent at or before the date
of this Agreement but which has not been so publicly announced or disclosed.

5.08.    Sufficiency of Funds; Solvency. The Buyer Parties have sufficient funds, and at the Closing, the Buyer Parties will have
sufficient  funds,  to  make  the  payments  required  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Transaction  Documents  and  to  perform  their
respective obligations with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Each Buyer Party is solvent and able to pay its debts
when they become due to be paid.

5.09.        Acknowledgment.  Buyer  has  conducted  an  independent  investigation  of  the  legal,  commercial  and  financial  condition,
liabilities  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company  and  the  Company  Entities  and,  in  making  the  determination  to  proceed  with  the
transaction contemplated by this Agreement, has relied solely on the representations and warranties expressly given in Article III, Article IV,
Section 6.01 or expressly given elsewhere in any Transaction Document and in the results of its own independent investigation.

5.10.    No Prior Business Activity in Uruguay, Argentina or Chile. The Buyer and its Affiliates has not and has never had any

assets in Uruguay, Argentina or Chile or shares or other ownership interests of any Uruguayan, Argentinean or Chilean company.

    40    

6.01.    Securities Matters.

ARTICLE VI.
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

(a)    Each Parent Stock Participating Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the issuance of shares of Parent Common
Stock pursuant to this Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act, and that such issued Parent Common Stock will be issued to
the  Parent  Stock  Participating  Shareholder  in  a  private  placement  transaction  effected  in  reliance  on  an  exemption  from  the  registration
requirements of the Securities Act and in reliance on exemptions from the qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws. In
connection therewith, each Parent Stock Participating Shareholder hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(i)    The Parent Stock Participating Shareholder is acquiring the shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to this
Agreement for the Parent Stock Participating Shareholder’s own account for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection
with, the distribution thereof. The Parent Stock Participating Shareholder has no present intention of distributing any portion of the shares of
Parent Common Stock (or any interest therein).

(ii)        The  Parent  Stock  Participating  Shareholder  has  such  knowledge  and  experience  in  financial  and  business
matters such that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in Parent Common Stock and protecting its own interests in
connection with such investment. The Parent Stock Participating Shareholder has reviewed Parent’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-
K and the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K of Parent filed with the SEC since the date of such Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

(iii)    Assuming the truth and accuracy of the Buyer Parties’ representations and warranties set forth in Article V, the
Parent Stock Participating Shareholder is sufficiently aware of Parent’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient
information  about  Parent  to  reach  an  informed  and  knowledgeable  investment  decision  with  respect  to  acquiring  Parent  Common  Stock
pursuant to this Agreement.

(iv)        The  Parent  Stock  Participating  Shareholder  is  not  acquiring  the  Parent  Common  Stock  as  a  result  of  any
general  solicitation  or  general  advertising  (as  those  terms  are  used  in  Regulation  D  under  the  Securities  Act),  including  advertisements,
articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over radio or television, or any
seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by general solicitation or general advertising.

(v)    With respect to the tax and other economic considerations involved in acquiring the Parent Common Stock, the
Parent  Stock  Participating  Shareholder  is  not  relying  on  any  Buyer  Party,  and  the  Parent  Stock  Participating  Shareholder  has  carefully
considered and has, to the extent it believes such discussion necessary, discussed with its professional legal, tax, accounting and financial
advisors the implications of acquiring the Parent Common Stock for its particular tax, financial and accounting situation.

(vi)       The  Parent  Stock  Participating  Shareholder  acknowledges  that  any  shares  of  Parent  Common  Stock  issued
pursuant to this Agreement will be “restricted securities” under federal and state securities laws and must be held indefinitely unless they are
subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

effect and understands the restrictions and resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.

(vii)       The  Parent  Stock  Participating  Shareholder  is  familiar  with  Rule  144  of  the  Securities  Act  as  presently  in

(b)    The Parent Stock Participating Shareholder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the shares of
Parent Common Stock issued to it without the consent of Parent unless such transfer is (i) pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or
pursuant to an available exemption

    41    

from  registration,  and  (ii)  in  compliance  with  any  transfer  restrictions  set  forth  in  any  Restrictive  Agreement  to  which  the  Parent  Stock
Participating Shareholder is a party.

(c)    The certificates or book entries on the books of Parent or its agent representing the Parent Common Stock issued to the
Parent Stock Participating Shareholder hereunder shall bear, in addition to any other legends required under applicable state securities laws,
the following legend:

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS  AMENDED  (THE
“SECURITIES  ACT”),  OR  UNDER  ANY  APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS.  THESE  SECURITIES  MAY  NOT  BE
SOLD,  OFFERED,  PLEDGED,  HYPOTHECATED  OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT  (I)  PURSUANT  TO
REGISTRATION  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OR  PURSUANT  TO  AN  AVAILABLE  EXEMPTION  FROM
REGISTRATION  AND  (II)  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  RESTRICTIONS  AND  CONDITIONS  SET  FORTH  IN  A  STOCK
RESTRICTION  AND  NON-COMPETE  AGREEMENT  DATED  AS  OF  OCTOBER  15,  2021,  BY  AND  BETWEEN  THE
PARTIES THERETO. A COPY OF THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY
THE  ISSUER  TO  THE  HOLDER  HEREOF  UPON  WRITTEN  REQUEST.  THE  ISSUER  OF  THESE  SECURITIES  MAY
REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, TO
THE  EFFECT  THAT  ANY  SALE  OR  TRANSFER  OF  THESE  SECURITIES  WILL  BE  IN  COMPLIANCE  WITH  THE
SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

In order to prevent any transfer from taking place in violation of this Agreement, any Restrictive Agreement or Applicable Law, Parent may
cause  a  stop  transfer  order  to  be  placed  with  its  transfer  agent  with  respect  to  the  Parent  Common  Stock.  Parent  will  not  be  required  to
transfer on its books any shares of Parent Common Stock that have been sold or transferred in violation of any provision of this Agreement or
Applicable Law.

6.02.    Tax Matters.

(a)    Pre-Closing Income Tax Returns. The Representative, at the sole cost and expense of the Shareholders, shall prepare or
cause to be prepared all income Tax Returns for the Company Entities for any taxable period that ends on or before the Closing Date which
are required to be filed after the Closing Date (“Pre-Closing Income Tax Returns”). Each Pre-Closing Income Tax Return shall be prepared
on  a  basis  consistent  with  existing  procedures,  practices,  and  accounting  methods.  No  later  than  30  days  prior  to  the  due  date  (including
extensions thereof) for filing any Pre-Closing Income Tax Return, the Representative shall deliver a copy of such Pre-Closing Income Tax
Return,  together  with  all  supporting  documentation  and  workpapers,  to  Parent  for  its  review  and  approval.  Parent  may  submit  to  the
Representative, not later than 10 days from the receipt of such Pre-Closing Income Tax Return, a list of any components of such Pre-Closing
Income Tax Return with which Parent disagrees. In the event a notice of dispute is timely delivered to the Representative by Parent, Parent
and the Representative shall thereafter for a period of five days negotiate in good faith to resolve any items of dispute. Any items of dispute
which are not so resolved shall be submitted for resolution to an Expert Accountant in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section
2.04; provided, that the Expert Accountant shall render its written decision no later than two days prior to the due date for filing such Pre-
Closing Tax Return. Parent will cause such Pre-Closing Income Tax Return (as finally resolved pursuant to any dispute procedures) to be
timely filed and will promptly provide a copy to the Representative. Not later than five days prior to the due date for payment of Taxes with
respect to any Pre-Closing Income Tax Return, the Shareholders shall pay (without duplication) to Buyer (or as it shall direct, to Parent) the
amount of any Buyer Indemnified Taxes with respect to such Pre-Closing Income Tax Return. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary,
the Representative shall not, and shall not permit any Company Entity or any Affiliate to, make any election under Section 965(h) of the
Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law) with respect to any Company Entity to defer the
payment of any “net tax liability” as such term is defined in Section 965(h)(6) of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state,
local or non-U.S. Applicable Law).

    42    

(b)    Pre-Closing Tax Returns and Straddle Period Tax Returns.

(i)    The Parent shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Tax Returns for the Company Entities
(other than Pre-Closing Income Tax Returns) for any taxable period that ends on or before the Closing Date which are required to be filed
after the Closing Date (“Pre-Closing Non- Income Tax Returns”). Each Pre-Closing Non-Income Tax Return shall be prepared on a basis
consistent  with  existing  procedures,  practices,  and  accounting  methods,  unless,  as  reasonably  determined  by  the  Parent,  such  procedure,
practice, or accounting method does not have sufficient legal support to avoid the imposition of Taxes in the form of penalties, in which case,
such Pre-Closing Non-Income Tax Return shall be prepared in accordance with any good faith method determined by Parent. To the extent a
Pre-Closing Non-Income Tax Returns shows a Buyer Indemnified Tax as due and payable, no later than ten (10) days prior to the due date
(including extensions thereof) for filing any Pre-Closing Non-Income Tax Return, the Parent shall deliver a copy of such Pre-Closing Non-
Income Tax Return, together with all supporting documentation and workpapers, to the Representative for its review and comment. Parent
shall consider in good faith any reasonable comments made by the Representative in the final Pre-Closing Non-Income Tax Return prior to
filing. No  failure  or  delay  of  the  Parent  in  providing  any  Pre-Closing  Non-Income  Tax  Return  to  the  Representative  for  its  review  shall
reduce  or  otherwise  affect  the  obligations  or  liabilities  of  the  Shareholders  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  except  to  the  extent  that  the
Shareholders are actually and materially prejudiced by such failure or delay. Not later than five days prior to the due date for payment of
Taxes  with  respect  to  any  Pre-Closing  Non-Income  Tax  Return,  the  Shareholders  shall  pay  (without  duplication)  to  Buyer  (or  as  it  shall
direct, to Parent) the amount of any Buyer Indemnified Taxes with respect to such Pre-Closing Non-Income Tax Return.

(ii)    The Parent shall prepare or cause to be prepared all Tax Returns for the Company Entities for any Straddle
Period (“Straddle Tax Returns”). Each Straddle Tax Return shall be prepared on a basis consistent with existing procedures, practices, and
accounting methods, unless, as reasonably determined by the Parent, such procedure, practice, or accounting method does not have sufficient
legal  support  to  avoid  the  imposition  of  Taxes  in  the  form  of  penalties,  in  which  case,  such  Straddle  Tax  Return  shall  be  prepared  in
accordance with any good faith method determined by Parent. No later than 30 days prior to the due date (including extensions thereof) for
filing any Straddle Tax Return, the Parent shall deliver a copy of such Straddle Tax Return, together with all supporting documentation and
workpapers, to the Representative for its review and comment. Parent shall consider in good faith any reasonable comments made by the
Representative in the final Straddle Tax Return prior to filing. No failure or delay of the Parent in providing any Straddle Tax Return to the
Representative for its review shall reduce or otherwise affect the obligations or liabilities of the Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement,
except to the extent that the Shareholders are actually and materially prejudiced by such failure or delay. Not later than five days prior to the
due date for payment of Taxes with respect to any Straddle Tax Return, the Shareholders shall pay (without duplication) to Buyer (or as it
shall direct, to Parent) the amount of any Buyer Indemnified Taxes with respect to such Straddle Tax Return.

(c)    Proration of Straddle Period Taxes. In the case of Taxes that are payable with respect to any Straddle Period:

(i)    In the case of Taxes that are either (A) based upon or related to income, receipts, payroll or withholding, or (B)
imposed in connection with any sale or other transfer or assignment of property (real or personal, tangible or intangible), the portion of such
Tax that is attributable to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date shall be deemed equal to the amount of
such Tax that would be payable if the Straddle Period ended with (and included) the Closing Date; provided that exemptions, allowances or
deductions that are calculated on an annual basis (including depreciation and amortization deductions) shall be allocated between the period
ending on the Closing Date and the period beginning on the day immediately after the Closing Date in proportion to the number of days in
each period;

(ii)    In the case of all other Taxes, the portion of such Tax that is attributable to the portion of the Straddle Period
ending on and including the Closing Date shall be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Straddle Period (or, in the case of such
Taxes determined on an arrears basis, the amount of such Taxes for the immediately preceding period), multiplied by a fraction the numerator
of which is the number of calendar days in the portion of the Straddle Period ending on and

    43    

including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire Straddle Period; and

(iii)       All  Taxes  in  the  form  of  interest  or  penalties  that  relate  to  Taxes  for  any  Pre-Closing  Tax  Period  shall  be
treated as occurring in the portion of such Straddle Period that ends on (and includes) the Closing Date, whether such items are incurred,
accrued, assessed or similarly charged on, before or after the Closing Date.

(d)    Tax Proceedings.

(i)    The Representative shall deliver to the Parent or the Parent shall deliver to the Representative, as applicable, a
written  notice  promptly  following  receipt  of  any  audit,  litigation  or  other  proceeding  (each  a  “Tax  Proceeding”)  with  respect  to  Taxes
imposed on or with respect to the assets, operations or activities of the Company Entities or resulting from the Acquisition, and such notice
shall describe in reasonable detail the facts constituting the basis for such Tax Proceeding, the nature of the relief sought, and the amount of
the claimed Damages, if any.

(ii)        In  connection  with  any  Tax  Proceeding  of  a  Company  Entity  that  relates  to  a  Pre-Closing  Tax  Period  or
Straddle Period, such Tax Proceeding shall be controlled by the Parent; provided, however, (A) that to the extent such Tax Proceeding relates
to Taxes or Tax Returns of any Company Entity for any taxable period that ends on or before the Closing Date, (1) the Parent shall not enter
into any settlement or compromise with respect to any such Tax Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Representative, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (2) the Parent shall keep the Representative reasonably informed of all
material developments and events relating to such Tax Proceeding, and (3) the Representative, at its own cost and expense, shall have the
right to participate in (but not control) the defense of such Tax Proceeding, and (B) that to the extent such Tax Proceeding relates to Taxes or
Tax Returns of any Company Entity for a Straddle Period or for which any Shareholder may reasonably be expected to be liable pursuant to
this Agreement, (1) the Parent shall keep the Representative reasonably informed of all material developments and events relating to such
Tax Proceeding, and (2) the Representative, at its own cost and expense, shall have the right to participate in (but not control) the defense of
such Tax Proceeding.

provisions of Section 8.04 with respect to any Tax Proceeding, the provisions of this Section 6.02(d) shall govern.

(iii)    For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Section 6.02(d) and the

(e)    Transfer Taxes. The Shareholders shall pay all U.S. federal, state, district and local and non-U.S. transfer, real estate
transfer, sales, use, stamp, registration or other similar Taxes arising out of or resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
or any other Transaction Document (together with all costs, expenses, recording fees and real estate transfer stamps incurred in connection
with obtaining or recording title to the Company Shares) (collectively, all such Taxes, costs, expenses, fees and stamps, “Transfer Taxes”).
The party required by Applicable Laws to file a Tax Return with respect to such Transfer Taxes shall timely prepare, with the other parties’
cooperation, and file such Tax Return. If the Buyer is required to file any such Tax Return, the Shareholders shall promptly reimburse the
Buyer for any Transfer Taxes paid by the Buyer in connection with the filing of such Tax Return. Each Shareholder and the Buyer agree to
reasonably cooperate with each other in connection with the preparation and filing of such Tax Returns, in obtaining all available exemptions
from such Transfer Taxes.

(f)    Cooperation. The Buyer Parties, the Representative, and the Shareholders shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause
their  respective  Affiliates,  officers,  employees,  agents,  auditors,  and  representatives  reasonably  to  cooperate,  to  the  extent  reasonably
requested by the other party, in connection with (i) the filing of Tax Returns of the Buyer Parties, any Company Entity or their Affiliates and
(ii) any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes imposed on or with respect to the assets, operations or activities of any
Company Entity or resulting from the Acquisition (whether or not a Tax Proceeding). Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon
the other party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to (A) any such Tax Return or (B) any audit,
litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes imposed on or with respect to the assets,

    44    

operations or activities of the Company Entities or resulting from the Acquisition (whether or not a Tax Proceeding). The Buyer Parties, the
Representative, and the Shareholders further agree, upon request, to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain any certificate or other
document from any Tax Authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed on
the Shareholders, the Buyer Parties, or any Company Entity (including, but not limited to, with respect to the Acquisition).

(g)    Post-Closing Actions. Without the prior written consent of the Representative (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Buyer Parties shall not amend a Tax Return of a Company Entity for a taxable period that ends on or
before  the  Closing  Date  if  such  amended  Tax  Returns  in  the  aggregate  would  have  the  effect  of  increasing  the  Tax  liability  of  the
Shareholders for any Company Entity or the amount of any Buyer Indemnified Taxes for which the Shareholders are liable to indemnify the
Buyer Indemnitees by more than $50,000.

(h)    Refunds. Any Tax refunds that are received in cash by the Buyer Parties, a Company Entity or any of their Affiliates,
and any amounts credited against Tax that reduce the cash Taxes payable by the Buyer Parties, a Company Entity any of their Affiliates, that,
in each case, relate to a Pre-Closing Tax Period of a Company Entity shall be for the account of the Shareholders. The Parent shall pay over
to  the  Representative  any  such  refund  or  the  amount  of  any  such  credit  (net  of  any  Taxes  incurred  by  the  Buyer  Parties  or  its  Affiliates
(including the Company Entities) as a result of such refund or credit and any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer Parties
or its Affiliates in obtaining such refund or credit) within ten days after receipt or entitlement thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
in this Section 6.02(h) shall require the Parent to make any payment with respect ot any Tax refund (and such Tax refund shall be for the
benefit  of  the  Buyers  Parties,  the  Company  Entities,  and  their  Affiliates)  that  is  with  respect  to  (A)  any  Tax  refund  that  is  reflected  as  a
current asset (or offset to a current liability) in the calculation of the Net Working Capital, (B) any Tax refund that is the result of the carrying
back of any loss, Tax credit or other Tax attributable of any Buyer Party, any Company Entity, or any of their Affiliates that relates to a Post-
Closing Tax Period, (C) any Tax refund resulting from the payment of Taxes made on or after the Closing Date to the extent the Shareholders
have not indemnified the Buyer Indemnitees for such Taxes, and (D) any Tax refund that gives rise to a payment obligation by any Buyer
Party,  any  Company  Entity,  or  any  of  their  Affiliates  to  any  Person  under  Applicable  Law  or  pursuant  to  a  contract  or  other  agreement
entered into (or assumed by) any Shareholder or any Company Entity on or prior to the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the
Buyer Parties, the Company Entities or their Affiliates shall be required to take any action to claim or receive any Tax refund.

(i)    Section 338(g). For the avoidance of doubt, the Buyer Parties are authorized, after the Closing Date, to make an election
under Section 338(g) of the Code (and any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Applicable Law) with respect to any
one or more of the Company Entities.

6.03.    Continuing Employees. Prior to the Closing, the Company shall terminate the employment of any employee of the Company
who is listed on Schedule 6.03 under the heading “Non-Continuing Employees.” To the extent that any contractor set forth on Schedule 6.03
under the heading “November Converted Contractors” (the “November Converted Contractors”) does not agree to become an employee of a
Company  Entity  on  or  prior  to  November  1,  2021,  the  fees,  costs  and  expenses  incurred  by  the  Company  Entities  in  connection  with  the
termination  of  any  such  November  Converted  Contractor  shall  be  included  as  set  forth  in  the  calculation  of  Net  Working  Capital  in
accordance with the definition thereof.

6.04.    Employee Benefit Plans. From and after the Closing, all Continuing Employees shall continue in their existing benefit plans

until such time as the Buyer Parties, in their sole discretion, may elect to modify such benefit plans.

6.05.    Accounts Receivable.

exchange for discounting any Accounts Receivable, (ii) shall

(a)    Following the Closing, the Buyer Parties (i) shall not provide discounts, set-offs or inducements to account debtors in

    45    

provide  to  the  Representative  a  monthly  aging  report  in  respect  of  any  then  unpaid  Accounts  Receivable,  and  (iii)  shall  provide  to  the
Representative any written notice of nonpayment of an Account Receivable received by the Buyer Parties in writing from an account debtor.

(b)        Following  the  Closing,  the  Buyer  Parties  shall  work  in  good  faith  with  the  Representative  to  collect  any  Accounts
Receivable that are deemed “uncollectible” and were excluded from Net Working Capital, as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.03. For
the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholders are guaranteeing the collectability of any and all Accounts Receivable set forth in the Estimated
Closing Date Balance Sheet or the Estimated Statement. The parties agree that if a Buyer Party or a Company Entity thereafter collects in
cash any Accounts Receivable deemed to be “uncollectible” for purposes of calculating Net Working Capital, the Buyer Parties shall remit
any  such  payment  to  the  Representative  within  ten  Business  Days  after  the  date  of  such  collection,  less  an  amount  equal  to  5%  of  the
collected amount as an administrative fee, which such amount shall be retained by the Buyer Parties.

6.06.    Publicity. Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or the rules of The Nasdaq Global Select Market, no party hereto
shall  issue  or  cause  the  publication  of  any  press  release  or  other  public  announcement  with  respect  to,  or  otherwise  make  any  public
statement concerning, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the consent of the other parties. Notwithstanding the above,
each Shareholder acknowledges that Parent, as a publicly-held company, is subject to certain disclosure requirements under federal securities
laws.  Accordingly,  Parent  reserves  the  right  to  disclose  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  including  financial
information regarding the Company Entities and the status of negotiations, at any time it decides that such disclosure is appropriate under the
federal  securities  laws  or  the  rules  of  any  stock  exchange,  provided,  however,  that  Parent  shall  provide  the  Company  and  its  counsel  a
reasonable time to review and comment upon any Current Report on Form 8-K or press release initially announcing the Acquisition prior to
any such disclosure.

6.07.    Restrictive Agreements. As additional consideration for Parent, and as a material inducement for Parent to enter into this
Agreement  and  to  consummate  the  Acquisition,  each  Shareholder  (except  for  Gabriel  Inchausti  Blixen  and  Pablo  Darío  Taraciuk  Vainer)
shall enter into his applicable Restrictive Agreement, with Parent on or before the Closing Date. Each Restrictive Agreement shall require
each such Person to agree to certain matters, which may include, as applicable, certain restrictions related to shares of Parent Common Stock
issued to such Person pursuant to this Agreement and certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions as mutually agreed to between
Parent and such Person.

6.08.    Tail Insurance. Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall obtain a tail insurance policy for a term of two years under the
Company  Entities’  errors  and  omissions  (including  directors  and  officers  liability)  policy  in  form  and  amounts  reasonably  agreed  to  by
Parent, and provide evidence thereof to the Buyer Parties. The costs and expense of such policy shall be deemed a Transaction Expense.

6.09.        Release.  Effective  as  of  the  Closing,  each  Shareholder  (on  behalf  of  himself,  herself  or  itself  and  its  Affiliates)  hereby
releases each Buyer Indemnitee, from any and all claims, and agrees not to bring or threaten to bring or otherwise join in any claim against
any  of  the  Buyer  Indemnitees  or  any  of  them,  relating  to,  arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  any  facts  or  circumstances  relating  to  the
Company Entities which existed on or prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any rights of such
Shareholder arising under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

6.10.    Confidentiality. From and after the Closing, each Shareholder shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, hold, and shall use its
reasonable  best  efforts  to  cause  his,  her  or  its  or  their  respective  representatives,  employees,  consultants,  financial  advisors,  counsel,
accountants and other agents to hold, in confidence any and all information, whether written or oral, concerning the Company Entities, except
to the extent that such information (a) is generally available to and known by the public through no fault of such Shareholder, any of his, her
or  its  Affiliates  or  their  respective  representatives;  or  (b)  is  acquired  by  such  Shareholder,  any  of  its  Affiliates  or  their  respective
representatives, employees, consultants, financial advisors, counsel, accountants and other agents from and after the Closing from sources
which are not known by the Shareholder to be prohibited from disclosing such information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary obligation. If
such Shareholder or any of his, her or its Affiliates or their respective representatives, employees, consultants, financial advisors, counsel,
accountants and other

    46    

agents are compelled to disclose any information by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of Applicable Law, to the
extent permitted by Applicable Law such Shareholder shall promptly notify the Buyer Parties in writing and shall disclose only that portion
of  such  information  which  such  Shareholder  is  advised  by  its  counsel  in  writing  is  legally  required  to  be  disclosed,  provided  that  such
Shareholder  shall  use  reasonable  best  efforts  to  obtain  an  appropriate  protective  order  or  other  reasonable  assurance  that  confidential
treatment  will  be  accorded  such  information.  This  Section  6.10  shall  in  no  way  prevent  a  Shareholder  from  using  information  (x)  in
connection with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents; or (y) to the extent reasonably necessary in order for such Shareholder to
litigate (and may disclose solely to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with such litigation of) any claim against a Buyer Party
pursuant to this Agreement or any Transaction Document.

6.11.    Further Assurances. Following the Closing, each of the parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to,
execute and deliver such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances, and take such further actions as may be reasonably
required to carry out the provisions hereof and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6.12.    Post-Closing Uruguayan Filings. Within 30 days from the Closing Date, Buyer shall submit evidence to the Representative:
(a)  that  Buyer  has  filed  Uruguayan  Tax  and  Social  Security  Forms  Number  351/352  before  the  Uruguayan  Tax  and  Social  Security
Authorities in order to update the list of the Company’s board of directors and attorneys-in-fact and submit evidence that the records of the
Tax and Social Security authorities have been updated accordingly; (b) that Buyer has submitted an updated record of beneficial owners of
the  Company  to  the  Central  Bank  of  Uruguay  under  law  19,484;  (c)  that  Buyer  has  submitted  the  affidavit  required  under  law  17,904,
updating  the  composition  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Company,  provided,  however,  that  such  affidavit  shall  not  need  to  have  final
clearance (inscripcion definitiva) from the registry until the 90  day after the Closing Date; and (d) that each Shareholder (except for any
Shareholder  that  continues  to  be  an  employee  or  contractor  of  any  Company  Entity  or  the  Buyer  or  its  Affiliates)  is  no  longer  a  director,
administrator, officer or designated attorney-in-fact of any Company Entity and such modification has been registered or updated with the
applicable  parties  or  registries,  as  applicable.  For  the  90  days  immediately  following  the  Closing  Date,  Buyer  shall  use  Commercially
Reasonable  Efforts  to  cooperate  with  the  Shareholders  for  the  release  of  the  third-party  guarantors  of  the  office  lease  in  the  World  Trade
Center  of  Montevideo  (floor  17 )  and  the  release  of  the  third-party  guarantors  of  the  lease  of  the  offices  in  the  World  Trade  Center  of
Montevideo  (floor  16 )  to  the  extent  such  office  lease  is  not  effectively  terminated  within  such  period;  provided,  that  if  such  third-party
guarantees have not been released during such period, then Buyer shall provide a deposit of up to six months’ rent for such offices with the
applicable landlord to cause such release.

th

th

th

ARTICLE VII.
AMENDMENT

7.01.    Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by Parent, on behalf of the

Buyer Parties, and the Representative, on behalf of the Shareholders.

7.02.    Extension; Waiver. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the
obligations or other acts of the other party hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any
document delivered pursuant hereto or (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein shall be valid only if
set  forth  in  a  written  instrument  signed  by,  as  applicable,  Parent,  on  behalf  of  the  Buyer  Parties,  and  the  Representative,  on  behalf  of  the
Shareholders, but such extension or waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

ARTICLE VIII.
INDEMNIFICATION

8.01.    Agreement to Indemnify. Following the Closing and subject to the limitations set forth herein,

and each Shareholder (other than the Principal Shareholders) shall

(a)    The Principal Shareholders shall jointly and severally with respect to themselves and with respect to all Shareholders

    47    

severally but not jointly (pro rata to their Shareholder Percentage), indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Buyer Parties and the Company
Entities (and their respective Affiliates, officers, managers, directors, employees, representatives and agents) (the “Buyer Indemnitees” and,
singularly, a “Buyer Indemnitee”) against and in respect of any and all Damages, by reason of or otherwise arising out of:

(i)    any Buyer Indemnified Taxes;

Holdback Amount;

(ii)        any  Net  Working  Capital  shortfall  determined  pursuant  to  Section  2.03(c)  to  the  extent  not  paid  from  the

(iii)        any  claim  by  a  Shareholder  or  former  Shareholder  of  any  Company  Entity,  or  any  other  Person,  against  a
Company  Entity  or  any  of  its  Affiliates  or  their  respective  officers,  directors,  employees  or  agents,  based  upon  the  calculations  and
determinations set forth on the Consideration Spreadsheet or any rights of a Shareholder in his capacity as such (other than the right of the
Shareholders  to  receive  the  Total  Consideration  as  set  forth  on  the  Consideration  Spreadsheet),  including  the  payment  or  non-payment  of
dividends or distributions to a Shareholder of any Company Entity;

(iv)    reserved;

which are not reflected on the Closing Date Statement;

(v)        any  Transaction  Expenses  which  are  not  paid  by  the  Company  or  the  Shareholders  prior  to  the  Closing  or

(vi)    the matters set forth on Schedule 8.01(a)(vi); and

Agreement.

(vii)        any  breach  of  any  representation  or  warranty  regarding  the  Company  contained  in  Article  III  of  this

and in respect of any and all Damages, by reason of or otherwise arising out of:

(b)    The Shareholders shall severally and not jointly indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Buyer Indemnitees against

covenants to be performed by the Company after the Closing);

(i)        any  failure  to  perform  or  breach  by  the  Company  of  any  covenant  contained  in  this  Agreement  (other  than

contained in this Agreement; and

(ii)    any failure to perform or breach by a Shareholder (solely with respect to such Shareholder) of any covenant

Section 6.01 of this Agreement.

(iii)    any breach by a Shareholder of any representation or warranty made by such Shareholder in Article IV and

(c)        Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Buyer  Indemnitees  will  not  be  entitled  to  indemnification  pursuant  to  Section
8.01(a) or Section 8.01(b) unless the aggregate amount of all Damages for which indemnification is sought under Section 8.01(a) and Section
8.01(b) by the Buyer Indemnitees exceeds $500,000 (the “Buyer Indemnification Basket”), in which case the Buyer Indemnitees will be
entitled to indemnification for the full amount of such Damages; provided, further, that the Buyer Indemnification Basket shall not apply to
any claim for indemnification based on (A) Sections 8.01(a)(i) through (vi) or Section 8.01(b)(i) through (ii) or (B) Sections 8.01(a)(vii) or
Section 8.01(b)(iii) to the extent such claim relates to a breach of representation or warranty under Section 3.01 (Organization; Qualification),
Section 3.02  (Capital  Structure),  Section 3.03  (Authority  and  Due  Execution),  Section  3.09  (Accounts  Receivable),  Section  3.12  (Taxes),
Section 3.22 (Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees), Section 4.01 (Natural Person and Spousal and Partner Consent), Section 4.02 (Company Shares)
and Section 4.03 (Authority and Due Execution) (such claims collectively, the “Shareholder Carved-Out Liabilities”).

respective Affiliates, officers, managers, directors, employees,

(d)        The  Buyer  Parties  shall  jointly  and  severally  indemnify,  defend  and  hold  harmless  the  Shareholders  (and  their

    48    

representatives and agents) (the “Shareholder Indemnitees” and, singularly, a “Shareholder Indemnitee”) against and in respect of any and
all Damages, by reason of or otherwise arising out of:

(i)    any failure to perform or breach by a Buyer Party of any covenant contained in this Agreement;

(ii)    any breach by a Buyer Party of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement; or

Holdback Amount;

(iii)        any  Net  Working  Capital  excess  determined  pursuant  to  Section  2.03(c)  to  the  extent  not  paid  from  the

provided,  that,  the  Shareholder  Indemnitees  will  not  be  entitled  to  indemnification  pursuant  to  this  Section  8.01(d)  unless  the  aggregate
amount  of  all  Damages  for  which  indemnification  is  sought  by  the  Shareholder  Indemnitees  exceeds  $500,000  (the  “Shareholder
Indemnification  Basket”),  in  which  case  the  Shareholder  Indemnitees  will  be  entitled  to  indemnification  for  the  full  amount  of  such
Damages; provided, further, that the Shareholder Indemnification Basket will not apply to any claim for indemnification based on item (i) or
(iii) above (the “Buyer Carved-Out Liabilities”).

8.02.    Survival of Indemnity.

(a)    In the case of a claim based upon the inaccuracy or breach of a representation or warranty contained in Section 3.01
(Organization;  Qualification),  Section  3.02  (Capital  Structure),  Section  3.03  (Authority  and  Due  Execution),  Section  3.09  (Accounts
Receivable), Section 3.12  (Taxes),  Section  3.14  (Employment  Matters),  Section  3.22  (Brokers’  and  Finders’  Fees),  Section  4.01  (Natural
Person and Spousal and Partner Consent), Section 4.02  (Company  Shares)  and  Section 4.03  (Authority  and  Due  Execution);  Section 5.01
(Organization, Standing and Power); or Section 5.02 (Authority), the claim shall survive for a period of time equal to three months after the
expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

described in Section 8.02(a), the claim shall survive the Closing for a period of 24 months after the Closing,

(b)    In the case of a claim based upon the inaccuracy or breach of all other representations or warranties, other than those

(c)    Except as noted in Section 8.02(a) or 8.02(b), in the case of a claim based upon (i) any failure of the Shareholders to
pay,  perform  or  discharge  any  Shareholder  Carved-Out  Liabilities,  or  (ii)  any  failure  of  Parent  to  pay,  perform  or  discharge  any  Buyer
Carved-Out  Liabilities,  in  each  such  case  the  obligations  of  the  applicable  Indemnifying  Party  pursuant  to  Section  8.01,  the  claim  shall
survive indefinitely.

for indemnification in accordance with this Article VIII shall survive indefinitely or for their express terms, as applicable.

(d)    Except as noted in Section 8.02(a), 8.02(b) or 8.02(c) all covenants and agreements of the parties, and any other claim

(e)        Any  claims  for  indemnification  in  accordance  with  this  Article  VIII  with  respect  to  Damages  resulting  from  any
representation, warranty or covenant must be made (and will be null and void unless made) prior to the end of the applicable survival period.
Upon expiration of such period, no Indemnifying Party shall have any liability for Damages under such indemnification obligations unless it
has received written notice from an Indemnified Party claiming indemnification prior to the expiration of the applicable period as required.

8.03.    Additional Provisions.

(a)    Limitations on Indemnified Amounts of the Shareholders. In no event shall the aggregate indemnity obligations of the
Shareholders for a breach of any representation or warranty under Section 8.01(a)(vii) and Section 8.01(b)(iii): (i) exceed an amount equal to
20% of the Total Consideration, except with respect to indemnity obligations with respect to the Shareholder Carved-Out

    49    

Liabilities (in which case Section 8.03(a)(iii) shall apply) and a claim based upon the inaccuracy or breach of a representation or warranty
contained in Section 3.14 (Employment Matters) (in which case Section 8.03(a)(ii) shall apply); (ii) exceed an amount equal to 30% of the
Total  Consideration,  except  with  respect  to  indemnity  obligations  with  respect  to  the  Shareholder  Carved-Out  Liabilities  (in  which  case
Section 8.03(a)(iii) shall apply); and (iii) exceed an amount equal to the Total Consideration; provided, however, that absent Fraud, in no case
shall the liability of a Shareholder other than a Principal Shareholder for a breach of any representation or warranty under Section 8.01(a)(vii)
exceed the amount of the Total Consideration such Shareholder actually receives. For the avoidance of doubt, the limitations on indemnified
amounts set forth in Section 8.03(a)(i), Section 8.03(a)(ii) and Section 8.03(a)(iii) are not cumulative and, therefore, any indemnity obligation
counted towards the limit of one such section shall count towards the limit of the other sections.

(b)    Limitations on Indemnified Amounts of Parent. In no event shall Parent’s aggregate indemnity obligations for a breach
of  any  representation  or  warranty  under  Section 8.01(d)(ii)  exceed  an  amount  equal  to  the  maximum  potential  aggregate  indemnification
obligations of all Shareholders as provided in Section 8.03(a).

Shareholders shall be satisfied as follows:

(c)    Satisfaction of Indemnification Obligations. The  Buyer  Parties  agree  that  all  indemnifiable  Damages  payable  by  the

(i)    First, from cash held in the Escrow Account;

shares of Parent Common Stock, rounded to the nearest whole number of shares;

(ii)        Second,  from  stock  held  in  the  Escrow  Account,  with  any  such  Damages  payable  in  whole  (not  fractional)

Escrowed Consideration;

(iii)        Third,  against  the  Holdback  Amount,  to  the  extent  the  claims  against  the  Escrow  Account  exceed  the

Section 2.02(c); and

(iv)        Fourth,  against  the  Earnout  Payments,  if  any,  that  would  otherwise  be  due  to  the  Shareholders  pursuant  to

(v)    Fifth, against the Shareholders, subject in all cases to the provisions and limitations of this Article VIII.

(d)    No Limitation in Event of Fraud. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, nothing in this Article VIII (including
the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 8.03) or otherwise shall limit, in any manner, any remedy at law or equity, to which
any party may be entitled as a result of Fraud by a Shareholder, it being understood that no Shareholder shall be responsible for any Fraud
committed by another Shareholder.

(e)    Exclusivity of Remedy. Following the Closing (except in respect of claims based upon Fraud by a Shareholder, it being
understood that no Shareholder shall be responsible for any Fraud committed by another Shareholder), the indemnification accorded by this
Article VIII shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the parties indemnified under this Article VIII in respect of any misrepresentation or
inaccuracy  in,  or  breach  of,  any  representation  or  warranty  made  in  this  Agreement  or  in  any  document  or  certificate  delivered  pursuant
hereto  or  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.  In  the  event  of  any  breach  or  failure  in  performance  after  the  Closing  of  any
covenant or agreement, a non-breaching party shall also be entitled to seek specific performance, injunctive or other equitable relief against
such breaching party.

(f)    Subrogation. Upon making any payment to an Indemnified Party for any indemnification claim pursuant to this Article
VIII, an Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated, to the extent of such payment, to any rights that the Indemnified Party may have against any
other Persons with respect to the subject matter underlying such indemnification claim and the Indemnified Party shall take such actions as
the  Indemnifying  Party  may  reasonably  require  to  perfect  such  subrogation  or  to  pursue  such  rights  against  such  other  Persons  as  the
Indemnified Party may have.

    50    

(g)    Insurance Proceeds. The amount of any Damages subject to indemnification hereunder or of any claim therefor shall be
calculated net of any insurance proceeds or other cash receipts or sources of reimbursement received as an offset against such Damages (net
of  all  direct  collection  expenses  including  any  insurance  premium  increases  directly  related  to  such  Damages)  actually  received  by  an
Indemnified Party on account of such Damages.

under this Agreement shall be treated as adjustments to the Total Consideration unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

(h)    Total Consideration Adjustments. For all Tax purposes, amounts paid to or on behalf of any party as indemnification

(i)    Escrow Release. In accordance with the Escrow Agreement, the parties hereto agree that any amounts remaining in the
Escrow Account shall be released as follows, with any such release with respect to Parent Common Stock to be whole (not fractional) shares
of Parent Common Stock, rounded to the nearest whole number of a share: (i) on the first anniversary of the Closing in the amount of (A)
41.7%  of  the  then  current  value  of  the  Escrowed  Consideration,  less  (B)  the  aggregate  amount  of  all  claims  that  are  properly  and  timely
asserted under this Agreement but have not previously been resolved or satisfied in accordance with the Agreement as of such anniversary;
(ii)  on  the  second  anniversary  of  the  Closing  in  the  amount  of  the  then  current  value  of  the  Escrowed  Consideration,  less  the  sum  of  (A)
$2,500,000, and (B) the aggregate amount of all claims that are properly and timely asserted under this Agreement but have not previously
been resolved or satisfied in accordance with the Agreement as of such anniversary; and (iii) fully released on the fifth anniversary of the
Closing, less the aggregate amount of all claims that are properly and timely asserted under this Agreement but have not previously been
resolved or satisfied in accordance with the Agreement as of the fifth anniversary of the Closing.

(j)    Disregard of Qualifiers. For purposes of this Article VIII, any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty
shall  be  determined  without  regard  to  any  materiality,  Company  Material  Adverse  Effect,  Parent  Material  Adverse  Effect  or  other  similar
qualification contained in or otherwise applicable to such representation or warranty.

(k)    Tax Matters. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the limitations set forth in Sections 8.03(a)
and 8.03(b) shall not apply to any claim for Damages, by reason of or otherwise arising out of, any Buyer Indemnified Taxes pursuant to
Section 8.01(a)(i).

8.04.    Claim Notice; Definitions; Third Party Claim Procedures.

(a)    Claim Notice. An Indemnified Party shall give each Indemnifying Party from whom indemnification is sought prompt
written  notice  (a  “Claim Notice”)  of  any  claim,  demand,  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  discovery  of  fact  upon  which  the  Indemnified  Party
intends to base the claim for indemnification under this Article VIII, which shall contain (i) a description and a good faith estimate of the
amount of any Damages incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by the Indemnified Party, (ii) a statement that the Indemnified Party
is entitled to indemnification under this Article VIII for such Damages, and (iii) a demand for payment, provided, however, that no failure to
give such Claim Notice shall excuse any Indemnifying Party from any obligation hereunder except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is
materially and actually prejudiced by such failure. The Buyer Parties, the Shareholders and Representative agree that the procedures set forth
in the Escrow Agreement with respect to Claim Notices and responses thereto shall govern all claims made against the Escrow Account.

(b)    Third Party Claim Procedures. With respect to any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall give prompt notice of
such Third Party Claim in accordance with Section 8.04(a), and the Indemnifying Party will have the right to defend the Third Party Claim
with counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party so long as (i) the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing to
the  Indemnified  Party  and  without  qualification  (or  reservation  of  rights,  other  than  those  expressly  set  forth  in  this  Agreement)  its
indemnification  obligations  as  provided  in  this  Section 8.04(b),  (ii)  the  Indemnifying  Party  provides  the  Indemnified  Party  with  evidence
acceptable to the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party will have the financial resources to defend against the Third Party Claim and
fulfill its indemnification obligations hereunder, (iii) the Third Party Claim involves only money Damages and does not seek an injunction or
other equitable relief, and (iv) settlement of, or an

    51    

adverse  judgment  with  respect  to,  the  Third  Party  Claim  is  not,  in  the  good  faith  judgment  of  the  Indemnified  Party,  likely  to  establish  a
precedential custom or practice materially adverse to the continuing business interests of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall
have  the  right  to  be  represented  by  counsel  at  its  own  expense  in  any  such  contest,  defense,  litigation  or  settlement  conducted  by  the
Indemnifying Party provided that the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to reimbursement therefore if the Indemnifying Party shall lose its
right to contest, defend, litigate and settle the Third Party Claim as provided in the following sentence. The Indemnifying Party shall lose its
right to defend and settle the Third Party Claim if it shall fail to cure any failure to diligently contest, defend, litigate and settle the Third
Party Claim as provided herein within 15 days of receiving notice thereof from the Indemnified Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Indemnifying  Party  shall  have  no  right  to  cure  if:  (A)  the  Indemnifying  Party  has  previously  received  notice  of  any  failure  to  diligently
contest,  defend,  litigate  or  settle  the  Third  Party  Claim  hereunder;  or  (B)  the  15-day  cure  period  would  prejudice  the  interests  of  the
Indemnified Party with respect to the Third Party Claim. So long as the Indemnifying Party has not lost its right to defend, litigate and settle
or obligation to contest, defend, litigate and settle as herein provided, the Indemnifying Party shall have the exclusive right to contest, defend
and litigate the Third Party Claim and shall have the right, upon receiving the prior written approval of the Indemnified Party (which shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed unless such settlement does not fulfill the conditions set forth in the following sentence and which shall
be deemed automatically given if a response has not been received within the 15-day period following receipt of the proposed settlement by
the  Indemnified  Party),  to  settle  any  such  matter,  either  before  or  after  the  initiation  of  litigation,  at  such  time  and  upon  such  terms  as  it
deems fair and reasonable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, in connection with any settlement negotiated by an
Indemnifying Party, no Indemnified Party or Indemnifying Party (as the case may be) that is not controlling the defense or settlement of the
Third Party Claim (the “Non-Control Party”) shall be required by an Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party controlling the litigation to
(and no such party shall) (1) enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the delivery by the claimant or
plaintiff  to  the  Non-Control  Party  of  a  release  from  all  liability  in  respect  of  such  claim  or  litigation,  (2)  enter  into  any  settlement  that
attributes by its terms liability to the Non-Control Party or which may otherwise have a materially adverse effect on the Indemnified Party’s
business, or (3) consent to the entry of any judgment that does not include as a term thereof a full dismissal of the litigation or proceeding
with prejudice (collectively, the “Settlement Obligations”). All expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Indemnified
Party  in  connection  with  the  foregoing  shall  be  paid  by  the  Indemnifying  Party.  No  failure  by  an  Indemnifying  Party  to  acknowledge  in
writing its indemnification obligations under this Section 8.04(b) shall relieve it of such obligations to the extent they exist. If an Indemnified
Party is entitled to indemnification against a Third Party Claim, and the Indemnifying Party fails to accept a tender of, or assume, the defense
of a Third Party Claim pursuant to this Section 8.04(b), or if, in accordance with the foregoing, the Indemnifying Party does not have the
right or shall lose its right to contest, defend, litigate and settle such a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, without
prejudice to its right of indemnification hereunder, in its discretion exercised in good faith and upon the advice of counsel, to contest, defend
and litigate such Third Party Claim, and may settle such Third Party Claim, either before or after the initiation of litigation, at such time and
upon  such  terms  as  the  Indemnified  Party  deems  fair  and  reasonable,  provided  that  at  least  20  days  prior  to  any  such  settlement,  written
notice of its intention to settle is given to the Indemnifying Party, provided further that the Settlement Obligations are complied with and,
provided further, that only in regards to Third Party Claims the Indemnifying Party did not have the right to contest, defend, litigate and settle
such  Third  Party  claim  in  accordance  with  this  Agreement  (but  not,  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  in  regards  to  Third  Party  Claims  the
Indemnifying Party lost the right to contest, defend, litigate and settle such Third Party Claim), then the Indemnified Party shall request the
prior  written  consent  of  the  Indemnifying  Party  to  settle  any  such  Third  Party  Claim  (which  consent  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld,
delayed  or  conditioned).  If,  pursuant  to  this  Section 8.04(b),  the  Indemnified  Party  so  contests,  defends,  litigates  or  settles  a  Third  Party
Claim,  for  which  it  is  entitled  to  indemnification  hereunder  as  provided  herein,  the  Indemnified  Party  shall  be  reimbursed  by  the
Indemnifying  Party  for  the  Damages  that  constitute  reasonable  attorneys’  fees  and  other  expenses  of  defending,  contesting,  litigating  or
settling  the  Third  Party  Claim  which  are  incurred  from  time  to  time,  forthwith  following  the  presentation  to  the  Indemnifying  Party  of
itemized bills for said attorneys’ fees and other expenses. The Indemnified Party or the Indemnifying Party, as the case may be, shall furnish
such information in reasonable detail as it may have with respect to a Third Party Claim (including copies of any summons, complaint or
other pleading which may have been served on such party and any written claim, demand, invoice, billing or other document evidencing or
asserting the same) to the other party if such other party is assuming defense of such claim, and make available all records and other similar

    52    

materials which are reasonably required in the defense of such Third Party Claim and shall otherwise cooperate with and assist the defending
party in the defense of such Third Party Claim.

provisions of Section 6.02(d) with respect to any Tax Proceeding, the provisions of this Section 6.02(d) shall govern.

(c)    Tax Matters. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Section 8.04 and the

8.05.    No Double Recovery. Damages for which any Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall be
determined without duplication of recovery by reason of the state of facts giving rise to such indemnifiable Damages constituting a breach of
more than one representation, warranty, covenant or agreement nor may more than one Indemnified Party recover monies arising of the same
Damage that would duplicate the Damages paid. There shall be no recovery for any Damages to the extent such Damages have been taken
into account in the determination of the Net Working Capital adjustment.

ARTICLE IX.
REPRESENTATIVE

9.01.    Authorization of the Representative. The Representative hereby is appointed, authorized and empowered to act as the agent
(mandatario con representación) of the Shareholders in connection with, and to facilitate the consummation of the transactions contemplated
by, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and in connection with the activities to be performed on behalf of the Shareholders
under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, for the purposes and with the powers and authority hereinafter set forth in this Article IX
and in the Escrow Agreement, which shall include the full power and authority:

(a)        to  execute  and  deliver  the  Escrow  Agreement  (with  such  modifications  or  changes  thereto  as  to  which  the
Representative,  in  his  reasonable  discretion,  shall  have  consented  to)  and  to  agree  to  such  amendments  or  modifications  thereto  as  the
Representative, in his reasonable discretion, may deem necessary or desirable to give effect to the matters set forth in Article VIII and this
Article IX;

(b)    to take such actions and to execute and deliver such amendments, modifications, waivers and consents in connection
with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby as the
Representative, in his reasonable discretion, may deem necessary or desirable to give effect to the intentions of this Agreement and the other
Transaction Documents;

(c)        as  the  Representative  of  the  Shareholders,  to  enforce  and  protect  the  rights  and  interests  of  the  Shareholders  and  to
enforce  and  protect  the  rights  and  interests  of  the  Representative  arising  out  of  or  under  or  in  any  manner  relating  to  this  Agreement,  the
Escrow Agreement and each other Transaction Document and, in connection therewith, to (i) resolve all questions, disputes, conflicts and
controversies concerning (A) the determination of any amounts pursuant to Article II and (B) indemnification claims pursuant to Article VIII;
(ii) employ such agents, consultants and professionals, to delegate authority to his agents, to take such actions and to execute such documents
on  behalf  of  the  Shareholders  in  connection  with  Article  II  and  Article  VIII  and  the  Escrow  Agreement  as  the  Representative,  in  his
reasonable  discretion,  deems  to  be  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Shareholders;  (iii)  assert  or  institute  any  claim,  action,  proceeding  or
investigation;  (iv)  investigate,  defend,  contest  or  litigate  any  claim,  action,  proceeding  or  investigation  initiated  by  Parent,  or  any  other
Person, against the Representative or the Escrow Account, and receive process on behalf of any or all Shareholders in any such claim, action,
proceeding or investigation and compromise or settle on such terms as the Representative shall determine to be appropriate, give receipts,
releases and discharges on behalf of all of the Shareholders with respect to any such claim, action, proceeding or investigation; (v) file any
proofs,  debts,  claims  and  petitions  as  the  Representative  may  deem  advisable  or  necessary;  (vi)  settle  or  compromise  any  claims  asserted
under Article II or Article VIII or under the Escrow Agreement; (vii) assume, on behalf of all of Shareholders, the defense of any claim that
is the basis of any claim asserted under Article II or Article VIII or under the Escrow Agreement; and (viii) file and prosecute appeals from
any decision, judgment or award rendered in any of the foregoing claims, actions, proceedings or

    53    

investigations, it being understood that the Representative shall not have any obligation to take any such actions, and shall not have liability
for any failure to take any such action;

of Shareholders, in the name of the Representative;

(d)    to enforce payment from the Escrow Account and of any other amounts payable to Shareholders, in each case on behalf

(e)    to authorize and cause to be paid out of the Escrow Account the full amount of any indemnification claims in favor of
any Buyer Indemnitee pursuant to Article VIII and also any other amounts to be paid out of the Escrow Account pursuant to this Agreement
and the Escrow Agreement;

Distributions;

(f)        to  cause  to  be  paid  from  the  Escrow  Account  to  the  Shareholders  in  accordance  with  Article  VIII  any  Escrow

any manner relating to this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or any other Transaction Document; and

(g)    to waive or refrain from enforcing any right of any Shareholder or of the Representative arising out of or under or in

(h)        to  make,  execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver  all  such  other  agreements,  guarantees,  orders,  receipts,  endorsements,
notices, requests, instructions, certificates, stock powers, letters and other writings, and, in general, to do any and all things and to take any
and all action that the Representative, in his sole and absolute direction, may consider necessary or proper or convenient in connection with
or to carry out the activities described in paragraphs (a) through (g) above and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Escrow
Agreement  and  the  other  Transaction  Documents.  The  Buyer  Parties  shall  be  entitled  to  rely  exclusively  upon  the  communications  of  the
Representative relating to the foregoing as the communications of the Shareholders. No Buyer Party shall be held liable or accountable in any
manner for any act or omission of the Representative in such capacity. The grant of authority provided for in this Section 9.01 (i) is coupled
with an interest and is being granted, in part, as an inducement to the Shareholders, Buyer Parties and the Representative to enter into this
Agreement and shall be irrevocable and survive the death, incompetency, bankruptcy or liquidation of any Shareholders and shall be binding
on any successor thereto, and (ii) shall survive any distribution from the Escrow Account, provided, however, the Representative may resign,
provided, further, a new person is designated as representative by a consent of Shareholder(s) that, immediately before Closing, held more
than 50% of the aggregate Company Shares.

9.02.    Compensation; Exculpation; Indemnity.

(a)        The  Representative  shall  not  be  entitled  to  any  fee,  commission  or  other  compensation  for  the  performance  of  his
service hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Closing, the Buyer Parties will wire to the Representative an amount of $150,000.00
(the “Expense Fund”), which will be used for the purposes of paying directly, or reimbursing Representative for, any third party expenses
pursuant to this Agreement and the Transaction Documents ancillary hereto. The Shareholders will not receive any interest or earnings on the
Expense Fund and irrevocably transfer and assign to the Representative any ownership right that they may otherwise have had in any such
interest or earnings. The Representative will not be liable for any loss of principal of the Expense Fund other than as a result of his gross
negligence or willful misconduct. The Representative will hold these funds separate from his funds, will not use these funds for his operating
expenses or any other corporate purposes and will not voluntarily make these funds available to his creditors in the event of bankruptcy. As
soon as practicable following the completion of the Representative’s responsibilities, the Representative shall disburse any remaining balance
of the Expense Fund to the Shareholders, based on such Shareholders’ respective pro rata share based on their ownership of the Company
immediately prior to the Closing; and none of the Buyer Parties, the Company nor any of their post-Closing Affiliates shall be liable for any
losses to any Person, including any Shareholder for any inaccuracy, error or omission in such disbursement. For tax purposes, the Expense
Fund shall be treated as having been received and voluntarily set aside by the Shareholders at the time of Closing. The Representative is not
acting as a withholding agent or in any similar capacity in connection with the distribution of the Expense Fund and is not responsible for any
tax reporting or withholding with respect thereto.

    54    

(b)    In dealing with this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and any instruments, agreements or documents related thereto,
and  in  exercising  or  failing  to  exercise  all  or  any  of  the  powers  conferred  upon  the  Representative  hereunder  or  thereunder,  (i)  the
Representative shall not assume any, and shall incur no, responsibility whatsoever to any Shareholder by reason of any error in judgment or
other act or omission performed or omitted hereunder or in connection with this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or any other Transaction
Document, unless by the Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and (ii) the Representative shall be entitled to rely on the
advice of counsel, public accountants or other independent experts experienced in the matter at issue, and any error in judgment or other act
or omission of the Representative pursuant to such advice shall in no event subject the Representative to liability to any Shareholder unless
by the Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, the Representative, in his role as Representative, shall have no liability whatsoever to the Shareholders, the Buyer
Parties or any other Person.

(c)        Each  Shareholder,  severally,  shall  indemnify  the  Representative  up  to,  but  not  exceeding,  an  amount  equal  to  the
aggregate portion of the amounts received by such Person under Article II of this Agreement, which indemnification shall be paid by such
Shareholders pro rata in accordance with the portion of the aggregate amounts received by such Person under Article II of this Agreement,
against all damages, liabilities, claims, obligations, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’ and other experts’ fees
and the amount of any judgment against it, of any nature whatsoever, arising out of or in connection with any claim or in connection with any
appeal thereof, relating to the acts or omissions of the Representative hereunder, under the Escrow Agreement or otherwise, except for such
damages,  liabilities,  claims,  obligations,  costs  and  expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys’,  accountants’  and  other  experts’  fees  and  the
amount of any judgment against the Representative that arise from the Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, including the
willful breach of this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement. The foregoing indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right
to which the Representative may be entitled apart from the provisions hereof. In the event of any indemnification under this Section 9.02(c),
each Shareholder shall promptly deliver to the Representative full payment of his, her or its ratable share of such indemnification claim, and
if not paid directly to the Representative by the Shareholders, any such Representative losses may be recovered by the Representative from
(i)  the  funds  in  the  Expense  Fund  and  (ii)  from  any  other  amounts  of  cash  or  shares  that  may  become  payable  to  the  Shareholders  in
connection with this Agreement at such time as any such amounts would otherwise be distributable to the Shareholders; provided, that while
this Section 9.02(c) allows the Representative to be paid from the aforementioned sources, this does not relieve the Shareholders from their
obligation to promptly pay such Representative losses as they are suffered or incurred, nor does it prevent the Representative from seeking
any remedies available to it at law or otherwise. In no event will the Representative be required to advance his own funds on behalf of the
Shareholders or otherwise.

Closing or any termination of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

(d)    All of the indemnities, immunities and powers granted to the Representative under this Agreement shall survive the

ARTICLE X.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.01.    Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered
by  hand  (with  written  confirmation  from  recipient);  (b)  when  received  by  the  addressee  if  sent  by  an  internationally  recognized  courier
(receipt requested); or (c) on the date sent by e-mail (upon transmission), to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for
a party as shall be specified by like notice):

(a)    if to a Buyer Party, to:

Perficient, Inc.
555 Maryville University Drive, Suite 600
St. Louis, Missouri 63141
Attn: Paul E. Martin, Chief Financial Officer

    55    

Phone: 314.529.3600
E-mail: paul.martin@perficient.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Thompson Coburn LLP
One US Bank Plaza
St. Louis, Missouri 63101
Attention: Michele C. Kloeppel
Phone: 314.552.6170
E-mail: mkloeppel@thompsoncoburn.com

(b)    if to a Shareholder, to the Representative:

Martín Troisi Ferrán
Cardona 1007 Montevideo, Uruguay
Zip code 11300
E-mail: mtroisi@gmail.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

vstringa@gis.uy;
mraffo@gis.uy;
agarcia@gis.uy; and

Guyer & Regules
Plaza Independencia 811, PB (Ground Floor)
Montevideo, Uruguay 11000
Attention: Guzman Rodriguez and Federico Piano
Email:    grodriguezcarrau@guyer.com.uy and fpiano@guyer.com.uy

10.02.    Interpretation. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall
not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes”
and  “including”  shall  be  deemed  to  be  followed  by  the  words  “without  limitation”;  (b)  the  word  “or”  is  not  exclusive;  and  (c)  the  words
“herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. Unless the context otherwise requires, references
herein: (i) to Articles, Sections, Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits mean the Articles and Sections of, and Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits
attached  to,  this  Agreement;  (ii)  to  an  agreement,  instrument  or  other  document  means  such  agreement,  instrument  or  other  document  as
amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof; and (iii) to a statute means such
statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder; provided,
however, that for purposes of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement, references to any agreement, instrument, statute,
rule or regulation shall be deemed to refer to such contract, instrument, statute, rule or regulation as amended or supplemented, in regards to
representations and warranties that are made as of a specific date or dates, as of the such applicable date and in regards to representations and
warranties that are not made as of a specific date, as of the date hereof. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption
or  rule  requiring  construction  or  interpretation  against  the  party  drafting  an  instrument  or  causing  any  instrument  to  be  drafted.  The
Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as
if they were set forth verbatim herein. All references to “dollars” or “$” herein shall mean U.S. dollars and all payments made under this
Agreement shall be in U.S. dollars.

10.03.        Counterparts  and  Facsimile  Signatures.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  counterparts,  all  of  which  shall  be
considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered
to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Furthermore, this Agreement may be executed by
the electronic or facsimile signature of any party hereto; it being agreed that the electronic or

    56    

facsimile signature of any party hereto shall be deemed an ink-signed original for all purposes. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile,
electronic mail (including PDF) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly
delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

10.04.        Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  (including  the  other  Transaction  Documents  and  all  other  documents  and  the
instruments delivered pursuant hereto or otherwise referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements
and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10.05.    Governing Law; Dispute Resolution.

to any applicable conflicts of law principles thereof.

(a)    This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard

(b)       Any  controversy  or  claim  arising  out  of  relating  to  this  Agreement,  or  the  breach  thereof,  shall  be  determined  by
arbitration administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “Centre”)  in  accordance  with  its  International  Arbitration
Rules (the “Arbitration Rules”).

(c)    The number of arbitrators shall be three. Parent on behalf of the Buyer Parties, on one side, and the Representative on
behalf  of  the  Shareholders,  on  the  other  side,  shall  choose  its  respective  arbitrator,  according  to  the  Arbitration  Rules,  and  the  arbitrators
appointed by the parties shall jointly appoint a third arbitrator. In case there is no consent regarding the nomination of the presiding arbitrator
within the term stipulated in the Arbitration Rules, such appointment shall be made by the Centre.

(d)     The arbitration shall be held in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, United States of America   If  the
parties  or  the  arbitrators,  however,  deem  necessary  the  practice  of  acts  (such  as  taking  of  evidence  or,  conduction  of  hearings,  etc.)  in  a
different  place  than  the  seat  of  arbitration,  the  arbitrators  shall  determine,  with  justification,  the  practice  of  acts  in  other  locations.  The
arbitration award shall be definitive and shall bind the parties, their successors and assignees. The parties expressly waive any type of appeal
against  the  arbitration  award.  The  arbitration  shall  be  based  on  the  provision  of  the  law,  considering  that  the  arbitrators  may  not  render  a
decision based on equity. The arbitration shall be held, and the award rendered, in English.

.

(e)    Subject to Section 10.07, all the arbitrators’ fees and arbitration costs shall be borne as allocated by the arbitrators.

(f)    Any of the parties is entitled to file with the competent judicial authority any injunction or preliminary relief needed.
Such  filing  shall  not  affect  the  existence,  validity  and  effectiveness  of  the  arbitration  agreement,  nor  will  it  represent  any  waiver  of  the
arbitration  and  the  enforceability  of  the  arbitral  awards.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  merits  of  the  dispute  shall  be  the  full  and
exclusive  competence  of  the  arbitrators.  Once  the  arbitrators  are  appointed,  they  shall  have  the  power  to  maintain,  terminate,  modify  or
extend the contents of the injunction of preliminary relief granted.

(g)    Unless the parties expressly agree in writing stating otherwise and unless required by the governing law, the parties,
their respective representatives, the witnesses, experts, technical assistants, secretaries of the Centre and the arbitrators undertake, as general
principle,  to  keep  confidential  the  existence,  content  and  all  the  reports  and  awards  pertinent  to  the  arbitration  procedure,  along  with  all
material  used  therein  and  created  for  the  purposes  pertinent  to  it,  as  well  as  other  documents  produced  by  the  other  party  during  the
arbitration procedure which in other way are not of public domain.

(h)     For the measures provided in Section 10.05(f), for any action brought to compel submission of a controversy related to
this Agreement to arbitration, for the enforcement of any decisions of the arbitrators and for the enforcement of the arbitration award, the
parties elect the venue of the U.S.

    57    

federal district court for the Southern District of New York as the only one competent, waiving any others, as special or privileged as they
may be.

10.06.    Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms
and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other
jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is deemed to be so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only
so broad as is enforceable.

10.07.    Expenses; Costs and Attorneys’ Fees. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. If any action, suit, or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this
Agreement or any transaction contemplated under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover all of such party’s costs
and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit, or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions from any such
action, suit or other proceeding.

10.08.    Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the
parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided, however, any Buyer
Party may assign this Agreement and its rights, interests and obligation hereunder, to any party that acquires substantially all of the assets of
such  Buyer  Party  and  expressly  assumes  all  the  obligations,  duties  and  liabilities  of  such  Buyer  Party  set  forth  in  this  Agreement,  and
provided, further, such Buyer Party shall remain primarily responsible for performance of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the preceding
sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and
assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement (including the documents and instruments delivered pursuant hereto
or otherwise referred to herein) is not intended to, and shall not, confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto and the Shareholders
any rights or remedies hereunder.

10.09.        No  Third  Party  Beneficiaries.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Agreement,  it  is  for  the  sole  benefit  of  the  parties
hereto and their respective successors and permitted assignees and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any
other Person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

10.10.        Termination  of  Shareholders  Agreement.  By  executing  this  Agreement,  each  Shareholder  hereby  agrees  that  the
Shareholders Agreement is hereby terminated, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement. Each Shareholder acknowledges that the
Shareholders’  Agreement  terms  and  conditions  have  been  strictly  complied  with  and  that  he  or  she  has  no  pending  claim  to  the  other
Shareholders in regards to the Shareholders Agreement or in relation to the matters thereof; to the extent there exists any such claim, each
Shareholder  hereby  releases  and  discharges  all  claims  against  the  other  Shareholders  as  a  result  of  any  breach  or  alleged  breach  of  the
Shareholders Agreement.

10.11.    Automatic Default. Unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement by means of the possibility of curing a failure to perform

duties, failure to abide by the provisions hereof shall constitute automatic default without need for judicial or extrajudicial action.

[Signature Page Follows.]

    58    

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

PARENT:
Perficient, Inc.

By: /s/ Paul E. Martin
Name: Paul E. Martin
Title: Chief Financial Officer

BUYER:

Perficient UK Limited

By: /s/ Paul E. Martin
Name: Paul E. Martin
Title: Director

    59    

    
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

COMPANY:
Izmul S.A.

By: /s/ Martín Troisi Ferrán
Name: Martín Troisi Ferrán
Title: President

REPRESENTATIVE:

/s/ Martín Troisi Ferrán    
Martín Troisi Ferrán
SHAREHOLDERS:

/s/ Martín Troisi Ferrán
Martín Troisi Ferrán

/s/ Juan José Zangaro Cabrera
Juan José Zangaro Cabrera

/s/ Sebastián Martínez Lobariñas
Sebastián Martínez Lobariñas

/s/ Alfredo Santiago Burgues López
Alfredo Santiago Burgues López

/s/ Gonzalo Ignacio Cuiñas Isola    
Gonzalo Ignacio Cuiñas Isola

/s/ Pablo Darío Taraciuk Vainer
Pablo Darío Taraciuk Vainer

/s/ Nicolás Chiappara Algorta
Nicolás Chiappara Algorta

/s/ Andrés Levin Fiorelli
Andrés Levin Fiorelli

/s/ Gerardo Gabriel Fernández Sulé
Gerardo Gabriel Fernández Sulé

/s/ Juan Andrés Berón García
Juan Andrés Berón García

/s/ Alex Javier Presa Barreto
Alex Javier Presa Barreto

/s/ Nicolás Guillermo Pagliaro
Nicolás Guillermo Pagliaro

/s/ Gabriel Inchausti Blixen
Gabriel Inchausti Blixen

    60    

    
Subsidiaries 

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries
Perficient Canada Corp.
BoldTech International, LLC
BoldTech Systems (Hangzhou), Ltd.
Perficient India Private Limited
Perficient UK Ltd.
Perficient d.o.o. Novi Sad
Productora de Software S.A.S.
Talos Digital S.A.S.
TCOMM S.A.S.
Izmul S.A.
Overactive SPA
Soft OA S.R.L.
Lundol Trade S.A.
Overactive Inc.
One Button World LLC
Overactive S.A.S.
First Plus Soft S.A.U.

Jurisdiction
Province of British Columbia, Canada
Colorado
People’s Republic of China
India
United Kingdom
Serbia
Colombia
Colombia
Colombia
Uruguay
Chile
Uruguay
Uruguay
Puerto Rico
Delaware
Colombia
Argentina

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-257461, 333-130624, 333-160465, 333-183422, 333-198589, 333-
219660) on Form S-8 of our report dated February 24, 2022, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Perficient, Inc. and the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting.

St. Louis, Missouri
February 24, 2022

 /s/ KPMG LLP

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Jeffrey S. Davis, certify that:

    1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Perficient, Inc.;

CERTIFICATIONS

    2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:

    (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

    (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

    5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

    (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.

Date:

February 24, 2022

By: /s/ Jeffrey S. Davis
Jeffrey S. Davis
Chief Executive Officer

    
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Paul E. Martin, certify that:

    1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Perficient, Inc.;

CERTIFICATIONS

    2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:

    (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

    (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

    5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

    (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.

Date: 

February 24, 2022

By: /s/ Paul E. Martin
Paul E. Martin
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
CERTIFICATION OF
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

EXHIBIT 32.1

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1350 and in connection with the accompanying report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, that
contains financial statements of Perficient, Inc. (the “Company”) filed for such period and that is being filed concurrently with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company hereby certify that:
1.
2.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations of the Company.

Date:

February 24, 2022

Date:

February 24, 2022

By:  

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey S. Davis
Jeffrey S. Davis
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Paul E. Martin
Paul E. Martin
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)